Electrical Sys

Machine Translated by Google
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir RADIATEUR 11
enlarge image
191 - Giulietta 2.0 JTDM FRONT 12 (TCT gearbox)
APPLICABLE TO VERSIONS WITH: TCT gearbox
enlarge image
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir FRONT 12
enlarge image
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir FRONT BUMPER 14
enlarge image
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir DASHBOARD 20 (RadioNav)
APPLICABLE TO VERSIONS WITH: RadioNav
enlarge image
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir DASHBOARD 20
enlarge image
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir REAR 25
enlarge image
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir REAR BUMPER 29
enlarge image
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir FRONT PORT MANAGER PAGE 30
enlarge image
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir FRONT DOOR PASSENGER 31
enlarge image
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir DOOR LEFT REAR 34
enlarge image
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir RIGHT RIGHT DOOR 35
enlarge image
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir MIN VAN ACCU 40 (S&S)
APPLICABLE TO VERSIONS WITH: S&S
enlarge image
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir PLUS VAN ACCU 41
enlarge image
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir ENGINE 50
enlarge image
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir CONNECTION CABLE COILS/INJECTION VALVES 55
enlarge image
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir AIR CONDITIONING 65 (Manual air conditioning)
APPLICABLE TO VERSIONS WITH: Manual air conditioning
enlarge image
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir AIR CONDITIONING 65 (Automatic air conditioning)
APPLICABLE TO VERSIONS WITH: Automatic air conditioning
enlarge image
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir ELECTRIC POWER STEERING 66
enlarge image
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir OPEN ROOF 72 (Electrically operated sunroof)
APPLICABLE TO VERSIONS WITH: Electrically operated sunroof
enlarge image
POWER SUPPLY
191 - Juliet
NUTRITION - DESCRIPTION
The electrical installation is designed and constructed for a high degree of safety to avoid the risk of fire or other consequences of electrical disturbances.
In addition, failures in connections are limited by the use of plug connections of the latest generation.
The power is distributed via fuse and relay boxes and/or fuse holders, which are connected to the control systems (relays or static actuators), so that the maximum degree of
protection is obtained with the simplest possible wiring.
Thanks to the division of the functions in the plugs and the replacement of solder connections by short-circuit connections, a modular design of all cable bundles is possible
(thanks to a subdivision).
The main security solutions are:
- MAXI-FUSE main fuses that cut the power supply to the electrical installation in the event of a short circuit (see details below);
- the arrangement of the entire installation is designed to limit the risk of damage due to a malfunction or accident;
- the position of the cables is optimal, so that incorrect location and noises due to vibrations are prevented
- all cables are very well protected against abrasion;
- the cables in the engine compartment are of a special type, resistant to high temperatures and protected by an outer casing or hoses;
- the cables in the interior are protected by corrugated tubes and are wrapped with felt tape to prevent noise;
- the main plugs are fitted with a locking mechanism (secondary lock) and a safety lock (lever lock or "CPA"), which prevent deformation of the pins.
All electrical systems are supplied with a 12V supply voltage from the battery.
The battery is in turn charged, while the engine is running, by the alternator
See E5010 START AND CHARGE SYSTEM
The main power cables are protected by main fuses ("MAXI-FUSE") in the fuse and relay box in the engine compartment.
Some circuits are permanently powered, even when the car is stationary and the ignition key is removed. These circuits are directly connected to the battery.
Other circuits are powered when the ignition switch is in a certain position:
- when the ignition switch is turned to the first position (position MAR), a large number of circuits are supplied with voltage. These circuits are powered from the ignition switch (line
"INT" and "15/54");
- in the second position - position AVV - the starter motor is supplied with voltage (line "50"). At the same time, other circuits are interrupted (those that consume a lot of power), so that the
starter motor is supplied with the greatest possible current (line "INT/A").
The power cables to the consumers are shown in the electrical diagrams of the various functions and systems.
This general diagram includes all power cables coming from the battery and main fuse holder, with reference to the respective diagrams for more detailed discussion.
POWER SUPPLY - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
All electrical systems are supplied with power from the battery A001.
The main power cables are protected by main fuses in the fuse and relay box in the engine compartment B001, these are:
- F01: power supply of the Body Computer M001 - connector A;
- F02: power supply of the additional fuse and relay box in the trunk B045;
- F03: power supply start/ignition lock H001;
The ignition switch H001 is powered by the fuse and relay box in the engine compartment B001 through the line protected by fuse F03;
- in MAR position, the various consumers and circuits supplied by the ignition (line "INT" and "15/54") are live: the signal from the ignition switch “15/54” is sent to the fuse and relay box
located in the engine compartment B001, to pin 15 of connector B, while the signal "INT" is sent to the Body Computer M001, to pin 11 of connector E;
- in position AVV the starter motor is powered; (line "50")
- in this position, certain circuits are disconnected, while the signal "INT/A" is sent to the Body Computer M001, to pin 1 of connector E.
POWER SUPPLY - ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM
A001 BATTERY edit. 5530B10 BATTERY - UI

A005 distribution block edit. 5530B22 BATTERY GEAR CABLE - UI
A010 DYNAMO Bew. 5530A10 DYNAMO - U.I.
A020 STARTER MOTOR edit. 5520B10 STARTER MOTOR - UI
edit. 5505A28 HOLDER FOR ADDITIONAL FUSES AND RELAY BOX IN

B001 FUSES AND RELAY BOX
ENGINE ROOM - UI
FUSES AND RELAY BOX IN DE
B045 edit. 5505A14 EXTRA FUSES AND RELAY BOX IN LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT - UI
LUGGAGE SPACE
B099 MAIN FUSE HOLDER ON THE BATTERY
5530B40 DISTRIBUTION BLOCK ON BATTERY (LINK BATTERY / FUSE BOX) See C002 BATTERY GROUND CONNECTION TO ENGINE
- UI
edit. 5530B22 BATTERY GEAR CABLE - UI
See C003 BATTERY GROUND CONNECTION TO BODYWORK
C038 GROUND ON TUNNEL CONSOLE

H001 START/IGNITION SWITCH
5520A18 START/IGNITION SWITCH BLOCK - UI See K059 SENSOR BATTERY CHARGE CONDITION
See M001 BODY COMPUTER
5520D01 BATTERY CONDITION MONITORING SENSOR - UI
edit. 5505A35 BODY COMPUTER/FUSE AND RELAY BOX - UI
CONTROL UNIT ELECTRIC edit. 4110D50 CABLE HARNESS FOR ELECTRIC POWER STEERING - UI
M086
POWER STEERING
NUTRITION - ARRANGEMENT OF COMPONENTS


ENGINE ROOM - UI
LUGGAGE SPACE
- UI

M086
POWER STEERING
POWER SUPPLY
191 - Juliet
NUTRITION - DESCRIPTION
The electrical installation is designed and constructed for a high degree of safety to avoid the risk of fire or other consequences of electrical disturbances.
In addition, failures in connections are limited by the use of plug connections of the latest generation.
Thanks to the division of the functions in the plugs and the replacement of solder connections by short-circuit connections, a modular design of all cable bundles is possible
(thanks to a subdivision).
The main security solutions are:
- MAXI-FUSE main fuses that cut the power supply to the electrical installation in the event of a short circuit (see details below);
- the arrangement of the entire installation is designed to limit the risk of damage due to a malfunction or accident;
- the position of the cables is optimal, so that incorrect location and noises due to vibrations are prevented
- all cables are very well protected against abrasion;
- the cables in the engine compartment are of a special type, resistant to high temperatures and protected by an outer casing or hoses;
- the cables in the interior are protected by corrugated tubes and are wrapped with felt tape to prevent noise;
- the main plugs are fitted with a locking mechanism (secondary lock) and a safety lock (lever lock or "CPA"), which prevent deformation of the pins.
All electrical systems are supplied with a 12V supply voltage from the battery.
The battery is in turn charged, while the engine is running, by the alternator
The main power cables are protected by main fuses ("MAXI-FUSE") in the fuse and relay box in the engine compartment.
Some circuits are permanently powered, even when the car is stationary and the ignition key is removed. These circuits are directly connected to the battery.
Other circuits are powered when the ignition switch is in a certain position:
- when the ignition switch is turned to the first position (position MAR), a large number of circuits are supplied with voltage. These circuits are powered from the ignition switch (line
"INT" and "15/54");
- in the second position - position AVV - the starter motor is supplied with voltage (line "50"). At the same time, other circuits are interrupted (the circuits that consume a lot of power), so
that the starter motor is supplied with the greatest possible current (line "INT/A").
The power cables to the consumers are shown in the electrical diagrams of the various functions and systems.
This general diagram includes all power cables coming from the battery and main fuse holder, with reference to the respective diagrams for more detailed discussion.
POWER SUPPLY - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
All electrical systems are supplied with power from the battery A001.
The main power cables are protected by main fuses in the fuse and relay box in the engine compartment B001, these are:
- F01: power supply of the Body Computer M001 - connector A;
- F02: power supply of the additional fuse and relay box in the trunk B045;
- F03: power supply start/ignition lock H001;
The ignition switch H001 is powered by the fuse and relay box in the engine compartment B001 through the line protected by fuse F03;
- in MAR position, the various consumers and circuits supplied by the ignition (line "INT" and "15/54") are live: the signal from the ignition switch “15/54” is sent to the fuse and relay box
located in the engine compartment B001, to pin 15 of connector B, while the signal "INT" is sent to the Body Computer M001, to pin 11 of connector E;
- in position AVV the starter motor is powered; (line "50")
- in this position, certain circuits are disconnected, while the signal "INT/A" is sent to the Body Computer M001, to pin 1 of connector E.
POWER SUPPLY - ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM

ENGINE ROOM - UI
LUGGAGE SPACE
- UI
edit. 5530B22 BATTERY GEAR CABLE

- UI
M086
POWER STEERING
NUTRITION - ARRANGEMENT OF COMPONENTS

ENGINE ROOM - UI
LUGGAGE SPACE
- UI
edit. 5530B22 BATTERY GEAR CABLE

- UI
M086
POWER STEERING
MASS
191 - Juliet
GROUND CONNECTIONS - DESCRIPTION
The following diagram shows the various ground connections of the car. The circuits connected to it are listed for each ground connection.
In this way, the circuits that use the same ground connection can be quickly identified: this simplifies the elimination of faults related to more than one function: for example,
when an earth connection is oxidized, several circuits and functions can be "out of order". to be.
GROUND CONNECTIONS - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
The ground connections on the car, subdivided per cable bundle.
Cable bundle traverse:
- massa elektroventilateur C45
Motor cable:
- ground on battery C001A
- ground connection front left C010A - C010B
- ground connection for ABS C012.
- mass dashboard driver side C015A;
- mass injection control unit C060
Dashboard wiring:
- mass dashboard driver side C015B;
- ground connection airbag system C050A
Rear wiring harness:
- mass dashboard passenger side C020
- ground connection on tailgate C028
- mass rear left C030A -C030B
- ground connection airbag system C050B
Battery negative wiring:

- ground for battery on engine (on gearbox) C002
- battery ground connection on body C003
Motor cable:
- compressor mass C039
- ground on engine C040
Air conditioning / heating wiring harness:
- air conditioning mass C016.

GROUND CONNECTIONS - ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM
C002 BATTERY GROUND CONNECTION TO ENGINE edit. 5530B22 BATTERY GEAR CABLE - UI
C003 BATTERY GROUND CONNECTION TO BODYWORK edit. 5530B22 BATTERY GEAR CABLE - UI
C010 GROUND CONNECTION FRONT LEFT
C011 GROUND CONNECTION FRONT RIGHT
C012 GROUND FOR FOR ABS

C014 MASS FOR FOR ELECTRIC. POWER STEERING
C016 MASS FOR CLIMATE CONTROL
C020 MASS ON DASHBOARD PASSENGER SIDE
C030 GROUND CONNECTION REAR LEFT
C031 RIGHT RIGHT GROUND CONNECTION
C039 GROUND FOR COMPRESSOR
C040 MASS ON ENGINE
C045 MASSA ELEKTROVENTILATEUR
C050 MASS AIRBAG SYSTEM
C060 MASS INJECTION RULE UNIT
GROUND CONNECTIONS - ARRANGEMENT OF COMPONENTS
C002 BATTERY GROUND CONNECTION TO ENGINE edit. 5530B22 BATTERY GEAR CABLE - UI
C003 BATTERY GROUND CONNECTION TO BODYWORK edit. 5530B22 BATTERY GEAR CABLE - UI
C012 GROUND FOR FOR ABS

C014 MASS FOR FOR ELECTRIC. POWER STEERING
C020 MASS ON DASHBOARD PASSENGER SIDE
C039 GROUND FOR COMPRESSOR
C040 MASS ON ENGINE
C045 MASSA ELEKTROVENTILATEUR
C050 MASS AIRBAG SYSTEM
C060 MASS INJECTION RULE UNIT
CONNECTION LINES CAN
191 - Juliet
CAN CONNECTING LINES - DESCRIPTION
In this car, a structure of the electrical connections is used, which is called CAN (Controller Area Network): this is a software and hardware solution, the task of which is to control the car's
resources as efficiently as possible. This is achieved by:
- control the information between the control units;
- to integrate several control units using a network;
- send the information in the network at high speed;
- achieve economic benefits, thanks to a reduction in cabling/connections within the vehicle;
- achieve high quality and reliability.
The advantage of a CAN system is the application of communication between a large number of control units, which means that the number of signals is very high.
For this reason, the signals "travel" over CAN (twisted pair) serial buses, using one core for the high level (H) and the other for the low level (L); the signals on the network are formed
by differences, ie the value of a bit is represented as the difference between CAN-H and CAN-L.
The various electronic units (Nodes) make up the system and are connected to the CAN network via communication links, the so-called "Transceivers"; this connection is
integrated in the control units and consists of a gate to receive/send the information to and from the CAN network or the serial connections.
The data can only circulate on the serial CAN connection thanks to the application of a "transmission protocol"; the sum of the rules that allow the connections between two or more nodes
through which data or a "packet of data" can be exchanged.
The most important component in the network is the Body Computer.
The Body Computer "wakes up the network" at "Key-on" (if the Body Computer fails, this task is taken over by the instrument panel).
In addition, the Body Computer monitors the network, providing information about:
- the activities of the network;
- malfunctions of the individual control units (nodes)
- any malfunctions of the CAN network.

The various control units process the various signals from the respective sensors, both for their own operation and for the other control units connected to the CAN.
In this car, the CAN consists of two networks, which connect nodes with different functions:
- C-CAN for dynamic vehicle control (high speed): CAN-H and CAN-L bus;
- B-CAN for the standard body functions (low speed): bus CAN-A and CAN-B;
the two networks are connected through a "gateway" in the Body Computer for transferring common information.
The diagnosis of the nodes (control units) of both the B-CAN and the C-CAN takes place via the special diagnosis plug
See E8010 MULTIPLE DIAGNOSIS PLUG
See E1010 POWER SUPPLY

CAN CONNECTION LINES - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
Body Computer M001 - connector A - is powered directly from the battery via main fuse F01 in fuse and relay box in engine compartment B001.
The Body Computer M001 is powered via the ignition switch (INT) on pin 11 of plug E: this signal serves, among other things, to "wake up" the network.
Pin 9 of connector E on M001 supplies the reference ground to the Body Computer.
The nodes of the high speed C-CAN connected to the Body Computer M001 (pin 44 and 45 of connector B) are:
- the electric power steering control unit M086;
- yaw angle sensor K074- ABS/ESP control unit M050;
- injection control unit M010.
The nodes of the low speed B-CAN connected to the Body Computer M001 are:
- instrument panel E050, - pins 17 and 21 of connector D;
- car radio or navigation system P020, - pins 16 and 22 of plug D;
- Bluetooth control unit M162, - pins 19 and 23 of connector D;
- Airbag control unit M060, - pin 16 and 20 of plug D;
- parking sensor control unit M084, - pin 34 and 49 of connector F.
- tire pressure control unit M047, - pins 37 and 52 of connector F;
- climate control unit M070, - pins 57 and 58 of plug B;
- control unit for auxiliary heating M075, - pins 57 and 58 of connector B;
The central diagnostic plug R010 is connected to the C-CAN via pin 59 and 60 of plug B on M001 and to the B-CAN via pin 42 and 43 of plug B on M001.
CONNECTION LINES CAN - ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM

B001 FUSE AND RELAY BOX edit. 5505A28 HOLDER FOR ADDITIONAL FUSES AND RELAY BOX IN ENGINE ROOM - UI
B099 MAIN FUSE HOLDER ON THE BATTERY edit. 5530B40 DISTRIBUTION BLOCK ON BATTERY (LINK BATTERY / FUSE BOX) - UI
D008 PLUG CABLES FOR / AIR CONDITIONING -

HEATING
D065 PLUG ELECTRIC POWER STEERING
D070 DRIVER'S SEAT PLUG
D071 PASSENGER SEAT PLUG
E050 INSTRUMENT PANEL edit. 5560B10 INSTRUMENT PANEL - UI

H001 START/IGNITION SWITCH edit. 5520A18 START/IGNITION SWITCH BLOCK - UI
edit. 7045J36 SEAT ADJUSTMENT CONTROL UNIT - UI CONTINUED TO CHECK ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT
H066 CONTROL SEAT ADJUSTMENT DRIVER'S SEAT
H067 CONTROL SEAT ADJUSTMENT PASSENGER SEAT
M001
BODY COMPUTER edit. 5505A35 BODY COMPUTER/FUSE AND RELAY BOX - UI
M010
INJECTION RULE UNIT edit. 1056B82 INJECTION/IGNITION CONTROL UNIT - UI
M050
ABS CONTROL UNIT edit. 3340A20 ABS ELECTRONIC CONTROL UNIT - UI
M060
AIRBAG CONTROL UNIT edit. 5580C14 AIRBAG CONTROL UNIT - UI
M070
CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT edit. 5040D14 CONTROL UNIT WITH AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING BUTTONS - UI
M073
HEADLIGHT ADJUSTMENT CONTROL UNIT edit. 5540C50 HEADLIGHT ADJUSTMENT CONTROL UNIT GAS DISCHARGE LAMPS - UI
M084
CONTROL UNIT PARKING SENSORS edit. 5580H10 PARKING SENSOR ELECTRONIC CONTROL UNIT - UI
M086
CONTROL UNIT ELECTRIC POWER STEERING edit. 4110D50 CABLE HARNESS FOR ELECTRIC POWER STEERING - UI
M162
BLUETOOTH CONTROL UNIT edit. 5570T49 BLUETOOTH ELECTRONIC CONTROL UNIT - UI
edit. 5570T80 RADIO - UI

P020 RADIO
edit. 5580M24 RADION AVIGATION SYSTEM - UI
R010 MULTIPLE CONNECTOR FOR DIAGNOSIS
CAN CONNECTION LINES - ARRANGEMENT OF THE COMPONENTS
D008 PLUG CABLES FRONT / AIR CONDITIONING -

HEATING
H066 CONTROL SEAT ADJUSTMENT DRIVER'S SEAT
H067 CONTROL SEAT ADJUSTMENT PASSENGER SEAT
M001
M010
INJECTION RULE UNIT edit. 1056B82 INJECTION/IGNITION CONTROL UNIT - UI
M050
ABS CONTROL UNIT edit. 3340A20 ABS ELECTRONIC CONTROL UNIT - UI
M060
AIRBAG CONTROL UNIT edit. 5580C14 AIRBAG CONTROL UNIT - UI
M070
CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT edit. 5040D14 CONTROL UNIT WITH AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING BUTTONS - UI
M073
M084
CONTROL UNIT PARKING SENSORS edit. 5580H10 PARKING SENSOR ELECTRONIC CONTROL UNIT - UI
M086
CONTROL UNIT ELECTRIC POWER STEERING edit. 4110D50 CABLE HARNESS FOR ELECTRIC POWER STEERING - UI
M162
BLUETOOTH CONTROL UNIT edit. 5570T49 BLUETOOTH ELECTRONIC CONTROL UNIT - UI
edit. 5570T80 RADIO - UI

P020 RADIO
edit. 5580M24 RADION AVIGATION SYSTEM - UI
R010 MULTIPLE CONNECTOR FOR DIAGNOSIS
A-BUS SERIAL LINE
191 - Juliet
SERIAL A - BUS CONNECTION - DESCRIPTION
This car uses a structure of the electrical connections, which is called CAN (Controller Area Network).
The various electronic units (Nodes) make up the system and are connected to the CAN network; the most important component in the network is the Body Computer.
The electronic control units process the various signals from the respective sensors, both for their own operation and for the other control units, whose signals are sent via the CAN.
The CAN consists of two networks that connect nodes with different functions:
- C-CAN for dynamic vehicle control (high speed): CAN-H and CAN-L bus;
- B-CAN for the standard body functions (low speed): bus CAN-A and CAN-B;
the two networks are connected through a "gateway" in the Body Computer for transferring common information
See E1050 CAN . CONNECTION LINES
A special serial A-BUS ISO 5 manages the connection to the rain/twilight sensor mounted near the rear-view mirror.
A special serial ISO 5 A-BUS connection forms the connection to:
- automatic windscreen wiper activation (rain sensor);
- automatic lighting switch-on (twilight sensor);
- alarm (siren and motion / tilt sensors);
Another serial line manages the connection to the "fastened seat belt display" which is also mounted near the rear-view mirror.
SERIAL A - BUS CONNECTION - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
The Body Computer M001 is powered via the ignition switch (INT) on pin 11 of plug E.
The rain and dusk sensor in the rear-view mirror P065 - pin 3 - is connected via the serial A-BUS to pin 48 of connector F on M001, and transmits the automatic control signal for
the windscreen wipers and the low and position lights.
The serial A-BUS connection is also connected to the motion/tilt sensors of the anti-theft alarm K62 - pin 4.
The serial A-BUS connection is connected from pin 56, plug B of Body Computer M1 to siren P90 - pin 2.
SERIAL A - BUS CONNECTION - ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM
D006 FRONT / REAR PLUG

K059 BATTERY CHARGE SENSOR edit. 5520D01 BATTERY CONDITION MONITORING SENSOR - UI
K062 MOTION SENSORS FOR THEFT ALARM edit. 7040H92 HEADLINING CONTROL PANEL - UI
M001 BODY COMPUTER edit. 5505A35 BODY COMPUTER/FUSE AND RELAY BOX - UI
P065 ELECTRONIC DIMMABLE INTERIOR MIRROR edit. 7065C60 INTERIOR MIRROR, FOR RAIN/TWILIGHT SENSOR VERSIONS - UI
P090 SIREN OF ALARM edit. 5580E40 THEFT PROTECTION SIREN - UI
SERIAL A - BUS CONNECTION - ARRANGEMENT OF COMPONENTS

K059 BATTERY CHARGE SENSOR edit. 5520D01 BATTERY CONDITION MONITORING SENSOR - UI
K062 MOTION SENSORS FOR THEFT ALARM edit. 7040H92 HEADLINING CONTROL PANEL - UI
POSITION / PLATE LIGHTS
191 - Juliet
EXTERIOR / LICENSE PLATE LIGHT - DESCRIPTION
With the key at MAR and the ring turned to "O", the daytime running lights come on automatically; the other lamps and the interior lighting remain off.
The automatic daytime running lights can be activated/deactivated via the "Setup menu" on the instrument panel; if the daytime lighting is deactivated, no light will come
on when the ring is in position O.
The position/parking lights are built into the headlamp
The rear exterior lighting is located in the rear light units and works with LED circuits.
With the ignition key at MAR, when the ring is turned forward, the dipped beam is activated, the daytime running lights go out and the exterior, dipped beam and license plate lights come on.
The "exterior lighting" indicator light comes on on the instrument panel.
This function allows the exterior lights and license plate lights to come on when the ignition key is turned to STOP, to indicate the presence of the car when it is stationary (parking
lights).
With the ignition key in the STOP position or the ignition key removed, when the ring is turned forwards, the exterior and license plate lights illuminate. The "exterior lighting" indicator light
comes on on the instrument panel.
By operating the lever for the direction indicators, the side where the lights switch on (left or right) can be selected.
The function is deactivated by turning the rotary switch for the lighting on the steering column switch to the OFF position or key-ON. In the latter case, the function is reset and the
Body Computer controls the lighting depending on the selected position of the rotary switch on the steering column switch.
With the "Follow me home" function, the dipped beam headlights and the exterior lighting can remain on for 30 seconds, or a multiple thereof, after the ignition key is turned to STOP or
removed. The fact that the lights remain on is indicated by the "Exterior lighting" indicator lamp on the instrument panel.
Switching on is done with the lever (as when turning on the high beam signal), within 2 minutes after the ignition is turned to STOP: each time the lever is operated, the lighting on time
increases by 30 seconds to a maximum of 210 seconds.
If the ignition switch is turned to MAR or the main beam signal switch is actuated for more than 2 seconds, the function is interrupted.
With Key-OFF, the function "External courtesy lighting" leaves the exterior lighting behind and the license plate lighting on for a certain time when the doors or tailgate are unlocked with
the remote control.
The "External courtesy lighting" function can be activated/deactivated via the "Setup menu" of the instrument panel.
Switching on the outdoor lighting is controlled by the Body Computer.
Along with the exterior lighting, the license plate light and various interior lights are also turned on, including instrument panel lighting and symbol lighting (these circuits
are shown and described in the respective component diagrams):
See E2535 LIGHTING CONTROLS
The switch-on and/or switch-off information is sent via CAN: this illuminates the "Exterior lighting" indicator lamp on the instrument panel. The instrument panel also switches on the
symbols night-time illumination.
On some versions, the outdoor lighting can also be switched on automatically using the twilight sensor.
This sensor - located on the windscreen behind the interior mirror - is able to detect the differences in ambient light intensity based on the sensitivity set: the greater the sensitivity, the less
outside light is needed to switch on the outside lighting.
The sensitivity of the sensor can be set via the "Setup menu" of the instrument panel.
By turning the rotary knob in the opposite direction (AUTO position), depending on the strength of the outside light, the outside lighting and the dipped headlights come on
automatically.
When the dusk sensor is switched on, only the high beam signal can be given.
If the sensor provides a switch-off command, the dipped beam and then after 10 seconds the outside lighting switches off.
The operation of the lighting is checked via the "check" function of the exterior/license plate lighting: each of the circuits is checked for:
- interruption or missing light
- earth fault (lamp or wiring with earth fault)
- short circuit to the battery voltage (wiring with short circuit to the battery voltage)
If one of these situations occurs, the body computer sends a fault message via the CAN: the warning lamp "lighting malfunction" on the instrument panel comes on and the information is
shown on the display at the same time
EXTERIOR / LICENSE PLATE LIGHT - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
A single ground signal sent from steering column switch H005 to Body Computer M001 controls the exterior lighting and the low beam: from pin 3 of H005 to pin 38 of connector D on M001;
the transmitted signal is encoded via resistance dividers, so that various commands can be sent from the steering column switch to the body computer via a single connection.
Pin 10 on H005 receives the reference ground from pin 34 of connector D on M001.
The Body Computer M001, on the other hand, is powered via the ignition switch (INT) on pin 11 of plug E, while the signal from the ignition switch (INT/A) reaches pin 1 of plug E.
The Body Computer M001 controls power to the parking lights in the headlights F010 (left) and F011 (right) from pins 28 and 13 of connector B.
The Body Computer M001 powers the front position lights F010 (left) and F011 (right) from pin 29 and 30 of connector B, as well as the rear position lights F030 (left) and F031 (right)
from pin 20 and 5 of connector F and from the license plate lights F050 and F051 from pin 15 of connector F.
The electronic component management feedback signals are sent to pin 24 of connector B and pin 54 of connector F on MOO1.
Via the CAN, the Body Computer M001 is connected to the instrument panel E050 for the control of the "exterior lighting" indicator light and, if a fault in the circuit or the lamp is detected, the
"lighting malfunction" warning lamp; in the event of a malfunction in the twilight sensor, this is signaled separately.
The position lights are switched on, even when there is a dusk sensor in the rear-view mirror P065 (A-BUS signal from pin 48 of connector F on M001).
The dusk sensor in P065 is powered via INT and the fuse F49 in M001.
EXTERIOR/LICENSE PLATE LIGHTS - ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM
C020 GROUND ON DASHBOARD PASSENGER SIDE

D089 PARKING SENSOR PLUG
F010 LEFT HEADLIGHT edit. 5540B07 LEFT HEADLIGHT UNIT - UI
F011 RIGHT HEADLIGHT edit. 5540B08 RIGHT HEADLIGHT UNIT - UI
F030 REAR LIGHT UNIT LEFT edit. 5540A58 OUTER REAR LIGHT UNIT WITH INTEGRATED TURNING INDICATOR (1), LI OR RE - UI
F031 RIGHT BACKLIGHT UNIT edit. 5540A58 OUTER REAR LIGHT UNIT WITH INTEGRATED TURNING INDICATOR (1), LI OR RE - UI
F035 LEFT TAILLIGHT UNIT (PART ON TAILGATE) edit. 5540A68 INNER REAR LIGHT UNIT (1), LI OR RE - UI
F036 RIGHT TAILLIGHT UNIT (PART ON TAILGATE) Mov. 5540A68 INNER REAR LIGHT UNIT (1), LI OR RE - UI
F050 LICENSE LIGHT LEFT edit. 5540A94 LICENSE PLATE LIGHT (1) - UI
F051 RIGHT LICENSE LIGHT edit. 5540A94 LICENSE PLATE LIGHT (1) - UI
H005 STEERING COLUMN SWITCH edit. 5550A10 STEERING COLUMN SWITCHES COMPLETE - UI
EXTERIOR / PLATE LIGHTING - ARRANGEMENT OF COMPONENTS

D089 PARKING SENSOR PLUG
F036 RIGHT TAILLIGHT UNIT (PART ON TAILGATE) Mov. 5540A68 INNER REAR LIGHT UNIT (1), LI OR RE - UI
F050 LICENSE LIGHT LEFT edit. 5540A94 LICENSE PLATE LIGHT (1) - UI
F051 RIGHT LICENSE LIGHT edit. 5540A94 LICENSE PLATE LIGHT (1) - UI
LOW BEAM LIGHTS
191 - Juliet
LOW BEAM - DESCRIPTION
The car is equipped with two GAS DISCHARGE headlamps.
The electronics in both headlamps control switching on and off within the times specified in the software in accordance with international standards for gas discharge
lamps. The system on each of the headlamp units consists of an igniter (IGNITER) in the lamp base and a control module (BALLAST) on the underside of the headlamp unit.
The left headlight is the "master" control unit while the right one is the "slave".
The master collects the switch-on command for the low beam, the speed of the car and the position of the sensors on the axles. Based on the input signals, the left headlamp unit (dipped
beam) is switched on directly and the right headlamp via a serial connection.
For more information
See E3080 HEADLIGHT ADJUSTMENT
If the high beams are switched on when the low beams are on, the shielding of the gas discharge lamp rises, providing the high beam.
The dipped beams are switched on with the steering column switch by turning the ring forward: the dipped beams are activated, the daytime running lights go out and the exterior
lighting, the dipped beam headlights and the license plate lights come on.
Switching on the low beam is controlled by the Body Computer.
On some versions, the dipped beam can also be switched on automatically using the twilight sensor.
This sensor - located on the windscreen behind the interior mirror - is able to detect the differences in ambient light intensity based on the sensitivity set: the greater the sensitivity, the
less outside light is needed to switch on the outside lighting.
By turning the rotary knob in the opposite direction (AUTO position), depending on the strength of the outside light, the outside lighting and the dipped beams automatically turn on.
to burn.
In the event of a malfunction of the dusk sensor, the "general warning lamp" lights up on the instrument panel and the information is shown on the display at the same time.
removed. The fact that the lights remain on is indicated by the "Exterior lighting" indicator lamp on the instrument panel. Switching on is done with the lever (as when turning on the high
beam signal), within 2 minutes after the ignition is turned to STOP: each time the lever is operated, the lighting on time increases by 30 seconds to a maximum of 210 seconds. If the ignition
switch is turned to MAR or the main beam signal switch is actuated for more than 2 seconds, the function is interrupted.
With Key-OFF, the "External courtesy lighting" function makes the dipped beams turn on for a certain time when the doors or tailgate are unlocked with the remote control.
LOW BEAM - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
The Body Computer M001 controls the power of the dipped beam in the headlights F010 (left) and F011 (right) from pins 10 and 27 of connector C in M001.
Each circuit is protected by a fuse in fuse and relay box M001: F13 for the left and F12 for the right headlight.
The two electronic circuits in headlights F10 (left) and F11 (right) are powered from pin 6 (INT) through fuse F37 in M001.
The pins 11 of both control units are interconnected via a special serial link.
Via the CAN, the Body Computer M001 is connected to the instrument panel E050 for controlling the light "dipped beam switched on" and, in the event of a faulty twilight sensor,
the specific message.
The low beam is switched on, even if there is a twilight sensor in the rear-view mirror P065 (A-BUS signal from pin 48 of connector F on M001).
LOW BEAM - ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM
B001 FUSES AND RELAY BOX edit. 5505A28 HOLDER FOR ADDITIONAL FUSES AND RELAY BOX IN ENGINE ROOM - UI
F010 HEADLIGHT LEFT edit. 5540B07 LEFT HEADLIGHT UNIT - UI
F011 HEADLIGHT RIGHT edit. 5540B08 RIGHT HEADLIGHT UNIT - UI
M073 HEADLIGHT ADJUSTMENT CONTROL UNIT edit. 5540C50 HEADLIGHT ADJUSTMENT CONTROL UNIT GAS DISCHARGE LAMPS - UI
LOW BEAM - ARRANGEMENT OF COMPONENTS
LOW BEAM LIGHTS
191 - Juliet
LOW BEAM - DESCRIPTION
lamps. The system on each of the headlamp units consists of an igniter (IGNITER) in the lamp base and a control module (BALLAST) on the underside of the headlamp unit.
The left headlight is the "master" control unit while the right one is the "slave".
The master collects the switch-on command for the low beam, the speed of the car and the position of the sensors on the axles. Based on the input signals, the left headlamp unit (dipped
beam) is switched on directly and the right headlamp via a serial connection.
If the high beams are switched on when the low beams are on, the shielding of the gas discharge lamp rises, providing the high beam.
The dipped beams are switched on with the steering column switch by turning the ring forward: the dipped beams are activated, the daytime running lights go out and the exterior
lights, the dipped beams and the license plate lights come on.
Switching on the low beam is controlled by the Body Computer.
On some versions, the dipped beam can also be switched on automatically using the twilight sensor.
This sensor - located on the windscreen behind the interior mirror - is able to detect the differences in ambient light intensity based on the sensitivity set: the greater the sensitivity, the
less outside light is needed to switch on the outside lighting.
By turning the rotary knob in the opposite direction (AUTO position), depending on the strength of the outside light, the outside lighting and the dipped beams automatically turn on.
to burn.
In the event of a malfunction of the dusk sensor, the "general warning lamp" lights up on the instrument panel and the information is shown on the display at the same time.
removed. The fact that the lights remain on is indicated by the "Exterior lighting" indicator lamp on the instrument panel. Switching on is done with the lever (as when turning on the high
beam signal), within 2 minutes after the ignition is turned to STOP: each time the lever is operated, the lighting on time increases by 30 seconds to a maximum of 210 seconds. If the ignition
switch is turned to MAR or the main beam signal switch is actuated for more than 2 seconds, the function is interrupted.
With Key-OFF, the "External courtesy lighting" function makes the dipped beams turn on for a certain time when the doors or tailgate are unlocked with the remote control.
LOW BEAM - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
The Body Computer M001 controls the power of the dipped beam in the headlights F010 (left) and F011 (right) from pins 10 and 27 of connector C in M001.
Each circuit is protected by a fuse in fuse and relay box M001: F13 for the left and F12 for the right headlight.
The two electronic circuits in headlights F10 (left) and F11 (right) are powered from pin 6 (INT) through fuse F37 in M001.
The pins 11 of both control units are interconnected via a special serial link.
Via the CAN, the Body Computer M001 is connected to the instrument panel E050 for controlling the light "dipped beam switched on" and, in the event of a faulty twilight sensor,
the specific message.
The low beam is switched on, even if there is a twilight sensor in the rear-view mirror P065 (A-BUS signal from pin 48 of connector F on M001).
LOW BEAM - ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM
LOW BEAM - ARRANGEMENT OF COMPONENTS
HIGH BEAM LIGHTS
191 - Juliet
HIGH BEAM - DESCRIPTION
The car is equipped with two high beams in the headlamp units.
The high beam is switched on with the steering column switch:
- with the low beam on by pushing the lever towards the dashboard (locked position).
- for "high beam signal" by pulling the lever towards the steering wheel (position without locking)
On versions with discharge headlamps, there are two "high beams": the first is a traditional (halogen) bulb for the "high beam signal"; when switching from dipped to high beam,
the xenon lamp remains on and a metal shield is pulled up with the aid of an electric motor.
low beam is in the low position.
See descriptions 5540 OUTDOOR LIGHTS
Switching on the high beam is controlled by the Body Computer.
A separate relay - in the fuse and relay box in the engine compartment - controls the switching on of the high beams via a special fuse. The low beam relay is controlled by the Body
Computer: the relay is energized with the control signal from the steering column switch.
The switch-on and/or switch-off information is sent via CAN: this lights up the "High beam" indicator light on the instrument panel.
HIGH BEAM - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
A single ground signal sent from steering column switch H005 to Body Computer M001 controls both the high beam and the high beam signal: from pin 2 of H005 to pin 36 of connector
D on M001; the transmitted signal is encoded via resistance dividers, so that various commands can be sent from the steering column switch to the body computer via a single
connection.
The Body Computer M001 controls the power supply of the high beams with a ground enable signal to relay T02 in fuse and relay box in the engine compartment B001 - from pin 22 of
connector B on M001 - which energizes relay T02: it supplies the low beams in the headlamps F010 (left) and F011 (right). The circuit is protected by fuse F14 in fuse and relay box B001.
The relay T02 is in turn supplied from the "ignition lock" (INT) through the fuse F51 in M001.
Body Computer M001 is connected via CAN to instrument panel E050 for controlling the "high beam" indicator light.
HIGH BEAM - ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM
HIGH BEAM - ARRANGEMENT OF COMPONENTS
HIGH BEAM LIGHTS
191 - Juliet
HIGH BEAM - DESCRIPTION
The car is equipped with two high beams in the headlamp units.
The high beam is switched on with the steering column switch:
- with the low beam on by pushing the lever towards the dashboard (locked position).
- for "high beam signal" by pulling the lever towards the steering wheel (position without locking)
Switching on the high beam is controlled by the Body Computer.
A separate relay - in the fuse and relay box in the engine compartment - controls the switching on of the high beams via a special fuse. The low beam relay is controlled by the Body
Computer: the relay is energized with the control signal from the steering column switch.
The switch-on and/or switch-off information is sent via CAN: this lights up the "High beam" indicator light on the instrument panel.
HIGH BEAM - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
A single ground signal sent from steering column switch H005 to Body Computer M001 controls both the high beam and the high beam signal: from pin 2 of H005 to pin 36 of connector
D on M001; the transmitted signal is encoded via resistance dividers, so that various commands can be sent from the steering column switch to the body computer via a single
connection.
The Body Computer M001 controls the power supply of the high beams with a ground enable signal to relay T02 in fuse and relay box in the engine compartment B001 - from pin 22 of
connector B on M001 - which energizes relay T02: it supplies the low beams in the headlamps F010 (left) and F011 (right). The circuit is protected by fuse F14 in fuse and relay box B001.
Body Computer M001 is connected via CAN to instrument panel E050 for controlling the "high beam" indicator light.
HIGH BEAM - ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM
HIGH BEAM - ARRANGEMENT OF COMPONENTS
DIRECTION / EMERGENCY LIGHTS
191 - Juliet
DIRECTION INDICATORS / BLINKERS - DESCRIPTION
The front and side indicators are of the traditional bulb type.
The rear turn signals are located in the rear light units and work with LED circuits controlled by special internal electronics.
The right and left turn signals are turned on by moving the left lever of the steering column switch up or down; the function is active with ignition switch on MAR.
The hazard warning lights (simultaneous activation of the left and right indicators) are operated via a switch in the center of the dashboard.
For security reasons, the function can be turned on at any time.
The turn signal/hazard flasher activation is controlled by the Body Computer, which also controls the flashing frequency. The signal is supplied to the other nodes via the CAN. In this way,
the two "turn signal indicator lamps" on the instrument panel come on; in addition, the buzzer in the instrument panel provides a low-frequency sound signal at the same time as the lights
are turned on.
The operation of the lighting is checked via the "check" function direction indicators: each of the circuits (right and left side of the car) is checked for:
If one of the situations occurs, the body computer sends a fault message via the CAN: to the instrument panel: only with "Key on" a "warning lamp" lights up and the
information is shown on the display at the same time.
In addition, at the same time as the display of the fault, the frequency of the flashing lights on the instrument panel and the sound signal increases; however, the frequency of flashing of the
lights on the outside of the car is not changed.
the direction indicators are also used to signal whether commands from the remote control have been received and/or whether an operation of the "interior access
system" is being performed
See E3040 DOOR LOCK

DIRECTION INDICATORS / FLASHING ALARM - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
A single ground signal sent from steering column switch H005 to Body Computer M001 controls the right and left turn signals: from pin 1 of H005 to pin 51 of connector D on M001; the
transmitted signal is encoded via resistance dividers, so that various commands can be sent from the steering column switch to the body computer via a single connection.
The ground (enable) signal for the hazard warning flashers reaches pin 7 of connector D in M001 via the control switch in group H90, pin 3; pin 6 of H90 receives the reference ground
from pin 49 of connector D in M0010. †
The Body Computer M001 is powered via the ignition switch (INT) on pin 11 of plug E:
The Body Computer M001 controls the side indicators F020 (left) and F021 (right) - from pins 11 and 9 of connector B -, for F010 (left) and F011 (right) - from pins 10 and 8 of connector B -
and behind F030 (left) and F031 (right) - from pins 1 and 3 of connector F.
Via the CAN, the Body Computer M001 is connected to the instrument panel E050 for the control of the "turn signal indicator lamps", the warning buzzer and, if a fault in the circuit is detected,
the "lighting malfunction" warning lamp.
DIRECTION INDICATORS / FLASHING ALARM - ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM
F020 LEFT SIGNAL SIGNAL edit. 5550C22 DIRECTION SIGNAL (1) ON FRONT FENDER, LI OR RE - UI
F021 RIGHT SIDE SIGNAL SIGNAL edit. 5550C22 DIRECTION SIGNAL (1) ON FRONT FENDER, LI OR RE - UI
H020 SWITCH FOR FLASHING ALARM LIGHTS edit. 5550C14 BLINKER ALARM CONTROL SWITCH - UI
DIRECTION INDICATORS / BLINKERS - ARRANGEMENT OF COMPONENTS
DIRECTION / EMERGENCY LIGHTS
191 - Juliet
DIRECTION INDICATORS / BLINKERS - DESCRIPTION
The front and side indicators are of the traditional bulb type.
The rear turn signals are located in the rear light units and work with LED circuits controlled by special internal electronics.
The right and left turn signals are turned on by moving the left lever of the steering column switch up or down; the function is active with ignition switch on MAR.
The hazard warning lights (simultaneous activation of the left and right indicators) are operated via a switch in the center of the dashboard.
For security reasons, the function can be turned on at any time.
The turn signal/hazard flasher activation is controlled by the Body Computer, which also controls the flashing frequency. The signal is supplied to the other nodes via the CAN. In this way,
the two "turn signal indicator lamps" on the instrument panel come on; in addition, the buzzer in the instrument panel provides a low-frequency sound signal at the same time as the lights
are turned on.
The operation of the lighting is checked via the "check" function direction indicators: each of the circuits (right and left side of the car) is checked for:
If one of the situations occurs, the body computer sends a fault message via the CAN: to the instrument panel: only with "Key on" a "warning lamp" lights up and the
information is shown on the display at the same time.
In addition, at the same time as the display of the fault, the frequency of the flashing lights on the instrument panel and the sound signal increases; however, the frequency of flashing of the
lights on the outside of the car is not changed.
the direction indicators are also used to signal whether commands from the remote control have been received and/or whether an operation of the "interior access
system" is being performed
See E3040 DOOR LOCK

DIRECTION INDICATORS / FLASHING ALARM - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
A single ground signal sent from steering column switch H005 to Body Computer M001 controls the right and left turn signals: from pin 1 of H005 to pin 51 of connector D on M001; the
The ground (enable) signal for the hazard warning flashers reaches pin 7 of connector D in M001 via the control switch in group H90, pin 3; pin 6 of H90 receives the reference ground
from pin 49 of connector D in M0010. †
The Body Computer M001 controls the side indicators F020 (left) and F021 (right) - from pins 11 and 9 of connector B -, for F010 (left) and F011 (right) - from pins 10 and 8 of connector B -
and behind F030 (left) and F031 (right) - from pins 1 and 3 of connector F.
Via the CAN, the Body Computer M001 is connected to the instrument panel E050 for the control of the "turn signal indicator lamps", the warning buzzer and, if a fault in the circuit is detected,
the "lighting malfunction" warning lamp.
DIRECTION INDICATORS / FLASHING ALARM - ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM
DIRECTION INDICATORS / BLINKERS - ARRANGEMENT OF COMPONENTS
STOP LIGHTS
191 - Juliet
BRAKE LIGHTS - DESCRIPTION
The brake lights are mounted in the outer rear light units. There is a central third brake light.
The side brake lights are located in the side rear light units and work with LED circuits controlled by special internal electronics.
The center rear light consists of an LED device with a beam of light that extends beyond the screen print of the rear window.
The brake lights come on via the brake light switch when the brake pedal is depressed.
The switch on the pedal assembly has two contacts that provide two signals: the first is normally open (NA) and recognizes the brake pedal position if it is different from the rest
position, ie pressed; the second is normally closed (NC) and recognizes the rest position.
The lighting is switched on by the normally open contact (brake pedal depressed).
The function is activated with the authorization signals (ignition switch on MAR) and the control signal of said switch.
The operation of the bulbs in the rear light units is checked via the "check" function brake lights: it is checked for:
- interruption (missing light or broken wiring)
in addition, the brake pedal switch fuse is checked for openness.
If one of these situations occurs, the Body Computer sends a fault message via the CAN: the warning lamp "lighting malfunction" on the instrument panel lights up and at the same time
the information is shown on the display with the corresponding symbol.
BRAKE LIGHTS - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
Switch I030 receives power from pin 7, connector C of Body Computer M001 from the ignition switch via fuse F37 in Body Computer M001: when the brake pedal is depressed, the switch closes and the signal "normally open"
is supplied to Body Computer M001 ( pin 27, connector B of M001).
The Body Computer M001 then controls the power supply to the brake lights in units F030 (left) and F031 (right) - from pins 10 and 8 of connector F.
The third brake light F040 is directly controlled by the switch I030.
Via the CAN, Body Computer M001 is connected to instrument panel E050 for operation, in the event of a circuit or fuse failure, of the warning lamp "lighting malfunction" and the message "check brake lights"
BRAKE LIGHTS - ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM
Component
Description See edit
code
C030 GROUND CONNECTION REAR LEFT -
C031 RIGHT RIGHT GROUND CONNECTION -
C038 GROUND ON TUNNEL CONSOLE -
E050 INSTRUMENT PANEL -
5560B10 INSTRUMENT PANEL - UI -
F035 LEFT REAR LIGHT UNIT (PART ON

edit. 5540A68 INNER REAR LIGHT UNIT (1), LI OR RE - UI
TAILGATE)
F036 RIGHT REAR LIGHT UNIT (PART ON

TAILGATE)
edit. 5550D16 THIRD BRAKE LIGHT - UI
F040 THIRD BRAKE LIGHT (ADDITIONAL TAIL LIGHT)
See I030 BRAKE PEDAL SWITCH
5550D10 BRAKE LIGHT SWITCH - UI edit. 1060G38 SWITCH ON BRAKE PEDAL - UI
edit. 5520A18 START/IGNITION SWITCH BLOCK - UI

BRAKE LIGHTS - ARRANGEMENT OF COMPONENTS
Component
code
F035 LEFT REAR LIGHT UNIT (PART ON

TAILGATE)
F036 RIGHT REAR LIGHT UNIT (PART ON

TAILGATE)
edit. 5550D16 THIRD BRAKE LIGHT - UI
F040 THIRD BRAKE LIGHT (ADDITIONAL TAIL LIGHT)
See I030 BRAKE PEDAL SWITCH
5550D10 BRAKE LIGHT SWITCH - UI edit. 1060G38 SWITCH ON BRAKE PEDAL - UI
edit. 5520A18 START/IGNITION SWITCH BLOCK - UI

REVERSE LIGHTS
191 - Juliet
REVERSING LIGHTS - DESCRIPTION
The car is equipped with a white reversing lamp, which is located on the right (left in right-hand drive versions) in the rear bumper.
This lights up every time reverse gear is engaged: this information is received via a switch on the outside of the gearbox.
The reverse light circuit is powered by a line from the ignition protected by a separate fuse in the Body Computer.
The turn-on signal for the reversing lights is also sent to the steering column switch for automatic operation of the rear wiper and rear-view mirror and to the engine control unit; and
also via the CAN to the Body Computer, which transmits the signal to the parking sensor control unit, etc.
See E3021 REAR WINDOW WIPER/WASHER
See E3032 MIRROR ADJUSTMENT
See E3090 PARKING SENSOR

REVERSING LIGHTS - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
The switch for the reversing lights I020 is powered from the ignition (INT) via fuse F51 in the Body Computer M001.
When reverse gear is engaged, the switch closes and the power supply reaches the reversing light in rear light unit F033.
In addition, the switch-on signal for the reversing lights is received by the injection control unit M010 and sent via the CAN to the body computer and the other nodes that use the signal
REVERSING LIGHTS - ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM
I020 SWITCH FOR REVERSING LIGHTS edit. 5550D22 REVERSING LIGHT SWITCH - UI
F036 RIGHT TAILLIGHT UNIT (PART ON TAILGATE) edit. 5540A68 INNER REAR LIGHT UNIT (1), LI OR RE - UI
M010 INJECTION RULE UNIT edit. 1056B82 INJECTION/IGNITION CONTROL UNIT - UI
REVERSING LIGHTS - ARRANGEMENT OF COMPONENTS
FOG LIGHTS
191 - Juliet
FOG LIGHTS - DESCRIPTION
The car is equipped with two additional fog lamps in the front bumper.
The fog lamps are switched on using the switch on the switch panel to the left of the steering wheel; when the lights are on, the corresponding indicator light on the instrument panel also
comes on.
A relay - in the fuse and relay box in the engine compartment - switches the fog lights on via a fuse.
The relay is controlled by the Body Computer; the relay is energized at:
- permission signal with ignition key on MAR (INT);
- control signal from switch;
- signal switched on outdoor lighting.
When the exterior lighting is switched off, the fog lamps switch off; even when the corresponding switch is pressed. When the exterior lighting is switched on again, the fog
lamps do not come on again automatically, but only when the corresponding switch is pressed again.
When the ignition is turned to STOP and then back to MAR, the switch must be pressed again to turn on the fog lamps.
FOG LIGHTS - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
The (ground) enable signal from the fog lamps reaches pin 30, connector D of M1 from the control switch on the switch panel to the left of the steering wheel H091 - pin 7.
The connection to the Body Computer of the fog lamp and rear fog lamp activation signal is the same, connecting to pin 45 of connector D on M001, but the signal is different
because the resistance values in series are different with the two different switches of the switch panel H091 .
Pin 1 of H091 receives the reference ground from pin 37 of connector D on M001.
The turn-on signal for the exterior lights is sent to pin 38, connector D of M001 from steering column switch H005.
See E2010 EXTERIOR / PLATE LIGHTS
Body Computer M001 controls the power of the fog lamps with a ground signal to relay T14 in fuse and relay box in the engine compartment B001 - from pin 4, connector B of M001.
This ground signal energizes relay T14: it supplies the fog lamps on the left F015 and on the right F016 via fuse F30 in fuse and relay box B001.
Body Computer M001 is connected via the CAN to the instrument panel E050 for the control of the "fog lamps" control lamp.
FOG LIGHTS - ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM
D050 PLUG FOG LAMPS
F015 FOG LIGHT LEFT edit. 5540D10 FOG LIGHT (1), LI OR RE - UI
F016 FOG LIGHT RIGHT edit. 5540D10 FOG LIGHT (1), LI OR RE - UI
H090 SWITCH UNIT edit. 7040A56 SWITCH UNIT ON DASHBOARD - UI
FOG LIGHTS - ARRANGEMENT OF COMPONENTS
D050 PLUG FOG LAMPS
F015 FOG LIGHT LEFT edit. 5540D10 FOG LIGHT (1), LI OR RE - UI
F016 FOG LIGHT RIGHT edit. 5540D10 FOG LIGHT (1), LI OR RE - UI
REAR FOG LIGHTS
191 - Juliet
REAR FOG LIGHTS - DESCRIPTION
The car is equipped with a high-luminosity red rear fog lamp, which is mounted on the left (right for right-hand drive versions) in the rear bumper.
The rear fog lamp is switched on using the switch on the switch panel to the left of the steering wheel; when the rear fog lamp is switched on, the corresponding indicator lamp
on the instrument panel also illuminates.
The rear fog light is operated via the Body Computer; by means of:
- permission signal with ignition key on MAR (INT);
- control signal from switch;
- signal of dipped headlights or fog lights on.
When the dipped beam or fog lamps are switched off, the rear fog lamp is also switched off, even if the corresponding switch is pressed. When the lighting is switched on again, the rear fog
lamp does not come on again automatically, but only when the corresponding switch is pressed again.
If the ignition switch is turned to STOP and then back to MAR, the switch must be pressed again to activate the rear fog lamp.
The functioning of the lighting is checked via the "check" function rear fog light: it is checked for:
If one of these situations occurs, the Body Computer sends a fault message via the CAN: the "lighting fault" warning light on the instrument panel lights up and the information is shown
on the display at the same time.
REAR FOG LIGHTS - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
The fog lamp (ground) enable signal reaches pin 45, connector D of M001 from the control switch on the switch panel to the left of the steering wheel H091 - pin 7.
The connection to the Body Computer of the fog lamp and rear fog lamp activation signal is the same, connecting to pin 45 of connector D on M001, but the signal is different because
the resistance values in series are different with the two different switches of the switch panel H091 .
The dipped beam enable signal is sent to pin 38, connector D of M001 from steering column switch H005.
See E2011 LOW BEAM
The Body Computer M001 regulates - from pin 60 of plug F - the power supply to the rear fog lamp F033.
Body Computer M001 is connected via CAN to instrument panel E050 for controlling the "rear fog lights on" indicator light and the "exterior lighting malfunction" indicator lamp.
REAR FOG LIGHTS - ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM
REAR FOG LIGHTS - ARRANGEMENT OF COMPONENTS
CEILING LIGHTS
191 - Juliet
CEILING LIGHTS - DESCRIPTION
The front ceiling light contains two lights that can be controlled with the corresponding switches: the switches allow the corresponding lights to be switched on either directly or via a
time control, as described below.
The burning time of the ceiling light depends on the program executed by the Body Computer.
- when a door is opened, the lighting comes on for 3 minutes; this restarts every time a door is opened;
- when all doors are closed; with key-off, the lighting remains on for another 10 seconds. This is interrupted when the ignition switch is turned to key-on: in this case the lighting switches
off immediately.
- if all doors are closed with key-on, the lights go out immediately.
- when the ignition key is removed (and within 2 minutes after the engine has been switched off), the lighting comes on for 10 seconds.
- when the doors are centrally locked, the lights go out;
- when the doors are unlocked centrally, all the lights come on for 10 seconds.
The power supply of all lamps is dependent on a battery voltage check (SBMT): with the ignition switch at STOP and the door or tailgate open, the lamps illuminate for 15 minutes, after
which all lamps are switched off.
The instrument panel display indicates when one or more doors are open; in addition, the light remains on until all doors, the bonnet and the luggage compartment are perfectly closed.
An acoustic signal is also emitted by the buzzer if this situation is detected above a certain speed threshold.
CEILING LIGHTS - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
The Body Computer M001 receives the "door open" inputs on pin 54 (driver's door) and, 53 (passenger door) from connector B in M001; the signal open rear swing door goes to pin 39 of
plug F in M001.
The ceiling light G010 is powered by fuse F32 on Body Computer M001.
Ceiling light for G010 is powered according to the above described regulation from the Body Computer M001 - from pin 13, plug F. From pin 9 of plug F the analog signal for the time
control is supplied.
The Body Computer M001 is powered via the ignition switch (INT) on pin 11 of plug E, and pin 9 of plug E on M001 supplies the reference ground to the Body Computer.
Via the CAN, the Body Computer M001 is connected to the instrument panel E050, to which a signal is supplied, which, if necessary, causes the "door open" light to illuminate and a
signal is given by the corresponding buzzer.
CEILING LIGHTS - ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM
B001
FUSES AND RELAY BOX edit. 5505A28 HOLDER FOR ADDITIONAL FUSES AND RELAY BOX IN ENGINE ROOM - UI
B099
MAIN FUSE HOLDER ON THE BATTERY edit. 5530B40 DISTRIBUTION BLOCK ON BATTERY (LINK BATTERY / FUSE BOX) - UI
C020
MASS ON DASHBOARD PASSENGER SIDE
C030
GROUND CONNECTION REAR LEFT
C031
RIGHT RIGHT GROUND CONNECTION
C038
GROUND ON TUNNEL CONSOLE
D030
FRONT LEFT DOOR PLUG
D031
PLUG DOOR RIGHT FRONT
D035
PLUG LEFT REAR DOOR
D036
PLUG RIGHT REAR DOOR
E050
INSTRUMENT PANEL edit. 5560B10 INSTRUMENT PANEL - UI
G010
FRONT CEILING LIGHT edit. 7040E10 FRONT CEILING LIGHT - ONION
G020
CEILING LIGHT MIDDLE BACK edit. 7040E16 REAR INTERIOR LIGHTS - UI
H001
START/IGNITION SWITCH edit. 5520A18 START/IGNITION SWITCH BLOCK - UI
M001
N050 FRONT DOOR LOCK ENGINE UNIT edit. 7005N20 ENGINE UNIT/DOOR LOCKING LOCK IN A FRONT DOOR, LI OR RE - UI AT
DRIVER'S SIDE EXTENDED DOOR PANEL AND FRAME
N051 edit. 7005N20 ENGINE UNIT/DOOR LOCKING LOCK IN A FRONT DOOR, LI OR RE - UI AT
ENGINE UNIT FRONT RIGHT DOOR LOCK
EXTENDED DOOR PANEL AND FRAME
N055 edit. 7010N20 ENGINE UNIT/DOOR LOCKING LOCK IN A REAR DOOR - UI AT
ENGINE UNIT REAR LEFT DOOR LOCK
N056 MOTORUNIT PORTIERVERGRENDELING edit. 7010N20 ENGINE UNIT/DOOR LOCKING LOCK IN A REAR DOOR - UI AT
RIGHT BEHIND EXTENDED DOOR PANEL AND FRAME
CEILING LIGHTS - ARRANGEMENT OF COMPONENTS
B001
B099
C020
C030
C031
C038
D030
D031
D035
PLUG LEFT REAR DOOR
D036
E050
G010
FRONT CEILING LIGHT edit. 7040E10 FRONT CEILING LIGHT - ONION
G020
CEILING LIGHT MIDDLE BACK edit. 7040E16 REAR INTERIOR LIGHTS - UI
H001
M001
DRAWER LIGHT - TRUNK LIGHT - PARASOL DOOR LIGHT
191 - Juliet
DASHBOARD BOX LIGHTING - TRUNK LIGHTING -

SUNVISOR LIGHTS - DESCRIPTION
When the luggage compartment is opened, the luggage compartment lighting comes on. The lighting goes out when the luggage compartment is closed.
The lights of the two sun visors can be switched on using the switches.
When you open the box, a light comes on on the inside. This light goes out when the cabinet is closed.

SUNVISOR LIGHTS - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
Body Computer M001 supplies, according to the above-described arrangement, from pin 26 of connector F luggage compartment lighting G040 and from pins 27 and 28 of connector F the
sun visor lighting on driver side G031 and passenger side G032.
The two power supplies are protected with fuse F32 on Body Computer M001.
The open luggage compartment signaling switch N047 transmits a ground signal -pin 39 of plug F- when the luggage compartment is open, causing the corresponding light G40 to light up.
The sun visor lights G031 and G032 light up by means of a ground signal from the switch on these lighting units.
The glovebox lighting G030 is switched on by a ground signal from switch I015.

SUNVISOR LIGHTS - ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM
Component
code
C020 MASS ON PASSENGER SIDE DASHBOARD -
G030 LIGHTING DASHBOARD BOX edit. 7040G20 LAMP HOLDER FOR DASHBOARD BOX LIGHTING - ONION
LIGHTING SUNVISOR
G031 edit. 7040E21 LIGHTING FOR MIRROR IN SUNVISOR (1), LI OR RE - UI
DRIVER'S SIDE
G032 LIGHTING SUNVISOR PASSENGER SIDE Move. 7040E21 LIGHTING FOR MIRROR IN SUNVISOR (1), LI OR RE - UI
G040 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHTING edit. 7040G30 LAMP HOLDER FOR LUGGAGE LIGHTING - UI
SWITCH
I015 edit. 7040G24 DASHBOARD BOX LIGHT SWITCH - UI
DASHBOARD BOX LIGHTING
edit. 7015B10 LOCK COMPLETE FROM TAILGATE - UI OR REPAIR WHEN REMOVED
N057 LOCK MOTOR TAILGATE
PANEL/PROTECTIONS

SUNVISOR LIGHTS - ARRANGEMENT OF COMPONENTS
Component
code
C020 MASS ON PASSENGER SIDE DASHBOARD -
G030 LIGHTING DASHBOARD BOX edit. 7040G20 LAMP HOLDER FOR DASHBOARD BOX LIGHTING - ONION
LIGHTING SUNVISOR
G031 edit. 7040E21 LIGHTING FOR MIRROR IN SUNVISOR (1), LI OR RE - UI
DRIVER'S SIDE
G032 LIGHTING SUNVISOR PASSENGER SIDE Move. 7040E21 LIGHTING FOR MIRROR IN SUNVISOR (1), LI OR RE - UI
G040 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHTING edit. 7040G30 LAMP HOLDER FOR LUGGAGE LIGHTING - UI
SWITCH
I015 edit. 7040G24 DASHBOARD BOX LIGHT SWITCH - UI
edit. 7015B10 LOCK COMPLETE FROM TAILGATE - UI OR REPAIR WHEN REMOVED
N057 LOCK MOTOR TAILGATE
PANEL/PROTECTIONS
POZZANGHERA LIGHTS
191 - Juliet
SILL LIGHTS - DESCRIPTION
The two front doors are equipped with two lights to illuminate the ground ("sill lights").
The burn time of the lights depends on a program managed by the Body Computer. The lights come on when the door is opened, regardless of the ignition key position.
They turn on for 3 minutes and go out when the door is closed.
SILL LIGHTS - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
The Body Computer M001 receives the "door open" inputs on pin 54 (driver's door) and pin 53 (front passenger door) from connector B on M001.
The two sill lights G051 and G052 are powered, according to the previously described system, via the fuse F032 on the Body Computer M001.
signal is given by the corresponding buzzer.
SILL LIGHTS - ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM
B001
B099
C020
C030
C031
C038
D030
D031
D035
PLUG LEFT REAR DOOR
D036
E050
G051
FRONT DOOR LIGHTING SIDE PARTS edit. 7040E24 SILL LIGHTS IN DOOR PANEL - UI
G052
SILL LIGHTS FRONT RIGHT edit. 7040E24 SILL LIGHTS IN DOOR PANEL - UI
G055
Lighting on the left rear door edit. 7040E26 LOWER LIGHT ON REAR DOOR PANEL - UI
G056
Lighting on right rear door edit. 7040E26 LOWER LIGHT ON REAR DOOR PANEL - UI
H001
M001
SILL LIGHTING - ARRANGEMENT OF COMPONENTS
B001
B099
C020
C030
C031
C038
D030
D031
D035
PLUG LEFT REAR DOOR
D036
E050
G051
FRONT DOOR LIGHTING SIDE PARTS edit. 7040E24 SILL LIGHTS IN DOOR PANEL - UI
G052
SILL LIGHTS FRONT RIGHT edit. 7040E24 SILL LIGHTS IN DOOR PANEL - UI
G055
Lighting on the left rear door edit. 7040E26 LOWER LIGHT ON REAR DOOR PANEL - UI
G056
Lighting on right rear door edit. 7040E26 LOWER LIGHT ON REAR DOOR PANEL - UI
H001
M001
CONTROLS LIGHTING
191 - Juliet
LIGHTING OF CONTROLS - DESCRIPTION
The car is equipped with a large number of light sources for optimal illumination of the instruments and controls in the interior.
Some controls are illuminated when the MAR (INT) comes on and others when the exterior lights are switched on.
The Body Computer controls the lighting - when the outside lighting is switched on - of:
- cigar lighter;
- controls on front ceiling light;
- car radio display.
See E3510 RADIO
- control climate control
The Body Computer controls the brightness of the instruments and the associated display.
When the outside lighting is switched off, the display is illuminated by 100% and the light intensity cannot be regulated. Control is only possible when the outside lighting is
switched on. When the outdoor lighting is switched on, the light intensity of the display is automatically switched to a preset value and the screens and indicators light up.
The driver can adjust the light intensity of the instrument panel and in the passenger compartment (8 levels) using the "+" and "-" buttons on the switch panel on the left side of the
dashboard. The light intensity cannot be brought to a zero value.
For more information:
See descriptions 5560 INSTRUMENTS
All other controls are illuminated via the ignition switch (INT).
LIGHTING OF CONTROLS - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
The controls "MODE" "+" and "-" on the panel to the left of the steering wheel H091, send analog signals to the dashboard E050, to pins 13 and 16. Pin 1 of H091 receives from pin 37 of
connector D on M001 the reference mass.
Through the CAN, Body Computer M001 is connected to instrument panel E050, from which the signal "brightness control" is received and sent to the radio node.
Power with the position lights on is supplied from the Body Computer M001 - pin 12 of connector B - to the cigar lighter light P050 and to the climate control system G045, as well
as from pin 60 of connector D on M001 to the radio control P020 and from pin 30 of plug F to the control of the ceiling light G010, plug B.
Power from the ignition switch (INT) supplies through fuse F49 Body Computer M001 the control panel illumination to the left of panel H091 - from pin 16 of connector E to M001, to the
center panel H090 - from pin 15 of connector E to M001, to the controls of the “dna” system H139 - from pin 22 of connector C on M001, and finally to the group of controls on the steering
wheel D047 - from pin 17 of connector E and to the sunroof controls H060 and of the navigation system H135 - from pin 24 of connector F to M001.
The lighting LEDs for the controls on doors H051 and H050 are powered as described for the power windows in
See E3050 FRONT WINDOWS
from pin 14 of connector B on M001.

LIGHTING OF CONTROLS - ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM
Component
code
ENGINE ROOM - UI
C020 MASS ON DASHBOARD PASSENGER SIDE -
D030 FRONT LEFT DOOR PLUG -
D031 PLUG DOOR RIGHT FRONT -
D047 PLUG FOR SPIRAL MECHANISM -
5550A10 STEERING COLUMN SWITCHES COMPLETE - UI -

G010 FRONT CEILING LIGHT edit. 7040E10 FRONT CEILING LIGHT - ONION
H020 SWITCH FOR ALARM FLASH LIGHTS edit. 5550C14 BLINKER ALARM CONTROL SWITCH - UI
edit. 7005M12 FRONT DOOR ELECTRIC WINDOWS SWITCH
H050 FRONT DOOR PASSENGER WINDOWS SWITCH
PASSENGER SIDE - UI
SWITCH UNIT FOR OPERATING WINDOWS AND MIRRORS
H051 edit. 7005M14 DRIVER'S SIDE SWITCH UNIT - UI
DRIVER'S DOOR
H060 SWITCH FOR OPEN ROOF edit. 7030B64 SLIDING ROOF CONTROL SWITCH - UI
H091 CONTROL UNIT LEFT edit. 7040A82 SWITCH UNIT LEFT ON DASHBOARD - UI
H139 SYSTEM SWITCH ALFA DNA -
7040L53 VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL SWITCH – UI See M001 BODY COMPUTER

5505A35 BODY COMPUTER/FUSE AND RELAY BOX - UI See P020 RADIO
5570T80 CAR RADIO - UI See P050 CIGAR LIGHTER / 12V POWER SUPPLY
7065C72 BUS CIGAR LIGHTER FOR - UI
LIGHTING OF CONTROLS - ARRANGEMENT OF COMPONENTS
Component
code
ENGINE ROOM - UI
5550A10 STEERING COLUMN SWITCHES COMPLETE - UI -

G010 FRONT CEILING LIGHT edit. 7040E10 FRONT CEILING LIGHT - ONION
H020 SWITCH FOR ALARM FLASH LIGHTS edit. 5550C14 BLINKER ALARM CONTROL SWITCH - UI
edit. 7005M12 FRONT DOOR ELECTRIC WINDOWS SWITCH
H050 FRONT DOOR PASSENGER WINDOWS SWITCH
PASSENGER SIDE - UI
DRIVER'S DOOR
H091 CONTROL UNIT LEFT edit. 7040A82 SWITCH UNIT LEFT ON DASHBOARD - UI
H139 SYSTEM SWITCH ALFA DNA -
7040L53 VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL SWITCH – UI See M001 BODY COMPUTER

5570T80 CAR RADIO - UI See P050 CIGAR LIGHTER / 12V POWER SUPPLY
7065C72 BUS CIGAR LIGHTER FOR - UI
SOUNDERS
191 - Juliet
HORN HORSES - DESCRIPTION
The car is equipped with a two-tone horn horn.
The horn is activated by pressing on the sides of the steering wheel hub trim (next to the airbag).
The horn circuit is protected by a separate fuse and controlled by a relay, both located in the fuse and relay box in the engine compartment.
For safety reasons, the horns can always be switched on; even if the key is in the STOP position or has been removed.
HORN HORSES - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
The horns are powered via the horn relay T03 in the fuse and relay box in the engine compartment B001. The relay is powered directly from the battery through fuse F10 in B001.
The relay coil is energized with a ground signal when one of the switches on the steering wheel is closed. The switches are wired via spiral mechanism D047.
The coil mechanism D047 sends a control signal from the horns to pin 41 of connector B on B001 which energizes the relay T03 on B001, which in turn powers the horn P005.
HORN - ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM
Component Code Description See edit

C010 GROUND CONNECTION FRONT LEFT -
D001 PLUG FOR / DASHBOARD See D047 PLUG FOR SPIRAL MECHANISM
5550A10 STEERING COLUMN SWITCHES COMPLETE - UI See P005 MONOTONE HORN
5550B30 CLAXON (1), LI OF RE - UI
HORN - ARRANGEMENT OF COMPONENTS

D001 PLUG FOR / DASHBOARD See D047 PLUG FOR SPIRAL MECHANISM
5550A10 STEERING COLUMN SWITCHES COMPLETE - UI See P005 MONO TONE HORN
5550B30 CLAXON (1), LI OF RE - UI
WIPER / CRYSTAL WASH
191 - Juliet
WINDSCREEN WIPERS/WASHERS - DESCRIPTION
The windscreen wipers/washers are operated via the lever to the right of the steering wheel: the lever can be set in five positions:
- windscreen wipers switched off (idle position);
- know interval;
- slow continuous erase;
- fast continuous erasing;
- temporary quick erase (non-locking position, by turning the lever anticlockwise).
During interval clearing / automatic, three functions can be selected by turning the rotary knob to one of the positions:
- in the "base" version, the different interval settings can be switched on (from very slow to very fast);
- in the version with rain sensor, the different sensitivities of the sensor are set: after activation of the rain sensor, the windscreen wipers make 1 stroke as feedback that the activation
has taken place.
The wiping frequency of the windscreen wipers is automatically adjusted to the amount of water on the windscreen measured by the sensor: the frequency varies continuously from 0 (no
wipes - dry windscreen) to continuous wiping at the second speed (intensive rainfall).
When the windscreen wipers are switched on, the rear windscreen wiper will operate automatically when reverse gear is engaged.
See E3021 REAR WINDOW WIPER/WASHER
The windshield washers are switched on by pulling the lever towards the steering wheel: in this way the windshield washer pump is switched on: if the lever is held briefly, the
wipers also switch on according to a certain operation: the wipers are switched on at 1st speed: when the If the windscreen washers are no longer operated, the windscreen wipers make
an extra stroke.
The wiper/washer circuit is protected by a separate fuse on the Body Computer. The windscreen wipers/washers only operate when the ignition is switched on, except during starting (INT/
A).
WINDSCREEN WIPERS/WASHERS - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
A single ground signal sent from steering column switch H005 to Body Computer M001 controls all wiper functions: from pin 7 of H005 to pin 54, connector D of M001; the transmitted
signal is encoded through resistance dividers so that multiple information can be sent from the steering column switch to the body computer over a single connection. Pin 10 of H005
receives the reference ground from pin 34, plug D of M001.
In the same way, the windscreen washer control signals are sent from pin 5 of H005 to pin 55, plug D of M001.
Depending on the selected mode, Body Computer M001 sends the following control signals to the wiper motor N015:
- from pin 14, plug C for fast action;
- erase from pin 3, plug C for slow action and/or interval;
- pin 39, connector B, receives the ground signal from the stop cam, which disables the operation. The wiper motor N015 is connected to ground.
Body Computer M001 sends two signals from pins 15 and 2, connector C, which operate windshield washer pump N022, directing the fluid to the windshield.
The power supply to the wiper motor and to the pump is protected by fuse F43 on the Body Computer M001.
The rain sensor in the rear view mirror P065 is powered by INT through fuse F49 on M001, and sends the automatic control signal to the Body Computer M001 through the serial A-BUS to
pin 48 of connector F on M001.
Body Computer M001 is connected via CAN to instrument panel E050 for operating the "fault" warning lamp in the event of a rain sensor malfunction and for reporting it.
WINDSCREEN WIPERS/WASHERS - ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM


N015 WINDSCREEN WIPER MOTOR edit. 5050B38 COMPLETE FRONT WIPER - UI OR REPAIR
N022 FRONT/REAR WINDSCREEN WASHER ELECTRO PUMP Mov. 5050B22 FRONT AND REAR WINDSCREEN WASHER ELECTRO PUMP - UI
WINDSCREEN WIPER/WASHER - ARRANGEMENT OF COMPONENTS


N015 WINDSCREEN WIPER MOTOR edit. 5050B38 COMPLETE FRONT WIPER - UI OR REPAIR
N022 FRONT/REAR WINDSCREEN WASHER ELECTRO PUMP Mov. 5050B22 FRONT AND REAR WINDSCREEN WASHER ELECTRO PUMP - UI
REAR WIPER / WASH
191 - Juliet
REAR WINDOW WIPER/WASHER - DESCRIPTION
When the rotary rear wiper switch on the right lever of the steering column switch is turned ON, one of the following wiper functions is enabled:
- interval: with a pause between beats of 2.7 seconds
- in parallel with the windscreen wipers (if the front and rear windscreen wipers are on at the same time): synchronous operation at half the frequency of the front windscreen wipers
- continuous: when reverse gear is engaged.
When reverse gear is engaged with the windscreen wipers switched on, the rear windscreen wiper is switched on automatically: this function is controlled by the Body
Computer, which receives the information via the CAN from the injection control unit
See E2022 REVERSING LIGHTS
Pushing the right lever of the steering column switch towards the dashboard activates the rear windscreen washer. If the lever is held for longer than 0.5 seconds, the rear wiper will also
operate at a constant speed.
When the lever is released, 3 more cleaning strokes are performed plus an additional stroke after 6 seconds (to clear any drips).
If the wiper is already working before the windshield washer command is given, the washer function will only change the wiper operation if it is in intermittent mode.
stands.
The rear washer circuit is protected by a separate fuse on the Body Computer. The rear window wiper/washer only works when the ignition is switched on except during starting (INT/A).
REAR WINDOW WIPER/WASHER - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
A single ground signal sent from steering column switch H005 to Body Computer M001 controls all rear wiper functions: from pin 4 of H005 to pin 59 of connector D on M001; the
In the same way, the windscreen washer control signals are sent from pin 5 of H005 to pin 55, plug D of M001.
Body Computer M001 sends the control signal to rear wiper motor N016 from pin 13, connector C:
Pin 7, connector F, receives the ground signal from the stop cam, which disables operation. In that case, rear wiper motor N016 is connected to
pulp.
Body Computer M001 sends two signals from pins 15 and 12, connector C, which operate rear wiper/windshield wiper pump N022, directing fluid to the windshield.
The power supply to the rear wiper motor and to the pump is protected by fuse F43 on the Body Computer M001.
REAR WINDOW WIPER/WASHER - ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM
Component
code
edit. 5505A28 HOLDER FOR ADDITIONAL FUSES AND RELAY BOX IN ENGINE ROOM - UI
H001 START/IGNITION SWITCH -
5520A18 START/IGNITION SWITCH BLOCK - UI See H005 STEERING COLUMN SWITCH

5550A10 STEERING COLUMN SWITCHES COMPLETE - UI See M001 BODY COMPUTER
5505A35 BODY COMPUTER/FUSE AND RELAY BOX - UI See N016 REAR WINDOW WIPER MOTOR
5050C42 REAR WINDSCREEN WIPER MOTOR - UI See N022 FRONT/REAR WINDSCREEN WASHER ELECTRO PUMP
FRONT AND REAR WINDSCREEN WASHER ELECTRO PUMP - UI
5050B22
REAR WINDOW WIPER/WASHER - ARRANGEMENT OF COMPONENTS
Component
code
5520A18 START/IGNITION SWITCH BLOCK - UI See H005 STEERING COLUMN SWITCH

5550A10 STEERING COLUMN SWITCHES COMPLETE - UI See M001 BODY COMPUTER
5505A35 BODY COMPUTER/FUSE AND RELAY BOX - UI See N016 REAR WINDOW WIPER MOTOR
5050C42 REAR WINDSCREEN WIPER MOTOR - UI See N022 FRONT/REAR WINDSCREEN WASHER ELECTRO PUMP
FRONT AND REAR WINDSCREEN WASHER ELECTRO PUMP - UI
5050B22
HEADLIGHT WASHER
191 - Juliet
HEADLIGHT WASHERS - DESCRIPTION
The headlight washers are linked to the windshield washers and clean the headlight lenses.
The headlamp washers are controlled by the Body Computer, which automatically activates the washers - with the low beams on - when the windshield washers are turned on with the
lever to the right of the steering wheel.
The headlight washers have a pump that pushes the cleaning fluid to two washer nozzles on the front bumper, cleaning the headlights with a powerful jet.
The timer switches the headlamp washer pump on with a series of pulses of approximately half a second.
The headlight washer circuit is protected by a fuse and controlled by a separate relay located in the fuse and relay box in the engine compartment.
HEADLIGHT WASHERS - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
The relay T10 of the fuse box in the engine compartment B001 is powered by the fuse F09, from the same fuse box in the engine compartment B001. The excitation is supplied by the
ignition switch (INT) via fuse F51 on M0011.
Relay T10 is energized with an actuating signal from pin 23, connector B of M001 and directly operates the headlamp washer pump N025; this signal is sent depending on the plus
request signal from steering column switch H005 - pin 5 - to pin 55, connector D of M001 and if the dipped beam enabled permission signal (pin 38, connector D of M001) is present.
See E2011 LOW BEAM

HEADLIGHT WASHERS - ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM

M001 BODY COMPUTER
5505A35 BODY COMPUTER/FUSE AND RELAY BOX - UI See N025 HEADLIGHT WASHER PUMP
5050D20 HEADLAMP WASHER ELECTRO PUMP - UI
HEADLIGHT WASHERS - ARRANGEMENT OF COMPONENTS

M001 BODY COMPUTER
5505A35 BODY COMPUTER/FUSE AND RELAY BOX - UI See N025 HEADLIGHT WASHER PUMP
5050D20 HEADLAMP WASHER ELECTRO PUMP - UI
REAR VIEW MIRRORS AND REAR VIEW MIRRORS DEFROST
191 - Juliet
REAR WINDOW/MIRROR HEATING - DESCRIPTION
When visibility is limited, the rear window demist, exterior mirrors, the bottom of the windscreen and the heating of the windscreen washers can be switched on.
The heating resistances of these components absorb a large amount of energy and are therefore checked and after a certain period of operation
disabled: the demisting takes place for a certain time, depending on the program executed by the Body Computer:
- "via the ignition switch", except during starting (INT/A);
- power-on signal from the dedicated button in the center of the panel.
Under these conditions, the heating resistors are powered for a maximum of 20 minutes, after which the power supply is interrupted.
However, the power supply is also interrupted:
- key-off;
- switch-off signal;
- battery voltage lower than 11.5 Volt;
- after the first 10 minutes of operation if the speed is lower than 960/min.
When the defroster is switched on, the corresponding indicator lamp next to the control knob also lights up.
The switch-on timer (20 minutes) is restarted each time the switch is operated.
On versions with AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL, the climate control unit function is also enabled with the "MAX-DEF" command.
deactivating the MAX-DEF function also switches off the rear window heating, if it was already switched on and the switch-on command was given by the MAX-DEF function; on the other
hand, if it was turned on with the heated rear window switch, it will remain on;
The circuit for heating the rear window, door mirrors and heating the windscreen washers is controlled by a special relay and protected by a special fuse located in the engine compartment.
The rear window heating circuit is protected by another relay and is protected by a special fuse in the fuse and relay box in the engine compartment.
REAR WINDOW/MIRROR HEATING - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
The rear window heater relay T19 is located in the fuse and relay box in the engine compartment B001 and controls the activation of the rear window heater resistors P055 via fuse F20 in
B001.
The same relay for the rear window heating T19 controls the activation of the heating resistors of the exterior mirrors P060 and P061 and of the windscreen washers O051 and O052 via fuse
F87 in B001.
The coil of relay T19 is supplied via the ignition lock (INT) by fuse F51 in M001.
Relay T19 is energized with a ground signal from the Body Computer pin 6 of connector B; this signal is sent depending on the previously described operation and if the rear window
defogger permission signal is present.
- on versions with MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL, from pin 10 of the button in the unit H080 goes to pin 41 of connector D on M001; When resistors are switched on, Body Computer M001 -
from pin 21 of connector B - sends a plus signal to switch on the LED next to the corresponding button.
- on the versions with AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL, the switch-on request, the MAX DEF function and the feedback signal when resistors are switched on are exchanged via
CAN,
REAR WINDOW/MIRROR HEATING - ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM

C015 -
C016 MASS FOR CLIMATE CONTROL -
C028 MASS ON TAILGATE -
D006 PLUG FRONT / REAR -
D008 PLUG CABLES FRONT / AIR CONDITIONING - HEATING -

D265 WASHER NOZZLE JUNCTION -

H080 CONDITIONER CONTROLS edit. 5040D10 AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL PANEL - UI OR REPL.
M070 CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT Bew. 5040D15
O050 HEATING RESISTANCE WINDSCREEN WASHER LEFT -
O051 HEATING RESISTANCE WINDSCREEN WASHER RIGHT -
P055 REAR WINDOW HEATING Bew. 7035B14 BACKGROUND - UI - INCLUDED SPONGE REINIGEN
P056 HEATED WINDSHIELD -
7035A18 WINDOW - UI - INCLUDES REVERSE CLEANING See P060 DRIVER'S SIDE OUTDOOR MIRROR
See P061 PASSENGER SIDE OUTSIDE MIRROR
7005R30 OUTDOOR MIRROR (1) WITH ELECTRIC CONTROL - UI
edit. 7005R30 OUTDOOR MIRROR (1) WITH ELECTRIC CONTROL - UI
REAR WINDOW/MIRROR HEATING - ARRANGEMENT OF COMPONENTS

C015 -
C028 -
D008 PLUG CABLES FRONT / AIR CONDITIONING - HEATING -

D265 -

H080 Bew. 5040D10
O050 HEATING RESISTANCE WINDSCREEN WASHER LEFT -
O051 HEATING RESISTANCE WINDSCREEN WASHER RIGHT -
P055 REAR WINDOW HEATING Bew. 7035B14 BACKGROUND - UI - INCLUDED SPONGE REINIGEN
P056 -
7035A18 WINDOW - UI - INCLUDES REVERSE CLEANING See P060 DRIVER'S SIDE OUTDOOR MIRROR
See P061 PASSENGER SIDE OUTSIDE MIRROR
edit. 7005R30 OUTDOOR MIRROR (1) WITH ELECTRIC CONTROL - UI
REAR VIEW MIRRORS ADJUSTMENT
191 - Juliet
MIRROR ADJUSTMENT - DESCRIPTION
The exterior mirrors can be electrically adjusted in two directions using a joystick on the panel on the driver's door. with a slide switch, the right or left mirror can be selected. The
pressure switch operates the two electric motors in both mirrors: one motor performs the horizontal adjustment of the mirror and the other the vertical adjustment.
On versions with folding mirrors, another switch allows the mirrors to be folded in if necessary (for example, if the projecting mirrors make it difficult to drive through a narrow passage).
The circuit is powered by a line from the ignition protected by a separate fuse in the Body Computer.
The interior mirror is electrically dimmable: it contains an electronic system that automatically adjusts the anti-dazzle position.
The automatic anti-dazzle mode is disabled when reverse gear is engaged.
The power supply circuit of the rearview mirror is protected by a fuse in Body Computer.
MIRROR ADJUSTMENT - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
The joystick and the control switch for the mirror adjustment are integrated in the switch panel on the driver's door H051.
Pin 14 of connector B of the Body Computer M001 receives the enable signal from the door controls
See E3050 FRONT WINDOWS
The control H051 is powered -on pin 18- via the fuse F36 of the Body Computer M001; pin 13 of H051 is grounded.
Actuator H051 directly feeds the transom motors P60 and P61:
- the common supply signal of the motors comes from pins 14 and 15 of H051;
- the signal for the vertical adjustment comes from pins 8 and 17 of H051;
- the signal for the horizontal adjustment comes from pins 6 and 7 of H051.
In the version with folding mirrors, mirrors P060 and P061 have a connector B; pins 1 and 2 receive from pins 10-12 and 11-1 a plus and minus control signal H051 for the mirror folding
motors.
The electronically dimmable interior mirror P065 - pin 6 - is powered from the ignition (INT) - pin 24, plug F - via fuse F49 of the Body Computer M001.
The switch for the reversing lights I020 is powered from the ignition (INT) via fuse F51 in the Body Computer M001.
When engaged in reverse, the switch closes and a command signal is sent to mirror P065 - pin 6.

MIRROR ADJUSTMENT - ELECTRICAL SCHEME
Component
code
ENGINE ROOM - UI
C015 -

SWITCH UNIT FOR OPERATING WINDOWS AND MIRRORS edit. 7005M14 DRIVER'S SIDE SWITCH UNIT - UI
H051
DRIVER'S DOOR
P060 DRIVER'S SIDE MIRROR edit. 7005R30 OUTDOOR MIRROR (1) WITH ELECTRIC CONTROL - UI
P061 EXTERIOR MIRROR PASSENGER SIDE edit. 7005R30 OUTDOOR MIRROR (1) WITH ELECTRIC CONTROL - UI
P065 ELECTRONIC DIMMABLE INTERIOR MIRROR edit. 7065C60 INTERIOR MIRROR, FOR RAIN / TWILIGHT SENSOR VERSIONS
- UI
MIRROR ADJUSTMENT - ARRANGEMENT OF COMPONENTS
Component
code
ENGINE ROOM - UI
C015 -

SWITCH UNIT FOR OPERATING WINDOWS AND MIRRORS edit. 7005M14 DRIVER'S SIDE SWITCH UNIT - UI
H051
DRIVER'S DOOR
P060 DRIVER'S SIDE MIRROR edit. 7005R30 OUTDOOR MIRROR (1) WITH ELECTRIC CONTROL - UI
P065 ELECTRONIC DIMMABLE INTERIOR MIRROR edit. 7065C60 INTERIOR MIRROR, FOR RAIN / TWILIGHT SENSOR VERSIONS
- UI
DOOR LOCK
191 - Juliet
DOOR LOCK - DESCRIPTION
The front door locks are operated simultaneously via a command from:
- the remote control;
- the key in the driver's door lock;
- the lock/unlock button is located on the switch panel in the center of the dashboard.
The remote control has 3 buttons that operate the door locks: a button for central locking, a button for central unlocking and a button for unlocking the tailgate.
See descriptions 7005 FRONT DOORS
The lock/unlock strategy is performed by the Body Computer, which monitors the position of the locks via signals provided by switches on the door locks: the "lock" command is
only executed when the doors are properly closed and the locks are unlocked; conversely, the "unlock" command is only executed when the locks are locked.
The locks have an additional motor for the "Dead Lock" function that allows the internal door handles to be disengaged so that the door cannot be opened from the inside (for example,
after breaking a window in the event of an attempted theft).
The dead-lock function is activated when the doors are locked or by double pressing the button on the remote control.
An LED on the cargo area lock/unlock switch on the dashboard provides the following information:
- lock locks: the LED lights up for 3 seconds. If the lock of a door or the tailgate is not closed properly during locking, the LED will flash at 3 Hz during these 3 seconds;
- "Dead-lock" activation: the LED flashes twice for 0.5 seconds;
- unlocking locks: the LED goes out.
The instrument panel receives information via CAN about the position of the doors and switches on the "doors open" warning light; at the same time, the information is shown on the
display; if a door is opened at a speed higher than approximately 4 km/h, an acoustic signal is also played.
The "Autoclose" function can be switched on/off in the instrument panel Setup menu; this function controls the automatic locking when the car is moving. The doors are locked
automatically as soon as the car exceeds 20 km/h
The doors are also automatically unlocked when the FPS engages: the instrument panel receives a collision signal from the Airbag Control Unit, lights up the light and transmits the
activation via CAN to the Body Computer.
All door lock motors are protected by a separate fuse on the Body Computer.
DOOR LOCKING - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
The door locking/unlocking is controlled by the Body Computer M001.
The Body Computer M001 receives as input signals:
- the lock/unlock signals from the antenna/receiver P093 of the remote control on pins 31 and 46, connector F of M001;
- the locking/unlocking signals from the block and/or lever in lock N050 on pin 51, plug B of M001.
- the negative signal from the lock/unlock switch in switch panel H090, on pin 39 of connector D on M001.
Based on the described control strategy, the Body Computer M001 controls both motor units of the locks N050 and N051 through a line of the Body Computer M001 protected by fuse F38.
- the common power supply for the motors is sent from pin 31 of connector C;
- from pin 16 the locking/unlocking motors (B/S) are operated;
- from pin 32 the "Dead Lock" motors are controlled (DL).
The LED in the controls H090 lights up when there is a signal from pin 11 of plug D on M001; pin 6 of H090 receives a signal from pin 49 of plug D on M001 the reference ground.
Via the CAN, the Body Computer M001 is connected to the instrument panel E050, to which a signal is supplied, which, if necessary, illuminates the "door open" light and a signal is
given by the corresponding buzzer.
DOOR LOCKING - ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM
B001
B099
C020
C030
C038
D030
D031
D035
PLUG LEFT REAR DOOR
D036
E050
H001
H090
SWITCH UNIT edit. 7040A56 SWITCH UNIT ON DASHBOARD - UI
M001
ENGINE UNIT RIGHT REAR DOOR LOCK
ANTENNA FOR ALARM AND RECEIVER
P093
DOOR LOCK
DOOR LOCKING - ARRANGEMENT OF COMPONENTS
B001
B099
C020
C030
C038
D030
D031
D035
PLUG LEFT REAR DOOR
D036
E050
H001
H090
SWITCH UNIT edit. 7040A56 SWITCH UNIT ON DASHBOARD - UI
M001
P093
DOOR LOCK
OPENING TRUNK AND FUEL DOOR
191 - Juliet
TAILGATE RELEASE - DESCRIPTION
The trunk release motor is operated by:
- the remote control;
- the switch on the door handle.
See E3040 DOOR LOCK
Operation with the remote control can be done in two ways.
- independent of the doors: on the remote control there is a separate button that allows only the trunk to be "unlocked": the tailgate is unlocked and opens slightly. This command is signaled
by the blinking of the direction indicators twice; after closing, the status of the trunk returns to the situation before opening.
- at the same time as unlocking the doors: the tailgate is considered a third door in all respects: see operating strategy.
See E3040 DOOR LOCK
The instrument panel receives information via CAN about the position of the doors and switches on the "doors open" warning light; at the same time, the information "open trunk" is
displayed on the display; if a door is opened at a speed higher than approximately 4 km/h, an acoustic signal is also played.
The "Autoclose" function can be switched on/off in the instrument panel Setup menu; this function controls the automatic locking when the car is moving. The doors and tailgate lock
automatically as soon as the car exceeds 20 km/h.
The doors and tailgate are also automatically unlocked when the FPS engages: the instrument panel receives a collision signal from the Airbag Control Unit, lights up the light and transmits
activation via CAN to the Body Computer.
The tailgate lock/unlock circuit is protected by a separate fuse in the Body Computer.
TAILGATE RELEASE - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
The tailgate locking/unlocking is controlled by the Body Computer M001.
The Body Computer M001 receives as input signals:
- the lock/unlock signals from the antenna/receiver P093 of the remote control on pins 31 and 46, connector F of M001;
- the trunk unlock signal from the switch in the handle I033, to pin 38, connector F of M001.
Based on the described operating strategy, the Body Computer M1 operates the motor unit of the lock N057 via the line - from pin 30 of plug C - supplied by the fuse F38 of the Body
Computer M001.
The trunk open signal is sent to lock N057 on pin 39 of connector F on M001.
"trunk open" signal is given by the corresponding buzzer.
See E3040 DOOR LOCK

TAILGATE RELEASE - ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM

H001
I033 SWITCH ON TAILGATE OUTER HANDLE edit. 7015B48 TAILGATE RELEASE CONTROL - UI
M001
N057 edit. 7015B10 LOCK COMPLETE FROM TAILGATE - UI OR REPAIR WHEN REMOVED
LOCK MOTOR TAILGATE
PANEL/PROTECTIONS
N058 edit. 7025C40 MOTOR UNIT FOR TANK HATCH LOCK - LOCK CIRCUIT ONION AND POWER SUPPLY
SLOT ENGINE
TO CHECK
P093
DOOR LOCK
H001
I033 SWITCH ON TAILGATE OUTER HANDLE edit. 7015B48 TAILGATE RELEASE CONTROL - UI
M001
LOCK MOTOR TAILGATE
PANEL/PROTECTIONS
N058 edit. 7025C40 MOTOR UNIT FOR TANK HATCH LOCK - LOCK CIRCUIT ONION AND POWER SUPPLY
SLOT ENGINE
TO CHECK
P093
DOOR LOCK
FRONT WINDOWS
191 - Juliet
FRONT ELECTRIC WINDOWS - DESCRIPTION
The windows in the doors can be operated via buttons on the driver's door (both windows) and the passenger door (passenger window only).
The electronics in the control unit also control the operation of the windshield motors, which operate automatically in the following way:
- if the button is pressed between 60 and 300 milliseconds, the operation is manual: the window closes/opens as long as the button is pressed;
- if the button is pressed for more than 300 milliseconds, the operation is automatic: even if the switch is released, the window will continue to open/close until the maximum position is
reached or the anti-injury function activates;
- if the switch is pressed again during opening/closing, the window stops immediately;
- a key operation shorter than 60 milliseconds is ignored (considered as an unintentional touch of the key).
The electronics in the motors regulate the anti-injury function: it receives information about a possible obstacle during the closing window movement; the anti-injury function is
performed by means of a Hall sensor that signals an overload of the window motor; the cut-in threshold is reached when the force on an obstacle (e.g. a thumb or a hand) during the window
movement exceeds approximately 7/8 kg.
The electronic control module automatically closes the actuator causing the window to slide back approximately 20mm as planned.
If a fault is detected, the node will disable automatic operation; the pane can only be moved in 500 ms increments with each switch actuation.
Via the CAN, the Body Computer M001 is connected to the instrument panel E050, to which a signal is supplied, which, if necessary, activates the error message of the anti-
injury function.
The windows can only be operated when the ignition is switched on with the following exception: after key-off, the windows can be operated manually for 3 minutes; after this time
has elapsed, the system will no longer be able to process new commands.
If a door is opened during the time control, the system will not execute any new commands, but will finalize the commands received before the door was opened.
If at key-off a door has already been opened, the system will complete the commands received before the door was opened.
FRONT ELECTRIC WINDOWS - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
The Body Computer M001 - pin 14 of connector B - powers the switch panel on the driver's door H051 - pin 16 and H050 pin 2 (passenger side) in the manner previously described:
this power supply also lights the LEDs and powers the controls.
A power supply from the ignition controlled from pin 3 of connector B on M001 is sent to the electronic circuitry in motors N060 and N061, while the power supply is supplied through
fuses F47 and F48 on M001 from pins 19 and 18 of connector C on M001 .
Unit H0514 controls the operation of the driver's window and sends the commands - from pins 2 and 3 - directly to motor N060.
The commands for the passenger window (integrated into unit H051) are sent from pins 4 and 5 to window switch H050 and from these directly to motor N061.
FRONT ELECTRIC WINDOWS - ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM
Component
code
C015 -

FRONT DOOR WINDOW SWITCH edit. 7005M12 FRONT DOOR ELECTRIC WINDOWS SWITCH
H050
PASSENGER SIDE PASSENGER SIDE - UI
SWITCH UNIT FOR CONTROL OF WINDOWS AND MIRRORS
ON DRIVER'S DOOR
FRONT DOOR LOCK ENGINE UNIT edit. 7005N20 ENGINE UNIT/DOOR LOCKING LOCK IN A FRONT DOOR, LIE
N050
DRIVER'S SIDE OR RE - UI WITH EXTENDED DOOR PANEL AND FRAME
N051 ENGINE UNIT FRONT RIGHT DOOR LOCK edit. 7005N20 ENGINE UNIT/DOOR LOCKING LOCK IN A FRONT DOOR, LIE
OR RE - UI WITH EXTENDED DOOR PANEL AND FRAME
N060 FRONT DRIVER'S SIDE ENGINE edit. 7005M26 FRONT DOOR ELECTRIC WINDOWS MECHANISM, LIE
OF RE - UI
N061 FRONT RIGHT WINDOW ENGINE edit. 7005M26 FRONT DOOR ELECTRIC WINDOWS MECHANISM, LIE
OF RE - UI
FRONT ELECTRIC WINDOWS - ARRANGEMENT OF COMPONENTS
Component
code
C015 -

FRONT DOOR WINDOW SWITCH edit. 7005M12 FRONT DOOR ELECTRIC WINDOWS SWITCH
H050
PASSENGER SIDE PASSENGER SIDE - UI
SWITCH UNIT FOR CONTROL OF WINDOWS AND MIRRORS
ON DRIVER'S DOOR
FRONT DOOR LOCK ENGINE UNIT edit. 7005N20 ENGINE UNIT/DOOR LOCKING LOCK IN A FRONT DOOR, LIE
N050
DRIVER'S SIDE OR RE - UI WITH EXTENDED DOOR PANEL AND FRAME
N051 ENGINE UNIT FRONT RIGHT DOOR LOCK edit. 7005N20 ENGINE UNIT/DOOR LOCKING LOCK IN A FRONT DOOR, LIE
OR RE - UI WITH EXTENDED DOOR PANEL AND FRAME
N060 FRONT DRIVER'S SIDE ENGINE edit. 7005M26 FRONT DOOR ELECTRIC WINDOWS MECHANISM, LIE
OF RE - UI
N061 FRONT RIGHT WINDOW ENGINE edit. 7005M26 FRONT DOOR ELECTRIC WINDOWS MECHANISM, LIE
OF RE - UI
REAR WINDOWS
191 - Juliet
REAR ELECTRIC WINDOWS - DESCRIPTION
The windows in the rear doors can be operated via switches on the respective door or on the driver's door.
The Body Computer controls the operation of the rear window motors.
The operation of the windscreen motors is automatic:
- if the button is pressed between 60 and 300 milliseconds, the operation is manual: the window closes/opens as long as the button is pressed;
- if the button is pressed for more than 300 milliseconds, the operation is automatic: even if the switch is released, the window will continue to open/close until the maximum position is
- if the switch is pressed again during opening/closing, the window stops immediately;
The electronics in the motor regulate the anti-injury function: it receives information about a possible obstacle during the closing window movement; the anti-injury function is
performed by means of a Hall sensor that signals an overload of the window motor; the cut-in threshold is reached when the force on an obstacle (e.g. a thumb or a hand) during the window
movement exceeds approximately 7/8 kg.
If a fault is detected, the node disables automatic closing; the pane can only be moved in 500 ms increments with each switch actuation.
The windows can only be operated when the ignition is switched on with the following exception: after key-off the windows can be operated for 3 minutes; after this time has elapsed,
the system will no longer be able to process new commands. If a door opening is signaled during the time control, no new commands will be executed, but the commands received
before the door was opened will be completed. If at key-off a door has already been opened, then the commands received before the door was opened will be completed.
The rear window switches can be locked using the "LOCK" button located between the window switches on the driver's door (protection): operation is indicated by an illuminated LED
next to the button and the non-illuminated lighting of the rear window switches: when the lock is enabled switched on, the rear windows cannot be operated with any switches.
REAR ELECTRIC WINDOWS - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
The Body Computer M001 - pin 14 of connector B - powers the switch panel on the driver's door as previously described. H044 - pin 1: this power supply also lights the LEDs and powers the
controls.
The H044 unit contains the switches for the rear windows that operate the motors N065 (left) and N066 (right). A power supply from the ignition control operated from pin 47 of plug F on
M001 is sent to electronic circuits in motors N065 and N066, while the power supply is supplied through the resp. fuses F81 and F64 of the fuse and relay box in the luggage compartment
B045 is supplied.
In the same way, the switches on the rear doors H053 and H054 operate the motors N065 (left) and N066 (right).
When the LOCK button is pressed, power is not "passed on" to the rear window switches H053 and H054, which are then unable to operate.
REAR ELECTRIC WINDOWS - ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM
Component
code
C020 MASS ON DASHBOARD PASSENGER SIDE See C030 GROUND CONNECTION REAR LEFT
D035 PLUG LEFT REAR DOOR -
D036 PLUG RIGHT REAR DOOR -

DRIVER'S DOOR
edit. 7010M10 ELECTRIC WINDOW CONTROL SWITCH OF
H053 LEFT REAR DOOR WINDOWS SWITCH
REAR DOOR, LI OR RE - UI
H054 WINDOWS SWITCH ON RIGHT REAR DOOR
N066 RIGHT RIGHT WINDOW ENGINE edit. 7010M35 REAR DOOR ELECTRIC WINDOW ENGINE, LIE
OF RE - UI
N065 REAR LEFT WINDOW ENGINE edit. 7010M35 REAR DOOR ELECTRIC WINDOW ENGINE, LIE
OF RE - UI
REAR ELECTRIC WINDOWS - ARRANGEMENT OF COMPONENTS
Component
code
C020 MASS ON DASHBOARD PASSENGER SIDE See C030 GROUND CONNECTION REAR LEFT

DRIVER'S DOOR
H053 LEFT REAR DOOR WINDOWS SWITCH
H054 WINDOWS SWITCH ON RIGHT REAR DOOR
N066 RIGHT RIGHT WINDOW ENGINE edit. 7010M35 REAR DOOR ELECTRIC WINDOW ENGINE, LIE
OF RE - UI
N065 REAR LEFT WINDOW ENGINE edit. 7010M35 REAR DOOR ELECTRIC WINDOW ENGINE, LIE
OF RE - UI
SUNROOF
191 - Juliet
OPEN ROOF - DESCRIPTION
The open roof provides an additional ventilation option in the interior and guarantees rapid air exchange if necessary, increasing comfort.
This is a large glass roof with a moving front part and a fixed rear part. A manually operated sunshade, which rolls up into the headliner, provides protection from the sun.
The system is operated by a switch near the front ceiling light, which can operate an electric motor in two ways: pressing one end opens the sunroof to the tilt position; when the other side
is pressed, the roof slides open.
The sunroof can be operated manually and automatically as follows:
- if the button is pressed between 60 and 300 milliseconds, the operation is manual: the roof moves as long as the switch is pressed;
- if the button is pressed for more than 300 milliseconds, the operation is automatic: even if the switch is released, the roof continues to open/close until the maximum position is
- if the switch is pressed again during opening/closing, the roof will stop immediately;
The roof control electronics have an anti-injury function: if the roof hits an obstacle while closing, the roof stops and the movement is reversed over a short distance, thanks to a Hall
sensor in the motor.
The sunroof can only move using the control switch when powered via the ignition switch (Key-ON).
OPEN ROOF - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
The sunroof control switch and sunroof motor are connected to the vehicle's wiring via contact D045.
Pin 4 of D045 is connected to ground.
Pin 2 of D04 receives the speedometer signal from pin 19, connector B of M001.
OPEN ROOF - ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM
B045 FUSE AND RELAY BOX IN THE LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT edit. 5505A14 EXTRA FUSES AND RELAY BOX IN LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT - UI

C015
D045 CONNECTION PLUG OPEN ROOF
N035 OPERATING MOTOR OPEN ROOF edit. 7030B70 SLIDING ROOF CONTROL MOTOR - UI
OPEN ROOF - ARRANGEMENT OF THE COMPONENTS

C015
D045 CONNECTION PLUG OPEN ROOF
N035 OPERATING MOTOR OPEN ROOF edit. 7030B70 SLIDING ROOF CONTROL MOTOR - UI
CIGAR LIGHTER / POWER SOCKET
191 - Juliet
CIGAR LIGHTER / 12V POWER SUPPLY - DESCRIPTION
In the center of the dashboard in front of the tunnel console is a standard power strip, which can be used as a cigar lighter or to power instruments or devices (provided with 12V
power supply).
There is a second socket on the left in the luggage compartment, which is identical to the previous one.
A cigar lighter can also be placed in the front power strip of the console; to activate it, the button must be pressed: after a few seconds, the button springs back and the cigar lighter is ready
for use.
The ring around the power strip at the front is illuminated when the outside lighting is switched on.
The sockets are equipped with a thermal protection: if the connected device has too much power, this protection interrupts the power supply.
The circuit of the front power strip is protected by a separate fuse and powered through the relay from the ignition switch (INT/A), both of which are located in the fuse and relay box in the
engine compartment.
The rear power strip circuit is protected by a separate fuse and powered via the relay from the ignition switch (INT/A), both of which are located in the additional fuse and relay box in
the trunk.
CIGAR LIGHTER / 12V POWER SUPPLY - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
The cigar lighter/socket P050 is powered by the fuse F85 of the fuse holder B001; this power supply is controlled by relay T31 of the fuse and relay box in the engine compartment B001:
it is a power supply via ignition switch, except during starting (INT/A) which is protected by fuse F31 on M001.
The power strip behind P052 is supplied by fuse F65 of the extra fuse holder in the luggage compartment B045; like the previous one, this power supply is controlled by the relay T42 of
the fuse and relay box B045: it is a power supply via ignition lock, except during start-up (INT/A) which is protected by fuse F31 on M001.
CIGAR LIGHTER / 12V POWER SUPPLY - ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM

C010 GROUND CONNECTION FRONT LEFT See C030 GROUND CONNECTION REAR LEFT
D001 PLUG FOR / DASHBOARD -
5520A18 START/IGNITION SWITCH BLOCK - UI See M001 BODY COMPUTER

5505A35 BODY COMPUTER/FUSE AND RELAY BOX - UI See P050 CIGAR LIGHTER / 12V POWER SUPPLY
7065C72 BUS CIGAR LIGHTER FOR - UI See P052 REAR POWER BOX
7065C86 12 OUTLET IN LUGGAGE/CARGO COMPARTMENT - UI
CIGAR LIGHTER / 12V POWER SUPPLY - ARRANGEMENT OF COMPONENTS

C010 GROUND CONNECTION FRONT LEFT See C030 GROUND CONNECTION REAR LEFT

5505A35 BODY COMPUTER/FUSE AND RELAY BOX - UI See P050 CIGAR LIGHTER / 12V POWER SUPPLY
7065C72 BUS CIGAR LIGHTER FOR - UI See P052 REAR POWER BOX
7065C86 12 OUTLET IN LUGGAGE/CARGO COMPARTMENT - UI
HEATED SEATS
191 - Juliet
HEATED SEATS - DESCRIPTION
As an option, the front seats can be fitted with seat heating (consisting of a heating element in the seat and in the backrest): this heats the seat, thus avoiding the discomfort caused by
a cold interior in winter, for example if the car is left open for an extended period of time.
The seat heating consists of two resistors that can be switched on via the controls on the outer side of the seats: this is a rotary switch that allows the function to be switched on and
off and to set the heating to 3 levels (0 = seat heating switched off).
When a certain temperature is reached, the heating switches off automatically, thanks to a thermal switch in the heating elements.
The activation of the resistors is indicated by an LED on the switches.
The seat heating can only work via the ignition (INT/A).
The seat heating circuit is controlled by a separate relay and protected by two special fuses in the fuse and relay box in the luggage compartment.
HEATED SEATS - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
The power supply for the seat heating is received from relay T21 in fuse and relay box in the luggage compartment B45; this relay is energized when the ignition is switched on (INT/A);
this signal comes directly from node control slot M89; the power supply circuits of the seats are protected by fuses F57 and F67 in B45. the power supply of the two heaters O40 and O41
is controlled by the control units M170 and M110, which receive the control signals from the switches I65 and I66.
The switches are powered via the "contact" (INT) via fuse F49 in the fuse and relay box under the dashboard B2.
HEATED SEATS - ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM
B001
FUSES AND RELAY BOX edit. 5505A13 ADDITIONAL FUSES AND RELAY BOX IN ENGINE ROOM - UI
B002 JUNCTION UNIT UNDER DASHBOARD edit. 5505A35 BODY COMPUTER/FUSE AND RELAY BOX - UI
edit. 5505A14 EXTRA FUSES AND RELAY BOX IN LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT - UI

B045 FUSE AND RELAY BOX IN THE
LUGGAGE SPACE
B099
C015 -
C030
GROUND CONNECTION REAR LEFT -
C031
RIGHT RIGHT GROUND CONNECTION -
D020
PLUG CABLES DASHBOARD/REAR -
D070
DRIVER'S SEAT PLUG Bew. 7045A10 READER (1), LI OR RE - UI
D071
PASSENGER SEAT PLUG Bew. 7045A10 READER (1), LI OR RE - UI
SWITCH FOR HEATING

I065 edit. 7045M10 FRONT SEAT HEATING SWITCH, LI OR RE - UI
DRIVER'S SEAT
SWITCH FOR HEATING
PASSENGER SEAT
M089 STEERING LOCK CONTROL UNIT (NBS) edit. 5580E17 STEERING LOCK SYSTEM - UI
M110 PASSENGER SEAT HEATING CONTROL UNIT
IN FRONT OF
edit. 7045M32 ELECTRONIC THERMOSTAT FOR FRONT SEAT HEATING, LI OR RE - UI
M170 CONTROL UNIT

DRIVER SEAT HEATING edit. 7045M32 ELECTRONIC THERMOSTAT FOR FRONT SEAT HEATING, LI OR RE - UI
edit. 7045M22 HEATING ELEMENT IN SEAT OF A FRONT SEAT, LI OR RE - UI CONTINUED TO CHECK ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT
O040
HEATING RESISTANCE LEFT SEAT
edit. 7045M26 HEATING ELEMENT IN FRONT SEAT BACK, LI OR RE - UI CONTINUED TO CHECK ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT
O041
HEATING PASSENGER SEAT
HEATED SEATS - ARRANGEMENT OF COMPONENTS
B001
FUSES AND RELAY BOX Bew. 5505A13
B002 edit. 5505A35 BODY COMPUTER/FUSE AND RELAY BOX - UI

LUGGAGE SPACE
B099
C015 -
C030
GROUND CONNECTION REAR LEFT -
C031
RIGHT RIGHT GROUND CONNECTION -
D020
PLUG CABLES DASHBOARD/REAR -
D070
DRIVER'S SEAT PLUG Bew. 7045A10 READER (1), LI OR RE - UI
D071
PASSENGER SEAT PLUG Bew. 7045A10 READER (1), LI OR RE - UI
SWITCH FOR HEATING

DRIVER'S SEAT
SWITCH FOR HEATING
PASSENGER SEAT
M089 edit. 5580E17
M110 PASSENGER SEAT HEATING CONTROL UNIT
IN FRONT OF
edit. 7045M32 ELECTRONIC THERMOSTAT FOR FRONT SEAT HEATING, LI OR RE - UI
M170 CONTROL UNIT

DRIVER SEAT HEATING edit. 7045M32 ELECTRONIC THERMOSTAT FOR FRONT SEAT HEATING, LI OR RE - UI
O040
HEATING RESISTANCE LEFT SEAT
O041
HEATING PASSENGER SEAT
HEATED SEATS
191 - Juliet
HEATED SEATS - DESCRIPTION
As an option, the front seats can be fitted with seat heating (consisting of a heating element in the seat and in the backrest): this heats the seat, thus avoiding the discomfort caused
by a cold interior in winter, for example if the car is left open for an extended period of time.
The seat heating consists of two resistors that can be switched on via the controls on the center console between the seats:
The activation of the resistors is indicated by an LED next to the switches.
When a certain temperature is reached, the heating switches off automatically, thanks to a thermal switch in the heating elements.
The seat heating circuit is protected by two special fuses and controlled by two relays, both located on the additional fuse and relay box in the luggage compartment.
HEATED SEATS - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
The power supply to the two heating elements of the seats O040 and O041 - plug A for the seat and plug B for the backrest - is sent via relays T40 (left) and T41 (right) in the fuse and relay
box in the luggage compartment B45 via the fuse F62 in B045.
The relays are energized by the actuating signals from switches I065 and I066.
The power to switches I065 and I066 is received from the ignition switch (INT) through fuse F49 on M001.
HEATED SEATS - ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM
Component
code
ENGINE ROOM - UI
D070 DRIVER'S SEAT PLUG -
D071 PASSENGER SEAT PLUG -
5520A18 START/IGNITION SWITCH BLOCK - UI See I065 DRIVER SEAT HEATING SWITCH
7045M10 FRONT SEAT HEATING SWITCH, LI OR RE - UI See I066 PASSENGER SEAT HEATING SWITCH
7045M10 FRONT SEAT HEATING SWITCH, LI OR RE - UI See M001 BODY COMPUTER
5505A35 BODY COMPUTER/FUSE AND RELAY BOX - UI See O040 LEFT SEAT HEATING RESISTANCE
edit. 7045M26 HEATING ELEMENT IN FRONT SEAT BACK, LI OR
HEATING ELEMENT IN SEAT OF A FRONT SEAT, LI OR RE - UI RE - UI CONTINUED TO CHECK ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT
7045M22
CONTINUED TO CHECK ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT
See O041 PASSENGER SEAT HEATING
7045M22 HEATING ELEMENT IN SEAT OF A FRONT SEAT, LI OR RE - UI edit. 7045M26 HEATING ELEMENT IN FRONT SEAT BACK, LI OR
CONTINUED TO CHECK ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT RE - UI CONTINUED TO CHECK ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT
HEATED SEATS - ARRANGEMENT OF COMPONENTS
Component
code
ENGINE ROOM - UI
5520A18 START/IGNITION SWITCH BLOCK - UI See I065 DRIVER SEAT HEATING SWITCH
7045M10 FRONT SEAT HEATING SWITCH, LI OR RE - UI See I066 PASSENGER SEAT HEATING SWITCH
7045M10 FRONT SEAT HEATING SWITCH, LI OR RE - UI See M001 BODY COMPUTER
5505A35 BODY COMPUTER/FUSE AND RELAY BOX - UI See O040 LEFT SEAT HEATING RESISTANCE
edit. 7045M26 HEATING ELEMENT IN FRONT SEAT BACK, LI OR
HEATING ELEMENT IN SEAT OF A FRONT SEAT, LI OR RE - UI RE - UI CONTINUED TO CHECK ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT
7045M22
CONTINUED TO CHECK ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT
See O041 PASSENGER SEAT HEATING
7045M22 HEATING ELEMENT IN SEAT OF A FRONT SEAT, LI OR RE - UI edit. 7045M26 HEATING ELEMENT IN FRONT SEAT BACK, LI OR
CONTINUED TO CHECK ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT RE - UI CONTINUED TO CHECK ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT
ELECTRICALLY ADJUSTABLE SEATS
191 - Juliet
ELECTRICALLY ADJUSTABLE SEATS - DESCRIPTION
The car may be equipped with electrically adjustable front seats.
The two multifunction controls on each seat have the following functions:
- height adjustment of the seat;
- longitudinal displacement of the seat;
- backrest adjustment;
- Lumbar support adjustment in the backrest.
The adjustment is possible with the key at MAR or up to 1 minute after the ignition key is turned to STOP or removed.
After opening a front door, you can adjust the seat on the door side for approximately 3 minutes, or until the door is closed.
The seat adjustment is protected by two separate fuses in the fuse and relay box in the luggage compartment.
ELECTRICALLY ADJUSTABLE SEATS - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
The driver seat adjustment H66 and passenger seat adjustment H67 control units each control the adjustment of the corresponding seat.
The two multifunction controls have various functions and are built into the control units.
Power from H66 and H67 - on pin 9 of connector A - is received via fuses F64 and F63 in the fuse and relay box in the luggage compartment B45.
Pin 8 of connector A and pin 5 of connector B on H66 and H67 are grounded.
Pins 5 and 6 of connector A on H66 and H67 are connected to Body Computer M1 via CAN.
The two control units H66 and H67 control the different motors for the seat adjustment, according to the operation described above:
- adjustment of the backrest angle: controlled by motors N132 and N135;
- seat length adjustment: controlled by motors N127 and N130;
- seat cushion height adjustment: controlled by motors N126 and N129;
- Lumbar support adjustment: controlled by the N138 and N133 motors.

ELECTRICALLY ADJUSTABLE SEATS - ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM
B001

LUGGAGE SPACE
B099
C020
C030
C038
D070
DRIVER'S SEAT PLUG
D071
PASSENGER SEAT PLUG
H001
START/IGNITION SWITCH edit. 5520A10 START/IGNITION SWITCH COMPLETE - UI
H066 CONTROL SEAT ADJUSTMENT

DRIVER'S SEAT
PASSENGER SEAT
M001
N038 ENGINE UNIT LUMP SUPPORT ADJUSTMENT edit. 7045J40 MOTOR FOR LUMINUM SUPPORT IN THE BACKREST OF A FRONT SEAT, LI OR RE - UI
DRIVER'S SEAT CONTINUED TO CHECK ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT
N126 SEAT HEIGHT ADJUSTING MOTOR FOR SEAT edit. 7045J30 MOTOR FOR HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT OF FRONT SEAT, LI OR RE - UI CONTINUED TO CHECK
FRONT LEFT OF ELECTRIC CIRCUIT
N127 MOTOR UNIT FOR LENGTH ADJUSTMENT edit. 7045J26 MOTOR FOR FRONT SEAT LENGTH ADJUSTMENT, LI OR RE - UI CONTINUED TO CHECK
DRIVER'S SEAT OF ELECTRIC CIRCUIT
FRONT RIGHT OF ELECTRIC CIRCUIT
PASSENGER SEAT OF ELECTRIC CIRCUIT
N132 MOTOR UNIT BACKREST ADJUSTMENT edit. 7045J34 FRONT SEAT BACKREST ADJUSTMENT MOTOR, LI OR RE - UI CONTINUED TO CHECK ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT
DRIVER'S SEAT
N133 MOTOR UNIT FOR LUMBREST ADJUSTMENT edit. 7045J40 MOTOR FOR LUMINUM SUPPORT IN THE BACKREST OF A FRONT SEAT, LI OR RE - UI
PASSENGER SEAT CONTINUED TO CHECK ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT
PASSENGER SEAT
ELECTRICALLY ADJUSTABLE SEATS - ARRANGEMENT OF THE COMPONENTS
B001

LUGGAGE SPACE
B099
C020
C030
C038
D070
DRIVER'S SEAT PLUG
D071
PASSENGER SEAT PLUG
H001
START/IGNITION SWITCH edit. 5520A10 START/IGNITION SWITCH COMPLETE - UI

DRIVER'S SEAT
PASSENGER SEAT
M001
N038 ENGINE UNIT LUMP SUPPORT ADJUSTMENT edit. 7045J40 MOTOR FOR LUMINUM SUPPORT IN THE BACKREST OF A FRONT SEAT, LI OR RE - UI
FRONT LEFT OF ELECTRIC CIRCUIT
DRIVER'S SEAT OF ELECTRIC CIRCUIT
FRONT RIGHT OF ELECTRIC CIRCUIT
PASSENGER SEAT OF ELECTRIC CIRCUIT
DRIVER'S SEAT
N133 MOTOR UNIT FOR LUMBREST ADJUSTMENT edit. 7045J40 MOTOR FOR LUMINUM SUPPORT IN THE BACKREST OF A FRONT SEAT, LI OR RE - UI
PASSENGER SEAT
ELECTRICALLY ADJUSTABLE SEATS
191 - Juliet
ELECTRICALLY ADJUSTABLE SEATS - DESCRIPTION
The car can be equipped with electric lumbar adjustment in the driver's seat.
The lumbar support adjustment allows the back support to be adjusted, increasing comfort: the adjustment is carried out by an electric motor and is controlled by a switch
between the two seats.
The circuit is protected by a separate fuse in the fuse and relay box in the luggage compartment and is controlled by an ignition-powered relay in the same fuse and relay box.
The lumbar support adjustment only works when the ignition is switched on (Key-ON).
The front seats are also equipped with backrest, length and height adjustment of the seat: these adjustments are mechanical and are not controlled by electric motors.
ELECTRICALLY ADJUSTABLE SEATS - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
Switch I067 controls the motor of the lumbar support adjustment N038 and is powered by fuse F57 and relay T30 in fuse and relay box in the luggage compartment B045: it is powered by
ignition switch, except during starting (INT/A) which is protected by the fuse F31 on M001.
Switch I67 is illuminated when the ignition is switched on, also via fuse F57.
ELECTRICALLY ADJUSTABLE SEATS - ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM
B001

LUGGAGE SPACE
B099
C030
C031
C038
D070
DRIVER'S SEAT PLUG
D071
PASSENGER SEAT PLUG
H001
LUMBAR SUPPORT SWITCH edit. 7045G32 CONTROL SWITCH FOR LUMINUM SUPPORT ADJUSTMENT OF A FRONT SEAT, LI OR RE - UI
I067
DRIVER'S SEAT FOR CHECK
edit. 7045G32 CONTROL SWITCH FOR LUMINUM SUPPORT ADJUSTMENT OF A FRONT SEAT, LI OR RE - UI
I068 Passenger Seat Lumbar Adjustment Switch FOR CHECK
M001
BODY COMPUTER Bew. 5505A32
N038 ENGINE UNIT LUMP SUPPORT ADJUSTMENT edit. 7045G30 MOTOR FOR LUMINUM SUPPORT IN THE BACKREST OF A FRONT SEAT, LI OR RE - UI
N133 MOTOR UNIT FOR LUMBREST ADJUSTMENT edit. 7045G30 MOTOR FOR LUMINUM SUPPORT IN THE BACKREST OF A FRONT SEAT, LI OR RE - UI
ELECTRICALLY ADJUSTABLE SEATS - ARRANGEMENT OF THE COMPONENTS

I067 DRIVER'S SEAT lumbar support switch Bew. 7045G32
I068 Passenger seat lumbar adjustment switch Bew. 7045G32
M001 BODY COMPUTER Bew. 5505A32
N038 MOTOR UNIT LUMPREST ADJUSTMENT DRIVER'S SEAT Bew. 7045G30
N133 MOTOR UNIT FOR LUMBREST ADJUSTMENT PASSENGER SEAT Bew. 7045G30
HEADLIGHT ALIGNMENT REGULATOR
191 - Juliet
HEADLIGHT ADJUSTMENT - DESCRIPTION
lamps.
The system on each of the headlamp units consists of an igniter (IGNITER) in the lamp base and a control module (BALLAST) on the underside of the headlamp unit.
Based on the input signals, the control unit directly operates the adjusting motors on the headlamps to adjust the headlamp setting.
See descriptions 5540 OUTDOOR LIGHTS
In the version with discharge lamps, the headlights are adjusted automatically, so that the rotary switch on the left switch panel is no longer present.
The system only works when the dipped beam is on.
The electronic circuits of both headlights are powered from the ignition via a fuse in the Body Computer.
HEADLIGHT ADJUSTMENT - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
The two electronic circuits in headlights F010 (left) and F011 (right) are powered from the ignition switch - pin 6 - (INT) through fuse F37 in the Body Computer.
Pins 7 of the two headlight units are connected to diagnostic line K
The Body Computer M001 controls the power to the low beams when a ground signal is received at pin 38 of connector D on M001; for example, the high beams are fed from the headlights
F010 (left) and F011 (right) - on pin 1 - via the resp. the fuse F13 for the left headlight and the fuse F12 for the right headlight on M001.
The headlight adjustment unit is integrated in the headlight unit F010: it measures the body height via two sensors (potentiometers) K001 at the front and K002 behind.
The two sensors are powered from the ignition switch (INT) through fuse F37 of the Body Computer M001, and send a signal to pin 11 of F010 and F011 proportional to the detected
values.
The electronic circuitry of each headlight regulates the beam automatically by means of a special motor.
HEADLIGHT ADJUSTMENT - ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM

F010 LEFT HEADLIGHT Bew. 5540B81 HEADLAMP UNIT LEFT WITH GAS DISCHARGE LAMP - UI
F011 RIGHT HEADLIGHT Bew. 5540B82 RIGHT HEADLAMP WITH GAS DISCHARGE LAMP - UI
edit. 5540C42 HEADLIGHT ADJUSTMENT SENSOR GAS DISCHARGE LAMPS ON FRONT SUSPENSION - UI
K001 FRONT HEIGHT SENSOR FOR HEADLAMP ADJUSTMENT
ALTITUDE SENSOR REAR FRONT edit. 5540C46 SENSOR FOR HEADLIGHT ADJUSTMENT GAS DISCHARGE LAMPS ON REAR SUSPENSION - UI
K002
HEADLIGHT ADJUSTMENT
M001
M073
M086
CONTROL UNIT ELECTRIC POWER STEERING Mov. 4110D50 CABLE HARNESS FOR ELECTRIC POWER STEERING - UI
HEADLIGHT ADJUSTMENT - ARRANGEMENT OF THE COMPONENTS

F010 LEFT HEADLIGHT Bew. 5540B81 HEADLAMP UNIT LEFT WITH GAS DISCHARGE LAMP - UI
F011 RIGHT HEADLIGHT Bew. 5540B82 RIGHT HEADLAMP WITH GAS DISCHARGE LAMP - UI
edit. 5540C42 HEADLIGHT ADJUSTMENT SENSOR GAS DISCHARGE LAMPS ON FRONT SUSPENSION - UI
K001 FRONT HEIGHT SENSOR FOR HEADLAMP ADJUSTMENT
ALTITUDE SENSOR REAR FRONT edit. 5540C46 SENSOR FOR HEADLIGHT ADJUSTMENT GAS DISCHARGE LAMPS ON REAR SUSPENSION - UI
K002
M001
M073
M086
CONTROL UNIT ELECTRIC POWER STEERING Mov. 4110D50 CABLE HARNESS FOR ELECTRIC POWER STEERING - UI
HEADLIGHT ALIGNMENT REGULATOR
191 - Juliet
HEADLIGHT ADJUSTMENT - DESCRIPTION
Load-based headlamp adjustment works with a control mechanism mounted directly on the headlamps. These adjust the reflectors down when the car is heavily loaded and up when the
car is less heavily loaded.
With two buttons on the switch panel to the left of the steering wheel, the headlights can be adjusted vertically in 4 positions from 0 to 3:
- position 0: one or two occupants in the front seats, full fuel tank, car in running order;
- position 1: five occupants;
- position 2: five occupants and a loaded luggage compartment (approximately 50 kg);
- position 3: driver and 300 kg load in the luggage compartment (fully loaded);
The system only works when the dipped beam is on.
The low beam control switch - managed by the Body Computer - also powers the headlight adjustment motors.
HEADLIGHT ADJUSTMENT - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
The low beam enable signal is sent to pin 38, connector D of Body Computer M1 from steering column switch H5.
See E2011 LOW BEAM
The Body Computer M001 controls the power to the low beams when a ground signal is received at pin 38 of connector D on M001; for example, the main beams are fed from the
headlights F010 (left) and F011 (right) - on pin 6 - via the resp. the fuse F13 on M001.
The headlight adjustment control is located in the switch panel to the left of the steering wheel H91.
Pin 3 sends an operating signal from the two keys + and - to the instrument panel E50 - pin 14.
Pin 8 of E50 receives the permission signal (dipped beam switched on) while pin 7 of E50 provides the control signal to operate the actuators in the headlamps - pin 7 of headlamp F10 (left)
and F11 (right).
HEADLIGHT ADJUSTMENT - ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM

C011 GROUND CONNECTION FRONT RIGHT -
5560B10 INSTRUMENT PANEL - UI See F010 LEFT HEADLIGHT

5540B07 HEADLIGHT UNIT LEFT - UI See F011 RIGHT HEADLIGHT
5540B08 RIGHT HEADLIGHT - UI See H001 START/IGNITION SWITCH
5520A18 START/IGNITION SWITCH BLOCK - UI See H091 LEFT CONTROL UNIT
7040A82 SWITCH UNIT LEFT ON DASHBOARD - UI See M001 BODY COMPUTER
5505A35 BODY COMPUTER/FUSE AND RELAY BOX - UI
HEADLIGHT ADJUSTMENT - ARRANGEMENT OF THE COMPONENTS

C011 GROUND CONNECTION FRONT RIGHT -
5560B10 INSTRUMENT PANEL - UI See F010 LEFT HEADLIGHT

5540B07 HEADLIGHT UNIT LEFT - UI See F011 RIGHT HEADLIGHT
5540B08 RIGHT HEADLIGHT - UI See H001 START/IGNITION SWITCH
5520A18 START/IGNITION SWITCH BLOCK - UI See H091 LEFT CONTROL UNIT
7040A82 SWITCH UNIT LEFT ON DASHBOARD - UI See M001 BODY COMPUTER
5505A35 BODY COMPUTER/FUSE AND RELAY BOX - UI
PARKING SENSOR
191 - Juliet
PARKING SENSOR - DESCRIPTION
The parking aid system provides the driver with information about the distance, when reversing, to an obstacle that is approaching; the system aids parking by detecting obstacles out of the
driver's view.
The information about the presence and distance of an obstacle is given to the driver with a pulsating sound signal, the frequency of which depends on the distance of the car from the
obstacle
An electronic control unit activates the sensors and monitors the operation of the sensors in the rear bumper, processes the received signals and operates the warning buzzer in
the instrument panel.
The system engages with reverse gear engaged: Under these conditions, the control unit activates the transducers, sending a "question" signal and receiving the "answer" signals.
The turn-on signal for the reversing lights is received by the injection control unit and sent via the CAN to the body computer, which also sends the signal via the CAN to the parking sensor
control module.
The ultrasonic sensors act as intelligent transmitters/receivers and perform a triangulation measurement: this allows better measurement under critical conditions or small obstacles. The
transmitted impulses are reflected by any obstacles; the receiver thus receives an echo which is converted into a digital signal, which is sent to the control unit.
The distance to the obstacle is displayed in the form of a pulsating sound signal: the frequency of the signal increases as the bumper approaches the obstacle: if the calculated distance
becomes less than about 30 cm, a high and continuous sound signal sounds; the acoustic signal ends when the distance to the obstacle increases.
The distance measurement only takes place when the system is turned on. If the system is not armed, only the Control Unit is armed.
The control unit has a self-diagnosis: when the control unit is switched on, it performs an initial test of the sensors; these are then continuously monitored during system operation. In the
event of a fault, even in only one sensor, the operation of the entire system is blocked: in this case the system switches itself off and sends a fault message; the fault is displayed on the
instrument panel with a light on and an audible signal.
See descriptions 5580H PARKING SENSOR
The system is powered from the ignition and protected by a separate fuse in the fuse and relay box in the Body Computer.
PARKING SENSOR - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
The parking sensor control unit M084 is powered on pin 1, plug A from the ignition (INT) through fuse F61 in Body Computer M001; pin 8, plug A is connected to ground.
The control unit M084 is connected via CAN to the other nodes of the network via pins 7 and 14 of connector A; in this way, among other things, information about the engaged reverse gear
is received.
The signals are also sent to the instrument panel E050 via the CAN for display on the display.
The four parking sensors K097 are connected to plug B of control unit M084: pin 1 supplies a reference ground, pin 12 the power supply and pins 5, 4, 3 and 2 are connected to
sensors K097A, K097B, K097C and K097D, respectively.
PARKING SENSOR - ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM

C015 -

D089 PARKING SENSOR PLUG -

K097 UNIT PARKING SENSORS edit. 5580H36 REAR SENSORS OF PARKING SENSOR - UI ON REAR BUMPER EXTENDED
M084 CONTROL UNIT PARKING SENSORS edit. 5580H10 PARKING SENSOR ELECTRONIC CONTROL UNIT - UI
PARKING SENSOR - ARRANGEMENT OF THE COMPONENTS

C015 -

D089 PARKING SENSOR PLUG -

K097 UNIT PARKING SENSORS edit. 5580H36 REAR SENSORS OF PARKING SENSOR - UI ON REAR BUMPER EXTENDED
M084 CONTROL UNIT PARKING SENSORS edit. 5580H10 PARKING SENSOR ELECTRONIC CONTROL UNIT - UI
RADIO
191 - Juliet
CAR RADIO - DESCRIPTION
A HIFI system with special hi-fi loudspeakers and a subwoofer with integrated power amplifier is also available as an option.
The installation has been developed specifically for the car: the acoustic properties of the interior have been carefully studied to precisely match the amplifier and the loudspeakers to
the car: optimal sound quality is achieved at every position in the interior.
The system differs from the standard system:
- special loudspeakers front and rear;
- subwoofer with integrated power amplifier in the luggage compartment.
The other components (radio, antenna, etc.) are the same as the standard system.
See descriptions 5570 ACCESSORIES

CAR RADIO - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
The car radio P020 is powered directly (pin 4 of plug A) from the battery via fuse F36 in Body Computer M001; pin 2 of P020 receives a power supply indicating the "presence of HIFI
installation".
The car radio P020 is supplied with power directly from the lock (INT) (pin 7 of plug A) via fuse F51 in Body Computer M001.
Pin 8 of plug A is connected to ground.
Pins 1 and 3 of connector A are connected to the CAN, connecting car radio P020 to Body Computer M001 - pins 18 and 22 of connector D - and the other nodes.
The steering wheel controls are connected to Body Computer M001 via spiral mechanism D047: pin 35 of connector D supplies reference ground to pin 6 of D047; pin 52 of connector D
on M001 receives the signals from the push buttons on the right of the steering wheel; pin 50 of connector D on M001 receives the signals from the push buttons on the left of the steering
wheel.
The amplifier P070 is supplied with power directly from the battery - on pin A4 - via fuse F60 in the fuse and relay box in the luggage compartment B045; pin A8 of amplifier P070 is
grounded. Pin C8 in P070 is connected to the car radio P020 - pin 5 of plug A - which provides a plus permission signal for turning on the amplifier.
Plug B of P020 supplies the control signals for amplifier P070 (pins C6-14 , C4-12, C5-13 and C15-7).
From amplifier P070, the signal cables run to the loudspeakers; - pins A3 and A7 to the front left speaker P035; - pins A2 and A6 to the front right speaker P036; - pins B3 and B4 to the front
left tweeter P045; - pins B5 and B6 to the front right tweeter P046; pins A1 and A5 to the rear left speakers P030 and P047; pins B7 and B8 to the rear right speakers P031 and P048.
The subwoofer P049 is supplied with power directly from the battery - on pin 6 - via fuse F61 in the fuse and relay box in the luggage compartment B045; pin 5 of P409 is grounded. Pins 1,2
and 4 are connected to amplifier P070.
CAR RADIO - ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM

Component
code
ENGINE ROOM - UI
B045 FUSE AND RELAY BOX IN THE LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT
B099 MAIN FUSE HOLDER ON THE BATTERY edit. 5530B40 DISTRIBUTION BLOCK ON BATTERY (LINK BATTERY / FUSE
BOX) - UI
D020 PLUG CABLES DASHBOARD/REAR -
5550A10 STEERING COLUMN SWITCHES COMPLETE - UI See H001 START/IGNITION SWITCH

5570T80 CAR RADIO - UI See P025 ANTENNA POWER SUPPLY
edit. 5570T28 CONTROL UNIT FOR CAR RADIO ANTENNA - UI
5570T27 ANTENNESTEUN - UI
See P030 REAR LEFT SPEAKER
5580T20 REAR SPEAKER OF BOSE AUDIO SYSTEM (1), LI OR RE - UI See P031 RIGHT REAR SPEAKER
5580T20 REAR SPEAKER OF BOSE AUDIO SYSTEM (1), LI OR RE - UI See P032 CENTER FRONT SPEAKER
5580T16 BOSE AUDIO SYSTEM'S FRONT CENTER SPEAKER - UI See P035 SPEAKER ON DRIVER'S DOOR
5580T11 SPEAKER FOR VAN BOSE AUDIO SYSTEM (1), LI OR RE - UI WITH EXTENDED See P036 FRONT PASSENGER DOOR SPEAKER
DOOR PANEL
5580T11 SPEAKER FOR VAN BOSE AUDIO SYSTEM (1), LI OR RE - UI WITH EXTENDED
DOOR PANEL See P045 TWEETER (SPEAKER) FRONT DRIVER'S SIDE
5580T14 TWEETER FOR VAN BOSE AUDIO SYSTEM (1), LI OR RE – UI See P046 TWEETER (SPEAKER) FRONT PASSENGER
5580T14 TWEETER FOR VAN BOSE AUDIO SYSTEM (1), LI OR RE – UI See P047 SPEAKER (TWEETER) REAR LEFT
5580T15 REAR TWEETER OF BOSE AUDIO SYSTEM (1), LI OR RE – UI See P048 RIGHT RIGHT SPEAKER (TWEETER)
5580T15 REAR TWEETER OF BOSE AUDIO SYSTEM (1), LI OR RE – UI See P049 CENTER REAR WOOFER
edit. 5580T42 BOSE AUDIO SYSTEM AMPLIFIER - UI
CAR RADIO - ARRANGEMENT OF COMPONENTS
Component
code
ENGINE ROOM - UI
edit. 5505A14 ADDITIONAL FUSES AND RELAY BOX IN LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT
B045 FUSE AND RELAY BOX IN THE LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT - UI
B099 MAIN FUSE HOLDER ON THE BATTERY edit. 5530B40 DISTRIBUTION BLOCK ON BATTERY (LINK BATTERY / FUSE
BOX) - UI

5570T80 CAR RADIO - UI See P025 ANTENNA POWER SUPPLY
5570T27 ANTENNESTEUN - UI
See P030 REAR LEFT SPEAKER
5580T20 REAR SPEAKER OF BOSE AUDIO SYSTEM (1), LI OR RE - UI See P031 RIGHT REAR SPEAKER
5580T20 REAR SPEAKER OF BOSE AUDIO SYSTEM (1), LI OR RE - UI See P032 CENTER FRONT SPEAKER
5580T16 BOSE AUDIO SYSTEM'S FRONT CENTER SPEAKER - UI See P035 SPEAKER ON DRIVER'S DOOR
5580T11 SPEAKER FOR VAN BOSE AUDIO SYSTEM (1), LI OR RE - UI WITH EXTENDED See P036 FRONT PASSENGER DOOR SPEAKER
DOOR PANEL
5580T11 SPEAKER FOR VAN BOSE AUDIO SYSTEM (1), LI OR RE - UI WITH EXTENDED
DOOR PANEL See P045 TWEETER (SPEAKER) FRONT DRIVER'S SIDE
5580T14 TWEETER FOR VAN BOSE AUDIO SYSTEM (1), LI OR RE – UI See P046 TWEETER (SPEAKER) FRONT PASSENGER
5580T14 TWEETER FOR VAN BOSE AUDIO SYSTEM (1), LI OR RE – UI See P047 SPEAKER (TWEETER) REAR LEFT
5580T15 REAR TWEETER OF BOSE AUDIO SYSTEM (1), LI OR RE – UI See P048 RIGHT RIGHT SPEAKER (TWEETER)
5580T15 REAR TWEETER OF BOSE AUDIO SYSTEM (1), LI OR RE – UI See P049 CENTER REAR WOOFER
RADIO
191 - Juliet
The car is equipped with a car radio which consists of:
- car radio;
- front speakers: woofers and tweeters in the doors;
- loudspeakers on the rear side panels;
- connection cables between the car radio and the loudspeakers;
- rod antenna FM1, in the middle of the rear and antenna FM2 using the rear window heating, with associated coaxial connection cable.
In the version with radio navigation system RADIONAV, the radio with CD and CD-MP3 player is included in the group.
This facility is also equipped with:
- SD Card Reader
- GPS-module
- standalone navigation module with maps
- 6.5" TFT color screen
- interface with steering wheel controls
The rod antenna at the rear of the roof has two functions (radio FM1 and GPS) for the operation of the radio and the navigation system.
For more information,
See descriptions 5580M NAVIGATION SYSTEM
The radio is a node of the CAN. The system exchanges information with the Body Computer and the other control units via the CAN.
The car radio is equipped with an anti-theft system thanks to the connection via the radio's CAN to the Body Computer; the volume is also regulated depending on the vehicle speed: the
volume increases and decreases in relation to the speed: this information reaches the car radio via the CAN.
A series of control buttons on the steering wheel "duplicate" some commands, which are "acquired" by the car radio in an analogous way.
The radio navigation system P20 is supplied with power directly from the battery - pin 12 of plug A - via fuse F36 in the Body Computer M1;
Pins 10 and 13 of connector A are connected to the CAN, connecting the radionavigation system P20 to Body Computer M1 and the other nodes.
wheel.
From plug A of P20 the signal cables run to the loudspeakers:
- pins 3 and 7 to the left front speakers P35 and P45;
- pins 2 and 6 to the front right speakers P36 and P46;
- pins 4 and 8 to the rear left speaker P30;
- pins 1 and 5 to the rear right speaker P31.
Antennas P25a (FM1 rod antenna on roof) and P25b (FM2 incorporated in rear window defogger) are connected to the radio by means of their coaxial cables.
D020 PLUG CABLES DASHBOARD/REAR
D030 FRONT LEFT DOOR PLUG

D031 PLUG FOR RIGHT FRONT DOOR
D035 CONNECTOR LEFT REAR DOOR
D036 RIGHT REAR DOOR PLUG
D047 PLUG FOR SPIRAL MECHANISM edit. 5550A10 STEERING COLUMN SWITCHES COMPLETE - UI
P020 RADIO edit. 5580M24 RADION AVIGATION SYSTEM - UI
edit. 5570T27 ANTENNA SUPPORT - UI
P025 ANTENNA POWER SUPPLY
P030 LEFT REAR SPEAKER edit. 5570T96 SPEAKER IN REAR SIDE PANEL (1), LI OR RE - UI
P031 RIGHT REAR SPEAKER edit. 5570T96 SPEAKER IN REAR SIDE PANEL (1), LI OR RE - UI
P035 SPEAKER ON DRIVER'S DOOR edit. 5570T91 SIDE SPEAKER FRONT (1), LI OR RE - UI WITH EXTENDED DOOR PANEL Mov. 5570T91 SIDE
P036 SPEAKER ON FRONT PASSENGER DOOR SPEAKER FRONT (1), LI OR RE - UI WITH EXTENDED DOOR PANEL Mov. 5570T92 TWEETER FOR (1), LI
P045 TWEETER (SPEAKER) DRIVER'S SIDE FRONT OR RE - UI
P046 TWEETER (SPEAKER) FRONT PASSENGER edit. 5570T92 TWEETER FOR (1), LI OR RE - UI
P047 SPEAKER (TWEETER) REAR LEFT edit. 5570T94 REAR TWEETER (1), LI OR RE - UI
P048 SPEAKER (TWEETER) RIGHT REAR edit. 5570T94 REAR TWEETER (1), LI OR RE - UI

RADIO
191 - Juliet
A HIFI system with special hi-fi loudspeakers and a subwoofer with integrated power amplifier is also available as an option.
The installation has been developed specifically for the car: the acoustic properties of the interior have been carefully studied to precisely match the amplifier and the loudspeakers to the
car: optimal sound quality is achieved at every position in the interior.
The system differs from the standard system:
- special loudspeakers front and rear;
- subwoofer with integrated power amplifier in the luggage compartment.
The other components (radio, antenna, etc.) are the same as the standard system.
In the version with radio navigation system RADIONAV, the radio with CD and CD-MP3 player is included in the group.
See descriptions 5580M NAVIGATION SYSTEM

Pins 10 and 13 of connector A are connected to the CAN, connecting the car radio P020 to Body Computer M001 - pins 18 and 22 of connector D - and the other nodes.
wheel.
The amplifier P070 is supplied with power directly from the battery - on pin A4 - via fuse F60 in the fuse and relay box in the luggage compartment B045; pin A8 of amplifier P070 is
grounded. Pin C8 in P070 is connected to the car radio/navigation system P020 - pin 14 of connector A - which provides a plus permission signal for switching on the amplifier.
Plug A of P020 supplies the control signals for amplifier P070 (pins 7-3, 4-8, 1-5 and 2-6).
From the amplifier P070, the signal cables run to the loudspeakers;- pins A3 and A7 to the front left loudspeaker P035;- pins A2 and A6 to the front right loudspeaker P306;- pins B3 and B4
to the front left tweeter P045;- pins B5 and B6 to the front right tweeter P046; pins A1 and A5 to the rear left speakers P030 and P047; pins B7 and B8 to the rear right speakers P031 and P048.
The subwoofer P049 is supplied with power directly from the battery - on pin 6 - via fuse F61 in the fuse and relay box in the luggage compartment B045; pin 5 of P409 is grounded. Pins 1,2
and 4 are connected to amplifier P070.

Component
code
LUGGAGE SPACE


BODY COMPUTER/FUSE AND RELAY BOX - UI

5505A35 See P020 RADIO
5580M24 RADIONAVIGATION SYSTEM - UI -

P025 POWER SUPPLY FOR ANTENNA
P030 SPEAKER LEFT REAR edit. 5580T20 REAR SPEAKER OF BOSE AUDIO SYSTEM (1), LI OR RE - UI
P031 SPEAKER RIGHT REAR edit. 5580T20 REAR SPEAKER OF BOSE AUDIO SYSTEM (1), LI OR RE - UI
P032 SPEAKER CENTER FRONT edit. 5580T16 FRONT CENTER SPEAKER OF BOSE AUDIO SYSTEM - UI
P035 SPEAKER ON DRIVER'S DOOR edit. 5580T11 SPEAKER FOR VAN BOSE AUDIO SYSTEM (1), LI OR RE - UI WHEN EQUIPPED
DOOR PANEL
P036 SPEAKER ON FRONT PASSENGER edit. 5580T11 SPEAKER FOR VAN BOSE AUDIO SYSTEM (1), LI OR RE - UI WHEN EQUIPPED
DOOR PANEL
P045 TWEETER (SPEAKER) DRIVER'S SIDE

IN FRONT OF
edit. 5580T14 TWEETER FOR VAN BOSE AUDIO SYSTEM (1), LI OR RE – UI
P046 TWEETER (SPEAKER) PASSENGER SIDE

IN FRONT OF
P047 SPEAKER (TWEETER) REAR LEFT edit. 5580T15 REAR TWEETER OF BOSE AUDIO SYSTEM (1), LI OR RE – UI
P048 SPEAKER (TWEETER) RIGHT REAR edit. 5580T15 REAR TWEETER OF BOSE AUDIO SYSTEM (1), LI OR RE – UI
edit. 5580T40 BOSE AUDIO SYSTEM SUBWOOFER - UI
P049 WOOFER MIDDLE BACK See P070 HIFI AMPLIFIER

Component
code
LUGGAGE SPACE

BODY COMPUTER/FUSE AND RELAY BOX - UI

5505A35 See P020 RADIO
5580M24 RADIONAVIGATION SYSTEM - UI -

P025 POWER SUPPLY FOR ANTENNA
P030 SPEAKER LEFT REAR edit. 5580T20 REAR SPEAKER OF BOSE AUDIO SYSTEM (1), LI OR RE - UI
P031 SPEAKER RIGHT REAR edit. 5580T20 REAR SPEAKER OF BOSE AUDIO SYSTEM (1), LI OR RE - UI
P032 SPEAKER CENTER FRONT edit. 5580T16 FRONT CENTER SPEAKER OF BOSE AUDIO SYSTEM - UI
P035 SPEAKER ON DRIVER'S DOOR edit. 5580T11 SPEAKER FOR VAN BOSE AUDIO SYSTEM (1), LI OR RE - UI WHEN EQUIPPED
DOOR PANEL
P036 SPEAKER ON FRONT PASSENGER edit. 5580T11 SPEAKER FOR VAN BOSE AUDIO SYSTEM (1), LI OR RE - UI WHEN EQUIPPED
DOOR PANEL
P045 TWEETER (SPEAKER) DRIVER'S SIDE

IN FRONT OF
P046 TWEETER (SPEAKER) PASSENGER SIDE

IN FRONT OF
P047 SPEAKER (TWEETER) REAR LEFT edit. 5580T15 REAR TWEETER OF BOSE AUDIO SYSTEM (1), LI OR RE – UI
P048 SPEAKER (TWEETER) RIGHT REAR edit. 5580T15 REAR TWEETER OF BOSE AUDIO SYSTEM (1), LI OR RE – UI
edit. 5580T40 BOSE AUDIO SYSTEM SUBWOOFER - UI
P049 WOOFER MIDDLE BACK See P070 HIFI AMPLIFIER

RADIO
191 - Juliet
The car is equipped with a car radio which consists of:
- car radio (with CD/MP3 player);
- front speakers: woofers and tweeters in the doors;
- loudspeakers on the rear side panels;
- connection cables between the car radio and the loudspeakers;
- rod antenna FM1, in the middle of the rear and antenna FM2 using the rear window heating, with associated coaxial connection cable.
The radio is a node of the CAN. The system exchanges information with the Body Computer and the other control units via the CAN.
The car radio is equipped with an anti-theft system thanks to the connection via the radio's CAN to the Body Computer; the volume is also regulated depending on the vehicle speed: the
volume increases and decreases in relation to the speed: this information reaches the car radio via the CAN.
Some versions are equipped with a number of push buttons on the steering wheel: this means that some controls are double present, which function in the same way as the controls on the
radio.
As an option, a HIFI system can be supplied with dedicated loudspeakers and an external amplifier.
(see version “Hi-Fi” BOSE)

The car radio P020 is supplied with power directly from the battery - pin 4 of plug A - via fuse F36 in Body Computer M001.
The car radio P020 is supplied with power directly from the lock (INT) (pin 7 of plug A) via fuse F51 in Body Computer M001.
Pins 1 and 3 of connector A are connected to the CAN, connecting car radio P020 to Body Computer M001 - pins 18 and 22 of connector D - and the other nodes.
wheel.
From connector B of P020 the signal cables run to the speakers:
- pins 5 and 6 to the front left speakers P35 and P45; - pins 3 and 4 to the front right speakers P36 e P46; - pins 7 and 8 to the rear left speakers P30; - pins 1 and 2 to the rear right speakers
P31.
The rod antenna P25 - FM1 and FM2 built into the rear window heating - is connected to the radio by means of a coaxial cable.

P020 RADIO edit. 5570T80 RADIO - UI

INTEGRATED RADIO PHONE
191 - Juliet
INTEGRATED PHONE - DESCRIPTION
The "Blue&Me" system for mobile phones with "Bluetooth" allows the mobile phone to be used in the car, increasing safety and ease of use for the user.
- Bluetooth receiver;
- integrated "Voice Recognition" module with microphone (next to the front ceiling light);
- integrated “Text to Speech” module;
- USB interface for "Media Player".
The control unit is also connected to the radio controls on the steering wheel (in addition to the radio switches, there are 2 separate switches for this function).
The system can also be controlled by voice commands via a microphone in the front ceiling light.
The instrument panel's alphanumeric display is used.
For a detailed description of how the system works, see

INTEGRATED PHONE - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
The Bluetooth control unit M162 is supplied with power on pin 16 directly from the battery via fuse F39 in the Body Computer M001.
The Bluetooth control unit M162 is supplied with power from the ignition switch (INT) - pin 32 - via fuse F51 in Body Computer M1.
Pin 15 of M162 is grounded.
Pin 14 and 30 of M162 are connected to the CAN; connects bluetooth control unit M162 to car radio P020, Body Computer M001 pin 18 and 22 of connector D -
and on the other nodes of the system.
wheel.
The Bluetooth control unit M162 is connected from pins 5, 22 and 21 to plug C of car radio P020 for the signals AUX left, AUX right and ground AUX.
The USB port for "Media Player" P143 is connected to pins 3, 4, 19, 20 and 31 of Bluetooth control unit M162 respectively for the signals: signal D+, reference ground, signal D-, 5V supply
and shield.
Handsfree microphone P026 is connected to pins 8 and 24 of M162.

INTEGRATED PHONE - ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM

C015 -
M162 BLUETOOTH CONTROL UNIT edit. 5570T49 BLUETOOTH ELECTRONIC CONTROL UNIT - UI
P026 HANDS-FREE MICROPHONE edit. 7040E10 FRONT CEILING LIGHT - ONION
P143 USB PORT edit. 5570T55 USB PORT FOR BLUE&ME - UI
INTEGRATED PHONE - ARRANGEMENT OF COMPONENTS

C015 -
INTEGRATED RADIO PHONE
191 - Juliet
INTEGRATED PHONE - DESCRIPTION
The "Blue&Me" system for mobile phones with "Bluetooth" allows the mobile phone to be used in the car, increasing safety and ease of use for the user.
- Bluetooth receiver;
- integrated "Voice Recognition" module with microphone (next to the front ceiling light);
- integrated “Text to Speech” module;
- USB interface for "Media Player".
The control unit is also connected to the radio controls on the steering wheel (in addition to the radio switches, there are 2 separate switches for this function).
The system can also be controlled by voice commands via a microphone in the front ceiling light.
The instrument panel's alphanumeric display is used.
See E4090 NAVIGATION SYSTEM

INTEGRATED PHONE - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
The Bluetooth control unit M162 is supplied with power on pin 16 directly from the battery via fuse F39 in the Body Computer M001.
The Bluetooth control unit M162 is supplied with power from the ignition switch (INT) - pin 32 - via fuse F51 in Body Computer M1.
Pin 14 and 30 of M162 are connected to the CAN; connects bluetooth control unit M162 to car radio P020, Body Computer M001 pin 18 and 22 of connector D -
and on the other nodes of the system.
wheel.
The Bluetooth control unit M162 is connected from pins 5, 22 and 21 to plug C of car radio P020 for the signals AUX left, AUX right and ground AUX.
The USB port for "Media Player" P143 is connected to pins 3, 4, 19, 20 and 31 of Bluetooth control unit M162 respectively for the signals: signal D+, reference ground, signal D-, 5V supply
and shield.
Handsfree microphone P026 is connected to pins 8 and 24 of M162.

INTEGRATED PHONE - ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM

C015 -
INTEGRATED PHONE - ARRANGEMENT OF COMPONENTS

C015 -
INSTRUMENTS
191 - Juliet
INSTRUMENTS - DESCRIPTION
The instrument panel is located behind the steering wheel, is connected to the CAN and consists of four meters equipped with a stepper motor.
The instrument panel display is available in two versions, depending on the technological characteristics of the car:
- Multifunction display - LOW trim levels
- Adjustable multifunction display - HIGH trim levels
In both versions, one instrument panel contains:
- electronic speedometer
- fuel gauge (with fuel reserve warning light)
- coolant temperature gauge (with overtemperature warning light)
- electronic tachometer
- display (available in two different versions)
- indicator/warning lights
A buzzer is incorporated in the instrument panel, which allows warnings of varying intensity to be displayed. The buzzer has the following functions:
- alert to alarm / warnings / danger
- parking sensor alerts
- warning not fastened seat belt
- acoustic signaling of direction indicators / hazard warning lights
- "Roger Beep" when pressing keys
The instrument panel is a node in the CAN network through which information is exchanged with the Body Computer and the other control units
- Speedometer: the function displays the speed of the car on the instrument panel: this information is provided by the ABS control unit and injection control unit via the body computer.
- Engine speed: the function displays the engine speed on the instrument panel using the message via the CAN network of the injection control unit
- Odometer: the function displays and stores the total mileage and trip meter readings: the distance information is processed by the body computer using a counter and sent to the
instrument panel via CAN; the trip meter is part of the trip computer and can be reset to zero using the TRIP switch on the right handle of the steering column switch.
- Fuel level: the Body Computer receives the signal from the sensor integrated in the fuel pump unit and filters/mutes the signal to the gauge in the instrument panel and also
controls the lighting of the "fuel reserve light". The circuit is able to detect a possible malfunction of the wiring or the sensor and to provide a signal to the instrument panel: in the event of a
malfunction in the system, the gauge moves to the beginning of the scale and the "fuel reserve" light flashes.
- Coolant temperature: the function displays the coolant temperature of the vehicle's engine on the instrument panel and, if necessary, switches on the overtemperature warning light: this
information is provided by the injection control unit via the CAN. The temperature display is always guaranteed, even if the operating limits are reached.
- Engine oil pressure too low: the function illuminates the "engine oil pressure too low" warning light by means of the message via the CAN network of the injection control unit.
- Brake pad wear: the function lights up the special light: the Body Computer determines the wear of the brake pads during braking (brake pedal signal) and over a longer period of time
(this ignores temporary deviations).
- Handbrake applied: the Body Computer receives the handbrake position from the relevant switch and transmits the activation via CAN to the instrument panel; this will illuminate the "brake
fluid level too low" warning light on the instrument panel; if this signal is signaled above a certain speed threshold, an audible signal also sounds.
- Low brake fluid level: the function illuminates the "brake fluid level too low" light on the instrument panel: the signal is supplied by the Body Computer via the CAN network.
- Inertia switch position: the body computer receives a signal from the switch and transmits the activation via CAN to the instrument panel where the signal is given (lamp + message).
The "general warning" signal indicates a malfunction of a number of systems and components:
- Intervention "fuel cut off"
- Storing motoroliedruksensor
- Parking sensors malfunction
- Rain sensor failure
- Storing schemersensor
- Malfunction anti-injury function
- Outdoor lighting malfunction
Exterior lighting malfunction: the Body Computer includes a "check" function that checks the operation of the exterior lighting and, in the event of a malfunction, illuminates the corresponding lamp:
exterior lighting failure, license plate light, rear fog light, direction indicators, brake light (including failure in the brake light fuse ).
The diagram shows the operation of the lamps, which are not described in other functions: the other lamps and messages are described in the diagrams of the associated components.
INSTRUMENTS - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
Instrument panel E050 - pin 3 - is powered from the ignition switch (INT) by Body Computer M001 - pin 7 of plug E - via fuse F37 in the Body Computer.
Pin 2 receives direct power from the Body Computer - pin 14 of connector E - via fuse F53 of the Body Computer.
Pin 1 of E050 is connected to ground.
Instrument panel E050 is connected from pin 5 and 6 to Body computer M001 (pin 17 and 21, plug B) and via this to the CAN: via the CAN the signal for the electronic speedometer is
received (supplied by the ABS control unit M050 ).
The electronic tachometer receives the control signal via the CAN from the injection control unit M010.
The fuel gauge is controlled by the signals from the fuel level sensor in the fuel pump unit N040 - on pin 4 (signal) and 17 (ground) of connector F on Body
Computer M001 - and through this and the CAN to the instrument panel E050
The low brake fluid level/handbrake applied warning light receives the ground signal from the parking brake switch I040 via pin 19 of connector F on Body Computer M001, or the
ground signal from the brake fluid level sensor K025 via pin 33 of connector B on M001.
Finally, the worn brake pad warning light receives the ground signal via pin 62 of connector B on Body Computer M001 from sensor K020.
The signal from the outside temperature sensor on the passenger side door mirror P061 is sent to the Body Computer M001 - pin 37 of connector B -; pin 52 provides the reference mass.
All these signals are supplied to the instrument panel E050 via CAN.
H091's "MODE", "+" and "-" controls provide analog signals to instrument panel E050 - pins 13 and 16. Pin 1 of H091 receives reference ground from pin 37 of connector D on M001.
The electronics in E050 also control the headlight adjustment: an operating signal is sent to the motors in the headlight units from pin 7 of E050; pin 8 receives the permission signal (dipped
beams switched on). The headlight adjustment control in unit H091 sends a signal each time the "+" or "-" key is pressed to pin 14 of instrument panel E050.

The "TRIP" switch for zeroing the trip computer in steering column switch H005, sends a ground signal to pin 9 of instrument panel E050.
See E4080 TRIP COMPUTER
Pin 4 of the instrument panel E050 is connected to the serial line for the connection to the "replaced seat belt display", which is mounted near the rear-view mirror.
See E7030 AIR BAG

INSTRUMENTS - ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM

H091 LEFT CONTROL UNIT edit. 7040A82 SWITCH UNIT LEFT ON DASHBOARD - UI
I040 SWITCH APPLIED HANDBRAKE edit. 5550D18 HANDBRAKE ENGAGE WARNING LIGHT SWITCH - UI
K020 BRAKE PAD WEAR SENSOR LEFT (CONTACT) edit. 3310A60 FRONT BRAKE PADS - REPL.
K021 BRAKE PAD WEAR SENSOR RIGHT (CONTACT) edit. 3310A60 FRONT BRAKE PADS - REPL.
K025 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SENSOR (SWITCH) edit. 3330C44 SWITCH FOR LOW BRAKE FLUID LEVEL - UI
K032 MOTOROLIENIVEAUSENSOR Bew. 1084A40 MOTOROLIENIVEAUSENSOR - U.I.
K032 MOTOROLIENIVEAUSENSOR edit. 5590B41 ENGINE OIL LEVEL SENSOR PLUG - UI
K217 BRAKE PAD WEAR SENSOR LEFT REAR (CONTACT) edit. 3310B62 REAR BRAKE PADS - REPL.
K218 BRAKE PAD WEAR SENSOR RIGHT REAR (CONTACT) edit. 3310B62 REAR BRAKE PADS - REPL.
M050 ABS CONTROL UNIT edit. 3340A20 ABS ELECTRONIC CONTROL UNIT - UI
N040 ELECTRIC FUEL PUMP AND TANK FLOAT edit. 1040A70 SUBMERGING FUEL PUMP COMPLETE WITH TANK FLOAT - UI
P061 PASSENGER SIDE OUTSIDE MIRROR edit. 7005R30 OUTDOOR MIRROR (1) WITH ELECTRIC CONTROL - UI
INSTRUMENTS - ARRANGEMENT OF COMPONENTS

H091 LEFT CONTROL UNIT edit. 7040A82 SWITCH UNIT LEFT ON DASHBOARD - UI
I040 SWITCH APPLIED HANDBRAKE edit. 5550D18 HANDBRAKE ENGAGE WARNING LIGHT SWITCH - UI
K020 BRAKE PAD WEAR SENSOR LEFT (CONTACT) edit. 3310A60 FRONT BRAKE PADS - REPL.
K021 BRAKE PAD WEAR SENSOR RIGHT (CONTACT) edit. 3310A60 FRONT BRAKE PADS - REPL.
K025 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SENSOR (SWITCH) edit. 3330C44 SWITCH FOR LOW BRAKE FLUID LEVEL - UI
K032 MOTOROLIENIVEAUSENSOR Bew. 1084A40 MOTOROLIENIVEAUSENSOR - U.I.
K032 MOTOROLIENIVEAUSENSOR edit. 5590B41 ENGINE OIL LEVEL SENSOR PLUG - UI
K217 BRAKE PAD WEAR SENSOR LEFT REAR (CONTACT) edit. 3310B62 REAR BRAKE PADS - REPL.
K218 BRAKE PAD WEAR SENSOR RIGHT REAR (CONTACT) edit. 3310B62 REAR BRAKE PADS - REPL.
P061 PASSENGER SIDE OUTSIDE MIRROR edit. 7005R30 OUTDOOR MIRROR (1) WITH ELECTRIC CONTROL - UI
TRIP COMPUTER
191 - Juliet
TRIP COMPUTER - DESCRIPTION
With the Trip computer, the values relating to the journey, fuel consumption and life of the car can be shown on the display of the instrument panel.
With the Comfort instrument panel, there are two completely independent options for the Trip computer (A and B). The display can be started with the "TRIP" switch on the right lever of
the steering column switch.
The display of the data takes place in a fixed sequence:
TRIP A:
- Range - Distance covered - Average consumption - Current consumption - Average speed - Driving time
TRIP B:
- Distance covered - Average consumption - Average speed - Driving time
The trip computer data is calculated in the instrument panel.
The instrument panel is a node in the CAN network through which information is exchanged with the Body Computer and the other control units.
See E4010 INSTRUMENTS
The diagram shows the operation of the instrument panel functions, which also affect the trip computer.
TRIP COMPUTER - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
Instrument panel E050 - pin 3 - is powered from the ignition switch (INT) by Body Computer M001 - pin 7 of plug E - via fuse F37 in the Body Computer.
Pin 2 receives direct power from the Body Computer - pin 14 of connector E - via fuse F53 of the Body Computer.
Pin 1 of E050 is connected to ground.
Instrument panel E050 is connected from pin 5 and 6 to Body computer M001 (pin 18 and 21, plug D) and via this to the CAN: via the CAN the signal for the electronic speedometer is
received (supplied by the ABS control unit M050 ).
The electronic tachometer receives the control signal via the CAN from the injection control unit M010.
The fuel gauge is controlled by the signals from the fuel level sensor in the fuel pump unit N040 - on pin 4 (signal) and 17 (ground) of connector F on Body
Computer M001 - and through this and the CAN to the instrument panel E050
All these signals are supplied to the instrument panel E50 via CAN.
With these signals, the electronic TRIP module processes information on current and average fuel consumption, range, average speed, distance covered, driving time, etc.
The "TRIP" switch for zeroing the trip computer in steering column switch H005, sends a ground signal from pin 9 of H005 to pin 9 of E050.
TRIP COMPUTER - ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM


TRIP COMPUTER - ARRANGEMENT OF COMPONENTS


NAVIGATOR
191 - Juliet
NAVIGATION SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION
The car can optionally be equipped with a portable multifunction navigation device (Portable Navigation Device - PND) with a progressive design that perfectly matches the style of the car.
The Bluetooth system “Blue & Me” allows direct integration of PND and car: the data from the car's CAN network is used by the PND to improve the accuracy of the navigation system, the
voice messages of the PND are played through the car's speakers, the instrument panel displays the navigation icons and the destination can be entered either using the steering wheel
controls or voice commands.
In addition to the satellite navigation system, the PND also offers multimedia functions such as the playback of music tracks, movies and images.
The PND uses the wireless connection with Blue&Me to exchange information.
The system can be easily (dis)assembled with the special support in the middle of the dashboard.

NAVIGATION SYSTEM - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
The bottom of the display E065 is supplied with power from the ignition switch - pin 2 - via fuse F49 in Body Computer M1.
Pin 1 of the display E065 is connected to ground.
The PND uses the wireless connection with Blue&Me to exchange information between the system E065 and the Bluetooth control unit M162.
Pins 14 and 30 of the Bluetooth control unit M162 are CAN connected to the Body Computer M001 - pins 18 and 22 of connector D - and to the other nodes of the system.
NAVIGATION SYSTEM - ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM
Component
code
D078 PLUG NAVIGATION SYSTEM -
CONNECTION FOR PORTABLE SATELLITE NAVIGATION SYSTEM - UI

5580M22 -

NAVIGATION SYSTEM - ARRANGEMENT OF COMPONENTS
Component
code
D078 PLUG NAVIGATION SYSTEM -
CONNECTION FOR PORTABLE SATELLITE NAVIGATION SYSTEM - UI

5580M22 -

NAVIGATOR
191 - Juliet
NAVIGATION SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION
The radio navigation system RADIONAV includes the radio with CD audio and CD MP3 player
See E3510 RADIO
This facility is also equipped with:
- SD Card Reader
- GPS-module
- standalone navigation module with maps
- 6.5" TFT color screen
- interface with steering wheel controls
In the equipment described here, the RADIONAV system is coupled with the radio “base”, so no management of the telephone is provided.
For other equipment, RADIONAV can be combined with the Blue&Me system: in this case, RADIONAV manages the navigation and Blue&Me manages the Media Player and Bluetooth
telephone functions. See E4090 NAVIGATION SYSTEM
See E3570 INTEGRATED CAR PHONE
The navigation system recognizes the position of the car on the map at any time (depending on the urban or extra-urban/highway road network). The position is shown on the display of
the radio navigation system.
In this way, the driver is guided step by step to the desired destination by means of spoken and visible information. In addition, the system can provide additional information to reach
certain destinations such as: hotels, parking lots, restaurants, pharmacies, workshops, hospitals, ALFA ROMEO dealers, railway stations, airports, etc.
The navigation system included in the group applies the satellite locating technology GPS (Global Positioning System).
The navigation maps are on a special SD card.
The GPS system consists of an antenna for determining the car in relation to the GPS satellites: the antenna is connected to the receiver in the integrated unit by a shielded cable.
The rod antenna is mounted on the rear of the roof: the antenna has two functions (radio and GPS), because the antenna is also used for the radio (FM1).
The car's position is determined by analyzing the GPS data, the car's speed and reverse signals.
The radio navigation group is a node in the CAN network through which information is exchanged with the Body Computer and the other control units.
NAVIGATION SYSTEM - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
Pins 10 and 13 of connector A are connected to the CAN, connecting the radionavigation system P20 to Body Computer M1 and the other nodes.
wheel.
The GPS antenna is located in P25a (Roof antenna FM1 and GPS) and is connected to the radio navigation system via the corresponding coaxial cable.
NAVIGATION SYSTEM - ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM
E065 NAVIATION SYSTEM DISPLAY edit. 5580M25 DISPLAY OF RADION AVIGATION SYSTEM - UI
P025 POWER SUPPLY FOR ANTENNA edit. 5570T27 ANTENNA SUPPORT - UI
NAVIGATION SYSTEM - ARRANGEMENT OF COMPONENTS
E065 NAVIATION SYSTEM DISPLAY edit. 5580M25 DISPLAY OF RADION AVIGATION SYSTEM - UI
P025 POWER SUPPLY FOR ANTENNA edit. 5570T27 ANTENNA SUPPORT - UI
STARTING AND CHARGING
191 - Juliet
STARTING AND CHARGING SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION
The starting and charging circuit consists of the battery, starter motor and alternator.
The starter motor is a DC electric motor powered from the battery and a solenoid.
With the alternator stationary and the ignition key at MAR, the warning light on the instrument panel will illuminate and power will be sent to the voltage regulator built into the alternator
via terminal D+.
Under these conditions, the excitation circuit (rotor) is turned on with a ground signal from the controller.
With the alternator running, the varying speed and magnetic field in the electrical circuit (stator) generate a three-phase alternating voltage, which is directed through the diode
bridge and supplied via terminal B+.
When the upper fixed limit is reached (13.7 - 14.2 V), the battery is charged and the system is supplied with power.
The operation of the charging system is controlled by the Body Computer:
- the injection control unit supplies the D+ signal to the Body Computer, which controls the operation of the charging system by measuring two parameters: the voltage signal from terminal
D+ of the alternator and the speed signal from the injection control unit via the CAN.
- if at key-on the voltage is lower than about 5.5 V, the Body Computer signals an undercharge; if the voltage exceeds 5.5 V, the light will go out; However, if - with the engine running
(speed higher than 700/min) - the voltage falls below the 4.5 V threshold, the lamp lights up continuously and at the same time, if necessary, a message is shown on the display.
See descriptions 5520 START SYSTEM

START AND CHARGING SYSTEM - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
The ignition switch H001 is powered by the fuse and relay box in the engine compartment B001 via the line protected by fuse F03.
In MAR position, the various consumers and circuits supplied by the ignition (line "INT" and "15/54") are live: the signal from the ignition switch “15/54” is sent to the fuse and relay box
in the engine compartment B001, while the signal "INT" is sent to the Body Computer M001, to pin 11 of plug E;
In contrast, the signal from the ignition switch "INT/A" is sent from the Body Computer to pin 1 of connector E.
When the ignition key in ignition lock H1 is turned to the extreme position (AVV) - pin 50 supply -, then the coil of the solenoid - pin 50 - on the starter motor A020 receives the
voltage.
START AND CHARGING SYSTEM - ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM

A020 STARTER ENGINE edit. 5520B10 STARTER MOTOR - UI
D001 FRONT PLUG / DASHBOARD
D004 FRONT PLUG / ENGINE
D007 PLUG ALTERNATOR
I031 CLUTCH PEDAL SWITCH edit. 1060G42 SWITCH ON CLUTCH PEDAL - UI
K105 PRESSURE SENSOR BRAKE BOOSTER edit. 5520D02 BRAKE BOOSTER PRESSURE SENSOR - UI
K214 SENSOR NEUTRAL GEAR LEVER edit. 5520D04 GEAR LEVER NEUTRAL SENSOR - UI
M010 INJECTION RULE UNIT edit. 1060G80 ELECTRONIC DIESEL INJECTION CONTROL UNIT - UI
M192 ALARM CONTROL UNIT edit. 5520D03 VOLTAGE STABILIZER - UI
START AND CHARGING SYSTEM - ARRANGEMENT OF COMPONENTS

A020 STARTER ENGINE edit. 5520B10 STARTER MOTOR - UI
D001 FRONT PLUG / DASHBOARD
D004 FRONT PLUG / ENGINE
D007 PLUG ALTERNATOR
K214 SENSOR NEUTRAL GEAR LEVER edit. 5520D04 GEAR LEVER NEUTRAL SENSOR - UI
191 - Juliet
via terminal D+.
- the injection control unit supplies the D+ signal to the Body Computer which controls the operation of the charging system by measuring two parameters: the voltage signal from terminal
(speed higher than 700/min) - the voltage falls below the 4.5 V threshold, the lamp lights up continuously and at the same time, if necessary, a message is shown on the display.
The Start&Stop system automatically switches off the engine when the car is stationary and starts the engine as soon as the driver wants to start driving again.
The system essentially consists of a starting system (battery and starter motor) that can restart the engine quickly and relatively quietly and should be able to perform a much greater number
of starts than a traditional system.
The control and monitoring strategy for the stops and starts of the engine is performed by the injection control unit and by the body computer via direct connections or via the CAN.
The applied starter motor is more powerful and robust and the car is also equipped with a heavier alternator for a higher charging current.
In addition to using a battery suitable for the Start&Stop system, the car is also equipped with a battery condition sensor that monitors the condition of the battery and informs other nodes of
the network about this in order for the battery to function optimally in combination with the Start&Stop system. system. The sensor is located on the negative terminal of the battery.
A vacuum sensor provides information about the vacuum for the brake booster.
A specific sensor on the gearbox provides information about the engagement of the gearbox in neutral.
A rotary sensor on the clutch pedal provides information about three different pedal positions: no depress, depressed and partially depressed.
The automatic shutdown and restart of the engine is indicated by a light on the instrument panel and by a number of messages about the Start&Stop system.
The system can be turned on/off manually using the button on the left dashboard switch panel.
A voltage stabilizer - behind the glovebox under the dashboard - has the task of keeping the voltage constant for those systems that are sensitive (eg the car radio, etc.) to the voltage drop
during starting.
Due to comfort requirements, to limit emissions and for safety reasons, the normal operation of the system is blocked in some cases.
The starting strategy is established by means of two relays in the fuse and relay box in the engine compartment.
Pin 11 of connector G on M001 supplies the reference ground to the Body Computer.
Start/ignition lock H001 is powered by the fuse and relay box in the engine compartment B001 via fuse F03.
In MAR position, the various consumers and circuits with ignition power supply (line "INT" and "15/54") are live: the "15/54" signal for ignition power supply is supplied to fuse and relay box in the engine compartment B001, while
the "INT" signal is supplied to pin 2 of connector G on Body Computer M001.
The "INT/A" ignition switch signal is also sent to Body Computer M001 (pin 9 of plug G).
In addition, pin 30 of starter motor A020 - plug A - is supplied with power from the battery via fuse holder B099.
The charging current from the alternator A010 (pin B+) - plug B - is led to battery A001 via starter motor A020.
If the alternator is not running and the battery is not being charged, a ground signal is routed from pin D+ - connector A - of A010 to pin 19 of connector A on injection control unit M010: it is connected via the CAN to Body Computer
M001 and to instrument panel E050 and, as described above, controls the illumination of the "Charging current indicator" on the instrument panel.
The system has two types of starts:
- Start with key: driver operates ignition lock directly with key.
- Automatic start: controlled by the Start&Stop function to restart the engine automatically after it has been switched off automatically.
Starting with the ignition key
With key-off, the two starter relays T17 and T20 in the fuse and relay box in the engine compartment B001 are not energized, so that the contacts are open.
When the key is turned to AVV (+50), control unit M010 (signal from pin 55 of connector A) closes relay T20; this will power the solenoid (pin 50) on starter motor A020.
The feedback signal is supplied to pin 4 of the voltage stabilizer M192.
As soon as the key is released, control unit M010 opens relay T20 and performs a diagnosis on both relays (signal on pin 43 of connector A). This diagnosis can produce the following results:
- Both relays operate normally: the Body Computer (signal from pin 49 of connector D) closes relay T17 and the Start&Stop function is activated;
- During the diagnosis, relay T20 appears to be "sticking": T17 remains open and the Start&Stop function is switched off;
- During the diagnosis, relay T17 appears to be "sticking": T20 remains open and the Start&Stop function is switched off.
Start automatically
If the Start&Stop determines that an automatic restart should be performed, the engine is started - without the driver having to turn the key - based on the following logic:
Relay T20 is closed by a command from control unit M010 (signal from pin 55 of connector A: as relay T17 was already closed at the end of the key starting procedure, starter motor A020 is now supplied with voltage.
When the engine has started, control unit M010 opens relay T20 and then performs a new diagnosis on T20: This diagnosis can give the following results:
- T20 is open (as intended): the Start&Stop function is activated;
- During the diagnosis, relay T20 appears to be "sticking": T17 is opened and the Start&Stop function is switched off.
Automatic shutdown and restart of the engine is reported via CAN to instrument panel E050, which controls the relevant lamp and the various messages.
The system can be turned off manually using the key on switch panel H090: signal to pin 34 of connector H on Body Computer M001: when the system is turned off, the corresponding LED is turned on from pin 52 of connector
H on M001.
The negative pressure sensor K105 is powered from the ignition through fuse F51 in M001 and provides information about the negative pressure in the brake booster circuit to pin 58 of connector A on M010.
The neutral sensor on gear lever K214 receives the 5V supply and reference ground from pins 23 and 59 of connector A on M010, while the neutral signal is supplied to pin 75 of this connector.
The clutch pedal sensor I031 is powered from the ignition via F51 in M001 and provides information about the pedal position: "unpressed, depressed and partially depressed" to pins 40 and 79 of connector A on M010.
The voltage stabilizer M192 receives the start signal on pin 4 and a diagnostic signal on pin 3 from pin 47 of connector H on Body Computer M001.

D004 PLUG FOR / ENGINE

D007 PLUG ALTERNATOR -

K214 SENSOR RELEASE GEAR LEVER edit. 5520D04 GEAR LEVER NEUTRAL SENSOR - UI



191 - Juliet
via terminal D+.
- the injection control unit supplies the D+ signal to the Body Computer which controls the operation of the charging system by measuring two parameters: the voltage signal from terminal
(speed above 700/min) - the voltage falls below the 4.5 V threshold, the lamp lights up continuously and at the same time, if necessary, a message is shown on the display.
The Start&Stop system automatically switches off the engine when the car is stationary and starts the engine as soon as the driver wants to start driving again.
The system essentially consists of a starting system (battery and starter motor) that can restart the engine quickly and relatively quietly and should be able to perform a much greater number
of starts than a traditional system.
The control and monitoring strategy for the stops and starts of the engine is performed by the injection control unit and by the body computer via direct connections or via the CAN.
The applied starter motor is more powerful and robust and the car is also equipped with a heavier alternator for a higher charging current.
In addition to using a battery suitable for the Start&Stop system, the car is also equipped with a battery condition sensor that monitors the condition of the battery and informs other nodes of
the network about this in order for the battery to function optimally in combination with the Start&Stop system. system. The sensor is located on the negative terminal of the battery.
A vacuum sensor provides information about the vacuum for the brake booster.
A specific sensor on the gearbox provides information about the engagement of the gearbox in neutral.
A rotary sensor on the clutch pedal provides information about three different pedal positions: no depress, depressed and partially depressed.
The automatic shutdown and restart of the engine is indicated by a light on the instrument panel and by a number of messages about the Start&Stop system.
The system can be turned on/off manually using the button on the left dashboard switch panel.
A voltage stabilizer - behind the glovebox under the dashboard - has the task of keeping the voltage constant for those systems that are sensitive (eg the car radio, etc.) to the voltage drop
during starting.
Due to comfort requirements, to limit emissions and for safety reasons, the normal operation of the system is blocked in some cases.
The starting strategy is established by means of two relays in the fuse and relay box in the engine compartment.
Start/ignition lock H001 is powered by the fuse and relay box in the engine compartment B001 via fuse F03.
In MAR position, the various consumers and circuits with ignition power supply (line "INT" and "15/54") are live: the "15/54" signal for ignition power supply is supplied to fuse and relay box in the engine compartment B001, while
the "INT" signal is supplied to pin 2 of connector G on Body Computer M001.
The "INT/A" ignition switch signal is also sent to Body Computer M001 (pin 9 of plug G).
In addition, pin 30 of starter motor A020 - plug A - is supplied with power from the battery via fuse holder B099.
The charging current from the alternator A010 (pin B+) - plug B - is led to battery A001 via starter motor A020.
If the alternator is not running and the battery is not being charged, a ground signal is routed from pin D+ - connector A - of A010 to pin 19 of connector A on injection control unit M010: it is connected via the CAN to Body Computer
M001 and to instrument panel E050 and, as described above, controls the illumination of the "Charging current indicator" on the instrument panel.
The system has two types of starts:
- Start with key: driver operates ignition lock directly with key.
- Automatic start: controlled by the Start&Stop function to restart the engine automatically after it has been switched off automatically.
Starting with the ignition key
With key-off, the two starter relays T17 and T20 in the fuse and relay box in the engine compartment B001 are not energized, so that the contacts are open.
When the key is turned to AVV (+50), control unit M010 (signal from pin 55 of connector A) closes relay T20; this will power the solenoid (pin 50) on starter motor A020.
The feedback signal is supplied to pin 4 of the voltage stabilizer M192.
As soon as the key is released, control unit M010 opens relay T20 and performs a diagnosis on both relays (signal on pin 43 of connector A). This diagnosis can produce the following results:
- Both relays operate normally: the Body Computer (signal from pin 49 of connector D) closes relay T17 and the Start&Stop function is activated;
- During the diagnosis, relay T20 appears to be "sticking": T17 remains open and the Start&Stop function is switched off;
- During the diagnosis, relay T17 appears to be "sticking": T20 remains open and the Start&Stop function is switched off.
Start automatically
If the Start&Stop determines that an automatic restart should be performed, the engine is started - without the driver having to turn the key - based on the following logic:
Relay T20 is closed by a command from control unit M010 (signal from pin 55 of connector A: since relay T17 was already closed at the end of the key starting procedure, starter motor A020 is now supplied with power supply.
When the engine has started, control unit M010 opens relay T20 and then performs a new diagnosis on T20: This diagnosis can give the following results:
- T20 is open (as intended): the Start&Stop function is activated;
- During the diagnosis, relay T20 appears to be "sticking": T17 is opened and the Start&Stop function is switched off.
Automatic shutdown and restart of the engine is reported via CAN to instrument panel E050, which controls the relevant lamp and the various messages.
The system can be turned off manually using the key on switch panel H090: signal to pin 34 of connector H on Body Computer M001: when the system is turned off, the corresponding LED is turned on from pin 52 of connector
H on M001.
The vacuum sensor K105 is powered from the ignition through fuse F51 in M001 and provides information about the negative pressure in the brake booster circuit to pin 58 of connector A on M010.
The neutral sensor on gear lever K214 receives the 5V supply and reference ground from pins 23 and 59 of connector A on M010, while the neutral signal is supplied to pin 75 of this connector.
The clutch pedal sensor I031 is powered from the ignition via F51 in M001 and provides information about the pedal position: "unpressed, depressed and partially depressed" to pins 40 and 79 of connector A on M010.
The voltage stabilizer M192 receives the start signal on pin 4 and a diagnostic signal on pin 3 from pin 47 of connector H on Body Computer M001.






ENGINE COOLING
191 - Juliet
ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION
The cooling of the radiator and condenser of the air conditioning is provided by an electric fan with two speeds:
- the first speed is switched on above a certain coolant temperature or at a certain pressure of the coolant in the air conditioner;
- the second speed switches on at an even higher temperature or pressure.
The power supply for the electric fan is controlled by two dedicated relays located in the fuse and relay box in the engine compartment.
The electric fan power circuit is protected by two dedicated fuses located in the fuse and relay box in the engine compartment.
ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
The relays T6 and T7 in the fuse and relay box in the engine compartment B1 control the activation of the two-speed electric fan N11: the power circuits are protected by the fuses F6 and
F7, both in fuse and relay box in the engine compartment B1.
Both are energized with a ground signal from the engine control unit M10.
When the coolant temperature reaches the first level or if the linear sensor K120 informs control unit M10 - pin 13 of connector A - that a certain pressure threshold has been reached,
control unit M10 sends a signal - from pin 90 of connector A - which activates the relay for the 1st fan speed T6 is energized. This then supplies the power supply for the electric fan N11
via the additional resistor O10: the fan thus rotates at the first speed (slowly).
The linear sensor K120 receives the power supply and the reference ground from the motor control unit M10, pins 12 and 22 of connector A.
If the coolant temperature reaches a much higher temperature or if the linear sensor K120 transmits a much higher pressure to the engine control unit M10, the control unit M10 sends a
signal - from pin 69 of connector A - to the relay of the 2nd fan speed T7. This relay then directly supplies the power supply for electric fan N11: the fan runs at maximum speed.
The engine temperature is measured by engine temperature sensor K36, which receives a reference ground signal from pin 41 of connector B on control unit M10 and sends a coolant
temperature dependent signal to pin 58 of connector B.
ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM - ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM
Component
code
ENGINE ROOM - UI
C045 MASSA ELEKTROVENTILATEUR See K036 COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR/TRANSMITTER
1060G14 COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR - UI -
K120 LINEAR SENSOR FOR ELECTRO VENTILATORS -
5040B20 LINEAR PRESSURE SENSOR AIR CONDITIONING - UI See M010 INJECTION CONTROL UNIT
ELECTRONIC DIESEL INJECTION CONTROL UNIT - UI
1060G80 See N011 ELECTRO FAN MOTOR
1088E10 ELEKTROVENTILATEUR VAN MOTORKOELSYSTEEM - UI See O010 ELECTRO FAN SPEED CONTROL RESISTOR - 1
RESISTANCE OF ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM ELECTRO FAN -
1088E20
ONION
ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM - ARRANGEMENT OF COMPONENTS
Component
code
ENGINE ROOM - UI
C045 MASSA ELEKTROVENTILATEUR See K036 COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR/TRANSMITTER
1060G14 COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR - UI -
K120 LINEAR SENSOR FOR ELECTRO VENTILATORS -
5040B20 LINEAR PRESSURE SENSOR AIR CONDITIONING - UI See M010 INJECTION CONTROL UNIT
ELECTRONIC DIESEL INJECTION CONTROL UNIT - UI
1060G80 See N011 ELECTRO FAN MOTOR
1088E10 ELEKTROVENTILATEUR VAN MOTORKOELSYSTEEM - UI See O010 ELECTRO FAN SPEED CONTROL RESISTOR - 1
RESISTANCE OF ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM ELECTRO FAN -
1088E20
ONION
ENGINE COOLING
191 - Juliet
ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION
The cooling of the radiator and the condenser of the air conditioning is provided by a two-speed electric fan:
- the first speed is switched on above a certain coolant temperature or at a certain pressure of the coolant in the air conditioner;
- the second speed switches on at an even higher temperature or pressure.
The power supply for the electric fan is controlled via two separate relays in the engine compartment.
The electric fan power circuit is protected by two separate fuses in the fuse and relay box in the engine compartment.
ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
Relays T6 and T7 in the fuse and relay box in the engine compartment B001 control the activation of the two-speed electric fan N011: the power circuits are protected by fuses F06 and
F07, both in fuse and relay box in the engine compartment B001.
Both are energized with a ground signal from the injection control unit M010.
When the coolant temperature reaches the first level or if the linear sensor K120 informs control unit M010 - pin 13 of connector A - that a certain pressure threshold has been reached,
control unit M010 sends a signal - from pin 90 of connector A - which activates the relay for the 1st fan speed T06 is energized. This relay then supplies the power supply for the electric fan
N011 via the additional resistor O010: the fan rotates at the first speed (slowly).
The linear sensor K120 receives the power supply and the reference ground from the injection control unit M010, pins 22 and 12 of connector A.
If the coolant temperature reaches a much higher temperature or if the linear sensor K120 transmits a much higher pressure to the injection control unit M010, the control unit
M010 sends a signal - from pin 69 of connector A - to the relay of the 2nd electric fan speed T07. This relay then supplies power directly to the electric fan N011: the fan runs at maximum
speed.
The coolant temperature sensor K036 measures the coolant temperature, receives a reference ground from pin 41 of connector B on control unit M010, and sends a coolant temperature
dependent signal to pin 58 of connector B.
ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM - ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM
Component
code
C045 MASSA ELEKTROVENTILATEUR -
K036 COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR/TRANSMITTER edit. 1060G14 COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR - UI

K120 LINEAR SENSOR FOR ELECTRO VENTILATORS edit. 5040B20 LINEAR PRESSURE SENSOR AIR CONDITIONING - UI
edit. 1060G80 ELECTRONIC DIESEL INJECTION CONTROL UNIT - UI
M010 INJECTION RULE UNIT
N011 ENGINE OF ELECTRIC VALVE edit. 1088E10 ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM ELECTRO FAN - UI
RESISTANCE FOR SPEED CONTROL ELECTRO FAN - 1 edit. 1088E20 RESISTOR OF ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM ELECTRO FAN - UI
O010
ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM - ARRANGEMENT OF COMPONENTS
Component
code
C045 MASSA ELEKTROVENTILATEUR -
K036 COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR/TRANSMITTER edit. 1060G14 COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR - UI

edit. 1060G80 ELECTRONIC DIESEL INJECTION CONTROL UNIT - UI
M010 INJECTION RULE UNIT
N011 ENGINE OF ELECTRIC VALVE edit. 1088E10 ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM ELECTRO FAN - UI
RESISTANCE FOR SPEED CONTROL ELECTRO FAN - 1 edit. 1088E20 RESISTOR OF ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM ELECTRO FAN - UI
O010
ELECTRONIC MANAGEMENT OF DIESEL ENGINES
191 - Juliet
ENGINE MANAGEMENT DIESEL ENGINES - DESCRIPTION
An electronic system monitors and controls all engine parameters for optimum performance and low consumption by reacting quickly to different operating conditions.
The diesel engine is equipped with "COMMON RAIL" diesel injection.
In this system, the injection under very high pressure is electronically controlled. The fuel is atomized by a controlled injection, whereby the injection valve is opened by an electronic
control unit instead of by the injection pump.
The "COMMON RAIL" injection system - in this version for 4 valves per cylinder - uses "MULTIJET" technology: ie with each cycle of the engine, more than the two usual injections take
place: two pre-injections take place (before the piston TDC reached), a main injection and two post injections.
This solution reduces fuel consumption, pollutant emissions and noise levels and improves performance, thanks to better temperature control in the cylinder, reducing the
maximum value and optimally increasing the flame front dispersion.
The throttle body is also electronically controlled by the control unit: the opening of the throttle valve is calculated by a specific program in the injection control unit.
Based on the signals from various sensors, the control unit controls the actuators to control:
- fuel system;
- air intake system;
- glow plugs;
- gas pedal;
- motorcycle systems;
- emission control (lambda probe and particulate filter);
- EGR control.
In order to comply with the most recent environmental requirements, the most recent version of the engine management has been applied, which contains new components
(injection valves, pressure regulator on high-pressure pump and distribution pipe, digital air quantum meter) and a lambda probe has been mounted.
This improves the mixing of air and fuel in the combustion chamber: by regulating the airflow: maximum power is delivered with the butterfly valve open; when the valve closes, the filling,
the engine speed and also the emissions are limited.
The new EGR module applied to this engine also allows a choice between cooling or not cooling the exhaust gas by enabling a by-pass.
This function, performed entirely by the injection control unit, allows the EGR to be optimized in terms of the reduction of nitrogen oxides, without negatively affecting the emissions of
hydrocarbons (HC) and carbon monoxide (CO).
Emissions are further reduced by a "swirl" solenoid valve, which improves the mixing of air and fuel in the combustion chamber by regulating the air supply: maximum power is delivered
with the butterfly valve open; when the valve closes, the filling, the engine speed and also the emissions are limited.
A DPF particulate filter system (Diesel Particulate Filter) is mounted next to the lambda probe: this is a mechanical filter in the exhaust system that captures the soot particles in the
exhaust gas of the diesel engine. The filter captures almost the entire amount of soot particles to meet current legal standards.
See E5070 FAP SYSTEM (DPF FILTER)
See descriptions 1060 DIESEL INJECTION FUEL SYSTEM
The system is also controlled by means of relays in the fuse and relay box in the engine compartment. The power supply to the control unit and the various components of the system
(sensors and actuators) are protected by fuses in the fuse and relay box in the engine compartment.
ENGINE MANAGEMENT DIESEL ENGINES - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
The injection control unit M010 controls and monitors all ignition and injection functions.
Power from the ignition is connected to pin 28 of connector A on M010 via fuse F16 in the fuse and relay box in the engine compartment B001.
Pins 2, 4 and 6 of plug A on M010 are grounded.
The main relay T9 in B001 controls the entire system: the relay is protected by fuse F18 in the fuse and relay box in the engine compartment B001 and is energized by a ground signal from
pin 72 of connector A on control unit M010. It then supplies the supply voltage:
- to pin 1 of connector A on the control unit, through fuse F17 in B001;
- to pin 5 of connector A on the control unit via fuse F22 in B001;
- to solenoid valves L036, N075, L064 and L103, to control unit M015, to air quantum meter K041 and to lambda probe K040 via fuse F11 in B001.
The fuel pump relay T10 is energized via a signal from pin 20 of connector A on control unit M010 and supplies the power supply via fuse F21 in B001 to the electric fuel pump N040.
The control unit M015, which controls the glow plugs A040, is powered directly from the battery - pin 5 of connector A - via fuse MAXIFUSE F81 in B001.
The control unit is powered - pin 4 - through fuse F11 in B001, receives - on pin 3 - a reference ground from pin 16 of connector A on M010 and exchanges the command and control
signals - pins 1 and 2 - with pins 52 and 93 of plug A on M010, which controls the duty cycle. Plug B is connected to glow plugs A040.
Injection control unit M010 receives the signals from the various sensors, so that all parameters related to the engine's operation can be checked.
Speed sensor K046 receives the reference ground from pin 12 of connector B on control unit M010 and supplies a signal about the engine speed to pin 27 of connector B on control unit
M010.
The phase sensor K047 is powered from pin 11 of connector B on M010. A ground signal is supplied via connector pin 20 of connector B on control unit M010, while pin 50 of connector B
receives information about the motor phase.
The coolant temperature sensor K036 receives a reference ground signal from pin 41 of connector B on control unit M010 and sends a coolant temperature dependent signal to pin 58 of
connector B.
The air quantum meter K041 (with power supply from ignition switch via fuse F11 in B001) receives a reference ground from pin 44 of plug B on control unit M010 and supplies a signal
about the amount of intake air to pin 42 of plug B and to pin 49 of plug A.
Also placed in K041 is a temperature sensor, which sends a temperature signal to pin 37 of plug B on M010.
Accelerator pedal sensor K055 consists of two potentiometers (a main and a safety sensor).
The first gets the power and ground respectively from pin 30 and 45 of connector A on M010 and supplies a signal to pin 9.
The second receives power and ground from pins 46 and 8, respectively, of connector A on M010, and provides a signal to pin 31.
The fuel temperature sensor - in fuel filter K101 - measures the temperature of the supplied fuel. A reference ground is received from pin 10 of connector A on M010, while pin 11 sends
the fuel temperature signal.
The turbo pressure sensor K044 measures the pressure and temperature in the manifold housing behind the turbocharger. The sensor receives power from pin 13 of connector B on M010
and receives a reference ground from pin 23 of connector B.
The pressure signal is sent to pin 40 of connector B on the control unit. Also located in K044 is an air temperature sensor, which sends a signal to pin 53 of connector B on M010.
The turbine temperature sensor K219 receives a reference ground from pin 76 of connector A on control unit M010 and sends a temperature dependent signal to pin 66 of connector A on
control unit M010.
The fuel pressure sensor K083 supplies the injection control unit with information for regulating the fuel pressure and the injection time.
Power and reference ground are provided by pins 28 and 8 of connector B on M010, while the pressure signal is provided by pin 43.
The lambda probe K040 sends signals to pins 64, 65 and 87 of connector A on M010, while pin 86 supplies the reference ground. Lambda probe K040 is heated by a
heating resistor so that the probe quickly reaches operating temperature. The resistor is supplied through fuse F11 in B001 and receives a ground signal from pin 51 of connector A on
M010.
The pressure regulator on pump N077 controls the high fuel pressure in the pump; the two signals are supplied to pins 19 and 49 of connector B on control unit M010.
Turbo adjustment solenoid valve L036 controls the operation of the turbo depending on the engine load: power is received from fuse B1 in B001 and the control signal is received
from pin 7 of connector A on M010.
A feedback signal supplied by sensor K206 is also used to control the solenoid valve for the turbo adjustment. This sensor supplies the control unit with a signal about the actual position
of the guide vanes in the turbine that the solenoid valve has set.
Sensor K206 is powered from pin 29 and receives the reference ground from pin 22 of connector B on M010. The guide vane position signal is supplied to pin 89 of connector A on M010.
EGR solenoid valve L030 is operated by two signals (plus and minus) from pins 30 and 60 of connector B on M010; the built-in position sensor is powered and connected to ground from
pins 26 and 51 and supplies a position signal to pin 57 of connector B on M010.
The EGR is controlled by a solenoid valve to operate the coolant supply actuator for the EGR exhaust gas cooler L103: it is powered by fuse F11 in B001 and controlled by a signal from pin
88 of connector A on M010.
The solenoid valve on the throttle body N075 controls the opening of the throttle by a stepper motor; it is powered by fuse F11 in B001 and controlled by a signal from pin 59 of
connector B on M010; pins 39 and 52 of connector B on M010 provide the control signals for the solenoid valve.
The injection control unit opens the injector valves N070 via pins 16-47, 2-31, 1-46, 17-33 of connector B on M010 for cylinders 1, 2, 3 and 4 respectively.
Pin 17 of connector A on M010 receives the signal from brake light switch I030 - normally open - which is fed from the ignition through fuse F37 of Body Computer M001; the signal from
the normally closed contact (NC) in brake light switch I030 is received via the CAN; this contact is powered from the ignition through fuse F51 in Body Computer M001.
Pins 62 and 63 of connector A on M010 receive the signals from the clutch pedal switch I031, which is powered from the ignition through fuse F51 in Body Computer M001.
Pin 57 of connector A on M010 receives the signal from reverse switch I020, which is powered from the ignition through fuse F51 in Body Computer M001.
The water detection sensor in the fuel filter K101 is powered from the ignition through fuse F51 in Body Computer M001 and sends the signal to pin 74 of connector A on M010.
The control unit M010 is connected to the Body Computer M001 and the other nodes of the network via the CAN - pin 83-84 of connector A on M010 - via this network information is sent
about:
- the system's self-diagnosis, which also provides the signal for the "EOBD" lamp in the instrument panel E050 and which is connected to connector R010;
- coolant temperature, which is sent to instrument panel E050 to control the gauge and its light;
- speed, which is sent to the instrument panel E050;
- low engine oil pressure, which is sent to instrument panel E050 to turn on the corresponding light and messages;
- pre-heating, which is sent to instrument panel E050 to control the corresponding lamp;
- water in fuel filter, which is sent to instrument panel E050 to operate the corresponding warning on the display.
The speedometer signal, which is generated by ABS control unit M050, is received via the CAN.
ENGINE MANAGEMENT DIESEL ENGINES - ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM

A040
GLOW BOWLS edit. 5520C10 GLOW PLUGS - UI
A040
GLOW BOWLS edit. 5590A02 PLUG TO GLOW PLUG - UI
B001 edit. 5505A28 HOLDER FOR ADDITIONAL FUSES AND RELAY BOX IN ENGINE ROOM - UI
FUSES AND RELAY BOX
B099
C010
GROUND CONNECTION FRONT LEFT
C011
GROUND CONNECTION FRONT RIGHT
C031
C038
C060
MASS INJECTION RULE UNIT
D004
PLUG FOR / ENGINE
D006
PLUG FRONT / REAR
E050
H001
I030 BRAKE PEDAL SWITCH edit. 1060G38 SWITCH ON BRAKE PEDAL - UI
K030
SENSOR (INTERRUPTER) FOR ENGINE OIL PRESSURE edit. 1084A42 OIL PRESSURE WARNING LIGHT SWITCH - UI
K030
SENSOR (INTERRUPTER) FOR ENGINE OIL PRESSURE edit. 5590A03 PLUG TO ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SENSOR - UI
K036
COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR/TRANSMITTER edit. 1060G14 COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR - UI
K036
COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR/TRANSMITTER edit. 5590A06 PLUG TO COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR/TRANSMITTER - UI
K040
LAMBDA SENSOR appraisal 1080B90 OXYGEN SENSOR - UI
K041
AIR QUANTUM METER edit. 1060G10 AIR QUANTUM METER - UI
K041
AIR QUANTUM METER edit. 5590A08 PLUG TO AIR QUANTUM METER - UI
K044
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE SENSOR edit. 1060G16 TURBO PRESSURE SENSOR - UI
K044
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE SENSOR edit. 5590A09 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE SENSOR PLUG - UI
K046
RPM SENSOR edit. 1060G20 ENGINE SPEED SENSOR - UI
K046
RPM SENSOR edit. 5590A10 PLUG TO RPM SENSOR - UI
K047
PHASESENSOR edit. 1060G22 PHASE SENSOR - UI
K047
PHASESENSOR edit. 5590A11 PLUG TO PHASE SENSOR - UI
K055
GASPEDAL SENSOR edit. 1068A20 THROTTLE PEDAL WITH BUILT-IN THROTTLE SENSOR - UI
K083 edit. 1060G28 FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR ON FUEL MANIFOLD OF

FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR
INJECTION VALVES - UI
K083
FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR edit. 5590A13 FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR PLUG - UI
K101 FUEL TEMPERATURE AND WATER DETECTION SENSOR IN

edit. 1060G30 WATER DETECTION SENSOR ON FUEL FILTER - UI
FUEL FILTER
K206
GUIDE STAND SENSOR Bew. 1064A10 TURBOCOMPRESSOR - U.I.
K206 edit. 5590A31 PLUG TO POSITION SENSOR TURBO COMPRESSOR WITH VARIABLE
GUIDE STAND SENSOR
GEOMETRY - UI
K219 edit. 1064B22 EXHAUST TEMPERATURE SENSOR TURBO COMPRESSOR INPUT – UI
EXHAUST GAS TEMPERATURE SENSOR ON TURBINE INPUT
K225
Engine oil high pressure sensor (TechA) appraisal 1084A45
L030
EGR MAGNETIC VALVE edit. 1080C24 SOLENOID VALVE FOR EGR SYSTEM - UI
L030
EGR MAGNETIC VALVE edit. 5590A21 PLUG TO EGR SOLENOID VALVE - ONION
L036 edit. 1064B42 CONTROL SOLENOID FOR FRONT ACTUATOR

SOLENOID VALVE FOR TURBO TRANSMISSION
TURBO COMPRESSOR PIPE ADJUSTMENT - UI
L103 SOLENOID VALVE FOR OPERATION OF THE edit. 1080C39 CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ACTUATOR COOLANT SUPPLY TO
COOLANT SUPPLY ACTUATOR FOR THE EGR EXHAUST GAS COOLER COOLER EGR - UI
L103 SOLENOID VALVE FOR OPERATION OF THE edit. 5590A32 PLUG ON SOLENOID VALVE FOR OPERATION OF THE
COOLANT SUPPLY ACTUATOR FOR THE EGR EXHAUST GAS COOLER COOLANT SUPPLY ACTUATOR FOR EGR EXHAUST GAS COOLER - UI
L110
Oil pump solenoid valve edit. 1084B09 CYLINDER CAPACITY CONTROL SOLENOID ENGINE OIL PUMP - UI
M001
M010 edit. 1060G80 ELECTRONIC DIESEL INJECTION CONTROL UNIT - UI

INJECTION RULE UNIT
M015
FLOWER UNIT edit. 5520C20 GLOW PLUG CONTROL UNIT - UI
M015
FLOWER UNIT edit. 5590A26 PLUG TO PREGLOW CONTROL UNIT - UI
N040 edit. 1040A70 SUBMERGING FUEL PUMP COMPLETE WITH TANK FLOAT -
ELECTRIC FUEL PUMP AND TANK FLOAT
ONION
N070
ELECTRIC INJECTION VALVE edit. 1060F10 ELECTRO INJECTION VALVES - UI
N070
ELECTRIC INJECTION VALVE edit. 5590A27 PLUG TO ELECTRO INJECTION VALVE - UI
N075
ACTUATOR INTEGRATED IN THROTTLE BODY edit. 1060G50 THROTTLE BODY - UI
N075
ACTUATOR INTEGRATED IN THROTTLE BODY edit. 5590A28 PLUG TO THROTTLE ACTUATOR - UI
N077
FUEL PRESSURE REGULATOR edit. 1060E10 HIGH PRESSURE DIESEL PUMP - UI
N077
FUEL PRESSURE REGULATOR edit. 5590A29 PLUG TO FUEL PRESSURE REGULATOR - UI
ENGINE MANAGEMENT DIESEL ENGINES - ARRANGEMENT OF COMPONENTS
A040
A040
FUSES AND RELAY BOX
B099
C010
C011
C031
C038
C060
D004
PLUG FOR / ENGINE
D006
PLUG FRONT / REAR
E050
H001
K030
K030
K036
K036
K040
K041
K041
K044
K044
K046
K046
K047
K047
K055

K083

FUEL FILTER
K206
GUIDE STAND SENSOR
GEOMETRY - UI
K225
L030
L030

L110
M001

INJECTION RULE UNIT
M015
M015
N040 edit. 1040A70 SUBMERGING FUEL PUMP COMPLETE WITH TANK FLOAT - UI
N070
N070
N075
N075
N077
N077
191 - Juliet
The "COMMON RAIL" injection system - in this version for 4 valves per cylinder - uses "MULTIJET" technology: ie with each cycle of the engine more than the two usual injections take
- fuel system;
- glow plugs;
- gas pedal;
- EGR control.
M010.
connector B.
control unit M010.
M010.
The "swirl" solenoid valve L064 improves the mixture of air and fuel; it is powered by fuse F11 in B001 and controlled by a signal from pin 45 of connector B on M010; pins 6 and 35 of
connector B on M010 provide the solenoid valve control signals.
about:

A040
A040
FUSES AND RELAY BOX
B099
C010
C011
C031
C038
C060
D004
PLUG FOR / ENGINE
D006
PLUG FRONT / REAR
E050
H001
K030
K030
K036
K036
K040
K041
K041
K044
K044
K046
K046
K047
K047
K055

K083

FUEL FILTER
K206
GUIDE STAND SENSOR
GEOMETRY - UI
L030
L030

L064
SOLENOID VALVE FLOW CHANGE edit. 1072B50 MANIFOLD HOUSING - UI
L064
SOLENOID VALVE FLOW CHANGE edit. 5590A25 PLUG ON LIMIT VALVE - UI
M001

INJECTION RULE UNIT
M015
M015
ONION
N070
N070
N075
N075
N077
N077
A040
A040
FUSES AND RELAY BOX
B099
C010
C011
C031
C038
C060
D004
PLUG FOR / ENGINE
D006
PLUG FRONT / REAR
E050
H001
K030
K030
K036
K036
K040
K041
K041
K044
K044
K046
K046
K047
K047
K055

K083

FUEL FILTER
K206
GUIDE STAND SENSOR
GEOMETRY - UI
L030
L030

L064
L064
M001

INJECTION RULE UNIT
M015
M015
N070
N070
N075
N075
N077
N077
191 - Juliet
The "COMMON RAIL" injection system - in this version for 4 valves per cylinder - uses "MULTIJET" technology: ie with each cycle of the engine more than the two usual injections take
- fuel system;
- glow plugs;
- gas pedal;
- EGR control.
In order to comply with the most recent environmental requirements, the most recent version of the engine management system has been applied, which contains new components
M010.
connector B.
control unit M010.
M010.
about:

A040
A040
FUSES AND RELAY BOX
B099
C010
C011
C031
C038
C060
D004
PLUG FOR / ENGINE
D006
PLUG FRONT / REAR
E050
H001
K030
K030
K036
K036
K040
K041
K041
K044
K044
K046
K046
K047
K047
K055

K083

FUEL FILTER
K206
GUIDE STAND SENSOR
GEOMETRY - UI
K225
L030
L030

L064
L064
L110
M001

INJECTION RULE UNIT
M015
M015
N070
N070
N075
N075
N077
N077
A040
A040
FUSES AND RELAY BOX
B099
C010
C011
C031
C038
C060
D004
PLUG FOR / ENGINE
D006
PLUG FRONT / REAR
E050
H001
K030
K030
K036
K036
K040
K041
K041
K044
K044
K046
K046
K047
K047
K055

K083

FUEL FILTER
K206
GUIDE STAND SENSOR
GEOMETRY - UI
K225
L030
L030

L064
L064
L110
M001

INJECTION RULE UNIT
M015
M015
N070
N070
N075
N075
N077
N077
191 - Juliet
- fuel system;
- glow plugs;
- gas pedal;
- EGR control.
M010.
connector B.
control unit M010.
M010.
about:

A040
A040
FUSES AND RELAY BOX
B099
C010
C011
C031
C038
C060
D004
PLUG FOR / ENGINE
D006
PLUG FRONT / REAR
E050
H001
K030
K030
K036
K036
K040
K041
K041
K044
K044
K046
K046
K047
K047
K055

K083

Bew. 1044B20
FUEL FILTER
K206
GUIDE STAND SENSOR
GEOMETRY - UI
K225
L030
L030

L064
L064
L110
M001

INJECTION RULE UNIT
M015
M015
N070
N070
N075
N075
N077
N077
A040
A040
FUSES AND RELAY BOX
B099
C010
C011
C031
C038
C060
D004
PLUG FOR / ENGINE
D006
PLUG FRONT / REAR
E050
H001
K030
K030
K036
K036
K040
K041
K041
K044
K044
K046
K046
K047
K047
K055

K083

Bew. 1044B20
FUEL FILTER
K206
GUIDE STAND SENSOR
GEOMETRY - UI
K225
L030
L030

L064
L064
L110
M001

INJECTION RULE UNIT
M015
M015
N070
N070
N075
N075
N077
N077
191 - Juliet
- fuel system;
- glow plugs;
- gas pedal;
- EGR control.
M010.
connector B.
control unit M010.
M010.
about:

A040
A040
FUSES AND RELAY BOX
B099
C010
C011
C031
C038
C060
D004
PLUG FOR / ENGINE
D006
PLUG FRONT / REAR
E050
H001
K030
K030
K036
K036
K040
K041
K041
K044
K044
K046
K046
K047
K047
K055

K083

FUEL FILTER
K206
GUIDE STAND SENSOR
GEOMETRY - UI
K225
L030
L030

L064
L064
L110
M001

INJECTION RULE UNIT
M015
M015
N070
N070
N075
N075
N077
N077
A040
A040
FUSES AND RELAY BOX
B099
C010
C011
C031
C038
C060
D004
PLUG FOR / ENGINE
D006
PLUG FRONT / REAR
E050
H001
K030
K030
K036
K036
K040
K041
K041
K044
K044
K046
K046
K047
K047
K055

K083

FUEL FILTER
K206
GUIDE STAND SENSOR
GEOMETRY - UI
K225
L030
L030

L064
L064
L110
M001

INJECTION RULE UNIT
M015
M015
N070
N070
N075
N075
N077
N077
191 - Juliet
In this system, the injection under very high pressure is electronically controlled. The fuel is atomized by a controlled injection, whereby the injector is opened by an electronic control
unit instead of by the injection pump.
The throttle body is also electronically controlled by the control unit: the opening of the throttle valve is calculated by a specific program in the engine control unit.
- fuel system;
- glow plugs;
- gas pedal;
- emission control (lambda probe and particulate filter).
- EGR control.
In order to meet the most recent environmental requirements, the most recent version of the engine management has been applied, which contains new components (injectors, pressure
regulator on high-pressure pump and distribution pipe, digital air flow meter) and a lambda probe has been mounted.
The new EGR module used on this engine also allows a choice between cooling or not cooling the exhaust gas by switching on a by-pass.
This function, performed entirely by the engine control unit, allows the operation of the EGR to be optimized in terms of the reduction of nitrogen oxides, without negatively affecting the
emissions of hydrocarbons (HC) and carbon monoxide (CO).
Emissions are further reduced thanks to the use of the "swirl" solenoid valve, which optimizes the air/fuel mixture in the combustion chamber by regulating the flow of air: maximum
power is delivered with the butterfly valve open; when the valve closes, the filling, the engine speed and also the emissions are limited.
In addition to the lambda probe, the DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) particulate filter is also used: this is a mechanical filter in the exhaust system that captures the soot particles in the
exhaust gas of the Diesel engine. The filter captures almost the entire amount of soot particles to meet current legal standards.
The M10 engine control unit controls and monitors all ignition and injection functions.
The power supply from the ignition switch is connected to pin 28 of connector A of M10 via fuse F16 in the fuse and relay box in the engine compartment B1.
The main relay T9 in B1 controls the entire system: the relay is protected by fuse F18 in the fuse and relay box in the engine compartment B1 and is energized by a ground signal from pin
72 of connector A on control unit M10. It then supplies the supply voltage:
- to pin 1 of connector A on the control unit, via fuse F17 in B1;
- on solenoid valves L36, L64, N75 and L103; to control unit M15 and to lambda sensor K40 via fuse F11 in B1.
The fuel pump relay T31 is energized with a control signal (ground) from pin 20 of connector A of control unit M10 and supplies power from the line of fuse F85 of B1 to the electric
fuel pump N40.
The M15 control unit, which controls the glow plugs A40, is powered directly from the battery - pin 5 of connector A - via fuse MAXIFUSE F81 in B1.
The control unit is powered - pin 4 - via fuse F11 in B1, receives - on pin 3 - a reference ground from pin 16 of connector A on M10 and exchanges the command and control signals
- pins 1 and 2 - with pins 52 and 93 of plug A to M10, which regulates the duty cycle. Plug B is connected to glow plugs A40.
The engine control unit M10 receives the signals from the various sensors, so that all parameters related to the operation of the engine can be checked.
The speed sensor K46 supplies information about the engine speed via an alternating voltage signal on pins 12 and 27 of plug B on control unit M10.
The phase sensor K47 is powered from pin 11 on connector B of M10. A ground signal is supplied via connector pin 20 of connector B on control unit M10, while pin 50 of connector B
The coolant temperature sensor K36 receives a reference ground signal from pin 41 of connector B on control unit M10, and sends a coolant temperature dependent signal to pin 58 of
connector B.
The air flow meter K41 (with power supply from the ignition via fuse F35 in B2) receives the reference mass from pin 44 of plug B on control unit M10 and supplies a signal about the amount
of inlet air to pin 42 of plug B.
K41 also houses the air temperature sensor that sends an air temperature signal to pin 37 of connector B on M10.
The first receives power and ground from pins 30 and 45 of connector A on M10 respectively and supplies a signal to pin 9.
The second receives power and ground from pins 46 and 8 of connector A on M10, respectively, and supplies a signal to pin 31.
The fuel temperature sensor - in fuel filter K101 - measures the temperature of the supplied fuel. The reference mass is supplied via pin 10 of connector A on M10, while pin 11 is
the input for the fuel temperature signal.
The turbo pressure sensor K44 measures the pressure and temperature in the manifold housing behind the turbocharger. Pin 13 of plug B on M10 supplies the supply voltage and the
reference ground is connected via pin 23 of plug B.
The pressure signal is sent to pin 40 of connector B on the control unit. In K44 there is also an air temperature sensor, which sends a signal to pin 53 of connector B on M10.
The fuel pressure sensor K83 supplies the engine control unit with information for controlling the fuel pressure and the injection time.
Power and reference ground are supplied by pins 28 and 8 of connector B on M10, while the signal is supplied to pin 43.
The lambda probe K40 sends signals to pins 64, 65 and 87 of connector A of M10, while pin 86 supplies the reference ground. Lambda probe K40 is heated by a heating
resistor so that the probe quickly reaches operating temperature. The resistor is supplied through fuse F11 of B1 and receives a ground signal from pin 51 of connector A on M10.
The turbo adjustment solenoid valve L36 controls the operation of the turbo depending on the engine load: it is supplied by fuse F11 in B1 and actuated by a signal from pin 7 of
connector A on M10.
The solenoid valve for operating the variable geometry of the turbine is also controlled by a feedback signal from a special sensor K206 which sends back to the control unit a signal
about the actual position of the turbine blades controlled by the valve.
Sensor K206 is powered by pin 23 of plug A of M10 and receives a reference ground from pin 41 of plug A and returns to pin 89 of plug A of M10 a signal regarding the geometry of
the turbine.
The EGR is controlled by a solenoid valve to operate the coolant supply actuator for the EGR exhaust gas cooler L103: it is supplied via fuse F11 in B1 and controlled by a signal from pin
The solenoid valve on the throttle body N75 controls the opening of the throttle by a stepper motor; it is powered by fuse F11 in B1 and controlled by a signal from pin 59 of connector B
on M10; pins 39 and 52 of connector B on M10 provide the control signals for the solenoid valve.
The engine control unit opens the N70 injectors via pin 16-47, 2-31, 1-46, 17-33 of connector B on M10 for cylinders 1, 2, 3 and 4 respectively.
Pin 17 of connector A on M10 receives the signal from brake light switch I30 - normally open - which is supplied from the ignition through fuse F37 in fuses - and relay box B2; pin 80
of connector A on M10 receives the signal from the normally closed contact in brake light switch I30; this contact is powered from the ignition via fuse F37 in fuse and relay box B2.
Pin 79 of connector A on M10 receives the signal from clutch pedal switch I31.
The water detection sensor in the fuel filter K101 is powered from the ignition through fuse F35 in B2 and sends the signal to pin 74 of connector A on M10.
The control unit M10 is connected via the CAN - pin 83-84 of connector A - to the Body Computer M1 and the other nodes of the network: via this network information is sent about:
Control unit M10 is connected via CAN to Body Computer M1 and the other nodes of the network: through this network information is sent about
- coolant temperature, which is sent to instrument panel E50 to control the gauge and its lamp;
- pre-heating, which is sent to instrument panel E50 to control the corresponding light;
The speedometer signal, which is generated by the ABS control unit M50, is received via the CAN.

A040
A040
FUSES AND RELAY BOX
B099
C010
C011
C031
C038
C060
D004
PLUG FOR / ENGINE
D006
PLUG FRONT / REAR
E050
H001
K030
K030
K036
K036
K040
K041
K041
K044
K044
K046
K046
K047
K047
K055

K083

FUEL FILTER
K206
GUIDE STAND SENSOR
GEOMETRY - UI
L030
L030

L064
SOLENOID VALVE FLOW CHANGE
L064
M001

INJECTION RULE UNIT
M015
M015
N070
N070
N075
N075
N077
N077
A040
A040
FUSES AND RELAY BOX
B099
C010
C011
C031
C038
C060
D004
PLUG FOR / ENGINE
D006
PLUG FRONT / REAR
E050
H001
K030
K030
K036
K036
K040
K041
K041
K044
K044
K046
K046
K047
K047
K055

K083

FUEL FILTER
K206
GUIDE STAND SENSOR
GEOMETRY - UI
L030
L030

L064
SOLENOID VALVE FLOW CHANGE
L064
M001

INJECTION RULE UNIT
M015
M015
ONION
N070
N070
N075
N075
N077
N077
CRUISE CONTROL
191 - Juliet
CRUISE CONTROL - DESCRIPTION
Thanks to the "Cruise-Control" cruise control, you can drive at the desired constant speed without holding the accelerator pedal.
The function is controlled by the injection control unit and is operated via the cruise control lever to the left of the steering wheel and integrated into the steering column switch.
The function is enabled by operating the rotary selector (Cruise to "ON"). When the lever is moved, the speed is increased (+) or decreased (-); the speed remains stored and can be recalled at any time by pressing the RES (resume)
button.
The feature is automatically disabled if:
- by pressing the brake pedal;
- by depressing the clutch pedal;
- by turning the rotary switch to "OFF";
- by turning off the engine.
In these cases, the saved speed is preserved; it can be called up by pressing the RES key.
The system is also deactivated at a speed lower than a minimum threshold value (approximately 30 km/h)
When the system is switched on, a warning lamp lights up on the instrument panel, which is connected to the injection control unit via CAN.
See descriptions 5580A CRUISE CONTROL

CRUISE CONTROL - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
A single signal sent from steering column switch H005 to Body Computer M001 controls all Cruise Control functions: from pin 6 of H005 to pin 56 of connector H on M001; the transmitted
signal is encoded via resistance dividers, so that various commands can be sent from the steering column switch to the body computer via a single connection.
Pin 10 on H005 receives the reference ground from pin 45 of connector H on M001.
The Body Computer M001 is powered via the ignition switch (INT) on pin 2 of plug G: this signal serves, among other things, to "wake up" the network.
Control unit M010 also uses the "pedal at rest" (normally closed) signal from the second contact in the brake light switch I030 and the signal from the clutch pedal switch
I031 to control the cruise control.
See E5050 ENGINE MANAGEMENT DIESEL ENGINES
The injection control unit M010 is connected via CAN to the body computer M001 and instrument panel E050 for controlling the "Cruise control on" warning light.
CRUISE CONTROL - ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM


CRUISE CONTROL - ARRANGEMENT OF COMPONENTS


PARTICULATE FILTER SYSTEM
191 - Juliet
DPF FILTER SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION
See E5050 ENGINE MANAGEMENT DIESEL ENGINES
To comply with the most recent environmental standards, the most modern control electronics with new components and the DPF particulate filter are used.
The Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) is a mechanical filter in the exhaust system that captures the soot particles in the exhaust gas of the Diesel engine. The filter captures almost the entire
amount of soot particles to meet current legal standards.
During normal vehicle use, the injection control unit records a number of usage data (time of use, route type, temperature reached, etc.) and calculates the amount of soot accumulated in
the filter.
The filter collects the soot particles and must be periodically regenerated (cleaned) by burning the soot particles.
Regeneration is automatically controlled by the injection control unit depending on the information provided by the sensors and occurs when the following operating conditions
are met: speed above 40 km/h for at least 15 minutes and particulate load below 200%.
The following conditions may occur during regeneration: a limited increase in speed, activation of the electric fan, a limited increase in
the smoke from the exhaust and a higher temperature in the exhaust. These are not malfunctions and they do not affect the behavior of the car or the environment.
The system uses three lights on the instrument panel to indicate the amount of soot in the filter and system operation.
The "clogged filter" light comes on after a number of "failed" regeneration attempts, ie the driving style at that time prevents automatic execution.
The EOBD light will illuminate when the 250% storage threshold is exceeded, storing the associated faults in the control module's memory.
If the "clogged filter" light does not go out or if the EOBD light is on, then the regeneration must be forced using diagnostic equipment (Examiner).
edit. 0520G12 DPF FILTER (DPF) - REGENERATION WITH EXAMINER
During filter regeneration, "flushing" of soot can contaminate the engine oil.
For this reason, on engines with DPF particulate filters, the engine oil pressure too low warning light will also flash and the message “Have engine oil changed” will appear on the display if
the system detects a certain drop in engine oil quality, requiring an oil change, before interval of the maintenance schedule has been reached (also controlled by the instrument panel -
"Service" function).
The loss of oil quality is not measured by any particular sensor, but is calculated by an algorithm in the injection control unit based on: the number of DPF regenerations, the mileage,
the number of engine starts, the number of cold starts, the average oil temperature etc.
Two special sensors inform the control unit about the accumulation of the particles:
- the differential pressure sensor continuously measures the pressure difference between the inlet and outlet of the particulate filter: this allows to determine to what extent the filter is clogged.
- The particulate filter temperature sensor - in the particulate filter - allows the injection control unit to monitor the exhaust gas temperature in the filter
See descriptions 1080B EXHAUST GAS CLEANING SYSTEM
DPF FILTER SYSTEM - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
Injection control unit M010 receives the signals from the sensors, allowing to monitor all parameters of engine operation; there are two special sensors for the operation of the particulate
filter.
Differential pressure sensor K187 receives power from control unit M010 from pin 44 of connector A and reference ground from pin 37 of connector A and sends a pressure dependent
signal to pin 36 of connector A on M010.
The temperature sensor of the catalytic converter K190 receives a reference mass from pin 33 of connector A on control unit M010 and sends a temperature dependent signal to pin 32
of connector A on control unit M010.
Control unit M010 is connected via CAN to Body Computer M001 and instrument panel E050 and can thus control the "clogged filter" light and the associated messages on the display.
DPF FILTER SYSTEM - ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM


K187 FAP PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL SENSOR edit. 1080B82 DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SENSOR ON DPF FILTER (DPF) - UI
K189 DPF FILTER FRONT TEMPERATURE SENSOR (DPF) Mov. 1080B83 EXHAUST GAS TEMPERATURE SENSOR ON DPF FILTER (DPF) - UI
DPF FILTER SYSTEM - ARRANGEMENT OF COMPONENTS


K187 FAP PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL SENSOR edit. 1080B82 DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SENSOR ON DPF FILTER (DPF) - UI
K189 DPF FILTER FRONT TEMPERATURE SENSOR (DPF) Mov. 1080B83 EXHAUST GAS TEMPERATURE SENSOR ON DPF FILTER (DPF) - UI
ADDITIONAL HEATER
191 - Juliet
ADDITIONAL HEATING - DESCRIPTION
The climate control of the car by means of the heating is insufficient when the engine is cold.
An additional heater is available as an option, which is switched on after the engine has been started depending on the coolant temperature.
The system consists of an extra heater in the heater unit: two resistors are included (PTC1 of 250W and PTC2 of 500W).
The operation of the resistors is controlled by the climate control unit, which switches on only one or two resistors - with a maximum power of 750 W - causing the heating to be gradual
depending on:
- the outside temperature (below 20°C)
- the reached coolant temperature (about 70°C)
- the engine speed (which must be higher than 700/min);
- the battery voltage (which must not be less than 12.6 V).
See descriptions 5040 HOUSE AND ACCESSORIES OF AIR CONDITIONING
The power of one, two or three resistors is provided by two relays in the heating unit:
- 1. Level: activation of the first relay (250W);
- 2. Level: activation of the second relay (500W);
- 3. Level: activation of both relays (750W)
The power connection is protected by two fuses in a special fuse box in the engine compartment.
ADDITIONAL HEATING - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
Relay J36 controls the activation circuit of the first resistance of the auxiliary heater O25; the power supply to the relay comes from fuse F15 in fuse box B1.
Relay J37 controls the switch-on circuit of the other resistors of the auxiliary heater O25; the power supply to the relay comes from fuse F82 in fuse box B1.
The coil of relay J36 is energized with an enable signal for the first resistor O25A - from pin 12 of the auxiliary heating control unit M75.
The coil of relay J37 is energized with an enable signal for the second resistor O25B and C- from pin 6 of the auxiliary heating control unit M75.
The control unit M75 is supplied from the ignition switch (INT) - pin 7 - via fuse F51 in M1.
Pin 1 of M75 is connected to ground.
Via the CAN control unit for auxiliary heating M75 - from pins 3 and 2 - is connected to Body Computer M1 and other nodes.
See E6020 AIR CONDITIONING

ADDITIONAL HEATING - ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM
D008 PLUG CABLES FOR / AIR CONDITIONING - HEATING
J036 RELAY FOR EXTRA HEATING -1
M070 CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT edit. 5040D14 CONTROL UNIT WITH AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING BUTTONS - UI
M072 BLOWER SPEED REGULATOR edit. 5040C44 BLOWER ELECTRONIC SPEED CONTROLLER - UI
O025 RESISTANCE EXTRA HEATING edit. 5020E60 ADDITIONAL PTC HEATING - UI
ADDITIONAL HEATING - ARRANGEMENT OF COMPONENTS
D008 PLUG CABLES FOR / AIR CONDITIONING - HEATING
M070 CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT edit. 5040D14 CONTROL UNIT WITH AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING BUTTONS - UI
M072 BLOWER SPEED REGULATOR edit. 5040C44 BLOWER ELECTRONIC SPEED CONTROLLER - UI
O025 RESISTANCE EXTRA HEATING edit. 5020E60 ADDITIONAL PTC HEATING - UI
CONDITIONER
191 - Juliet
AIR CONDITIONING - DESCRIPTION
An automatic system takes care of the climate control in the passenger compartment, ie temperature, ventilation, air recirculation and air distribution, whereby the regulation can be done
separately to the right and left of the cabin and (optionally) in the rear of the cabin.
An electronic control unit monitors the operation and controls the following parameters:
- air temperature from the ventilation grilles on the driver and passenger side;
- air distribution to the ventilation grilles;
- fan speed (stepless);
- activation of the air-conditioning compressor (air cooling);
- activation of air recirculation;
- the MAX-DEF quick demist function (choose settings to quickly demist both the windshield and rear window);
The control unit regulates these parameters to optimally adapt the climate in the interior to the wishes. The controls are located on the outside of the control unit housing
The following functions/parameters can be changed manually:
- blower speed;
- air distribution;
- compressor shutdown;
- demisting/thawing;
- recirculation.
The manual settings always take precedence over the automatic ones and remain stored until the user cancels the setting and transfers control of the respective function back to the system.
The control unit collects information about the climatic conditions both outside and inside the car using sensors:
- outside temperature sensor in the passenger side door mirror; the signal from the sensor is received by the body computer and then sent via CAN to the climate control unit, instrument
panel and other users;
- sunlight sensor, which measures the solar radiation on the windscreen;
- four mixed air sensors: register the temperature at the outlet of the ventilation grilles and provide this information to the control unit;
- interior temperature sensor: integrated in the control unit and equipped with a fan; this sensor measures the interior temperature.
Based on the calculations performed, it is set:
- the air output to the interior by means of an electronic regulator, which controls the blower;
- the air temperature using two mixing valve actuators (one for the right side of the interior, one for the left side)
- the air distribution using two more actuators (left and right);
- the recirculation function of interior air / supply of outside air using a special actuator.
All actuators are controlled by the electronic control unit.
Under certain conditions, the control unit also turns on the A/C compressor to cool and dry the air
See E6021 COMPRESSOR START-UP
If the measured outside temperature is lower than 3 °C, the message "Danger Ice formation" is shown on the display with the corresponding symbol ("snow" symbol); this situation
is also indicated with a buzzer sound.
AIR CONDITIONING - FUNCTION DESCRIPTION
The climate control unit M070 is powered directly by pin 30 through fuse F36 on M001, and pin 39 receives power from the ignition switch (INT) through fuse F51 on M001.
Climate control unit M070 - from pin 1 and 2 - is connected via the CAN to Body Computer M001 and other nodes.
The sunlight sensor K090 informs the control unit about the heat provided by the solar radiation: it is supplied with a voltage of 5 V from pin 7 of control unit M070 and sends two signals: to
pin 19 for the right zone and to pin 10 for the left zone
Connected to control unit M070 are the sensors K111 (mixed air temperature at the bottom right), K113 (mixed air temperature at the bottom left), K110 (mixed air temperature at the
top right) and K112 (mixed air temperature at the top left): these sensors receive the reference mass from pin 11 and send the signals to pin 20, 17, 9 and 18 from M070.
The outside temperature sensor is mounted in the door mirror P61 on the passenger side: the sensor is connected to Body Computer M001 and then via CAN to M070.
The outside temperature sensor is mounted in the passenger side door mirror P061; the sensor is connected to the Body Computer M001 and via the CAN to M070.
The signal from the outside temperature sensor is sent to the Body Computer M001 - pin 37 of connector B -; pin 52 provides the reference mass.
The N085 blower is powered via the electronic controller M072 from the fuse F08 in the fuse and relay box in the engine compartment B001 via the relay T08 of B001: the power is supplied
from the ignition switch (INT/A) and is controlled from pin 21 of plug C into the Body Computer M001, through the fuse F31 on M001.
The blower receives the signals for the different speeds from the electronic controller M072: it receives the PWM control signal from pin 5 of control unit M070 and sends a feedback signal
to pin 29 of M070.
AIR CONDITIONING - ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM
Component
code
ENGINE ROOM - UI
B099 MAIN FUSE HOLDER ON THE BATTERY edit. 5530B40 DISTRIBUTION BLOCK ON BATTERY (LINK BATTERY / FUSE BOX)
- UI
D008 PLUG CABLES FOR / AIR CONDITIONING - HEATING -
D031 PLUG DOOR RIGHT FRONT See E050 INSTRUMENT PANEL

5560B10 INSTRUMENT PANEL - UI See H001 START/IGNITION SWITCH
5520A18 START/IGNITION SWITCH BLOCK - UI See K086 ANTI-FRAME SENSOR
5040B64 SENSOR ON EVAPORATOR FOR AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL UNIT - UI See K110 MIXED AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR TOP RIGHT
MIXED AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR TOP RIGHT - UI CONTINUED TO CHECK
5010D33 See K111 MIXED AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR BOTTOM RIGHT
ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT
MIXED AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR BOTTOM RIGHT - ONION CONTINUED TO CHECK
5010D35 See K112 MIXED AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR TOP LEFT
ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT
MIXED AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR TOP LEFT - UI CONTINUED TO CHECK ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT
5010D32 See K113 MIXED AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR LOWER LEFT
MIXED AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR LOWER LEFT - UI CONTINUED TO CHECK ELECTRICAL

5010D34 See M001 BODY COMPUTER
CIRCUIT
5505A35 BODY COMPUTER/FUSE AND RELAY BOX - UI See M070 CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT
5040D14 CONTROL UNIT WITH AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING BUTTONS - UI See M072 BLOWER SPEED REGULATOR
5040C44 BLOWER ELECTRONIC SPEED CONTROLLER - UI See N078 MIXING VALVE ACTUATOR LEFT
5040D84 CONTROL MOTOR LEFT AIR MIXING VALVE AIR CONDITIONING - UI See N079 MIXING VALVE ACTUATOR RIGHT
5040D86 CONTROL MOTOR RIGHT AIR MIXING VALVE AIR CONDITIONING - UI See N080 ACTUATOR FOR AIR DISTRIBUTION
5040D76 AIR CONDITIONING AIR DISTRIBUTION VALVE CONTROL MOTOR - UI See N082 ACTUATOR FOR THE AIR SUPPLY / RECIRCULATION VALVE
5040D75 MOTOR FOR OPERATION OF AIR RECIRCULATION VALVE - UI See N085 BLOWER
5040C30 AIR CONDITIONING BLOWER - UI See P061 PASSENGER SIDE OUTSIDE MIRROR
AIR CONDITIONING - ARRANGEMENT OF COMPONENTS
Component
code
ENGINE ROOM - UI
B099 MAIN FUSE HOLDER ON THE BATTERY edit. 5530B40 DISTRIBUTION BLOCK ON BATTERY (LINK BATTERY / FUSE BOX)
- UI
D008 PLUG CABLES FOR / AIR CONDITIONING - HEATING -
D031 PLUG DOOR RIGHT FRONT See E050 INSTRUMENT PANEL

5560B10 INSTRUMENT PANEL - UI See H001 START/IGNITION SWITCH
5520A18 START/IGNITION SWITCH BLOCK - UI See K086 ANTI-FRAME SENSOR
5040B64 SENSOR ON EVAPORATOR FOR AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL UNIT - UI See K110 MIXED AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR TOP RIGHT
MIXED AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR TOP RIGHT - UI CONTINUED TO CHECK
5010D33 See K111 MIXED AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR BOTTOM RIGHT
ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT
MIXED AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR BOTTOM RIGHT - ONION CONTINUED TO CHECK
5010D35 See K112 MIXED AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR TOP LEFT
ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT
MIXED AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR TOP LEFT - UI CONTINUED TO CHECK ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT
5010D32 See K113 MIXED AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR LOWER LEFT
MIXED AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR LOWER LEFT - UI CONTINUED TO CHECK ELECTRICAL

5010D34 See M001 BODY COMPUTER
CIRCUIT
5505A35 BODY COMPUTER/FUSE AND RELAY BOX - UI See M070 CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT
5040D14 CONTROL UNIT WITH AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING BUTTONS - UI See M072 BLOWER SPEED REGULATOR
5040C44 BLOWER ELECTRONIC SPEED CONTROLLER - UI See N078 MIXING VALVE ACTUATOR LEFT
5040D84 CONTROL MOTOR LEFT AIR MIXING VALVE AIR CONDITIONING - UI See N079 MIXING VALVE ACTUATOR RIGHT
5040D86 CONTROL MOTOR RIGHT AIR MIXING VALVE AIR CONDITIONING - UI See N080 ACTUATOR FOR AIR DISTRIBUTION
5040D76 AIR CONDITIONING AIR DISTRIBUTION VALVE CONTROL MOTOR - UI See N082 ACTUATOR FOR THE AIR SUPPLY / RECIRCULATION VALVE
5040D75 MOTOR FOR OPERATION OF AIR RECIRCULATION VALVE - UI See N085 BLOWER
5040C30 AIR CONDITIONING BLOWER - UI See P061 PASSENGER SIDE OUTSIDE MIRROR
CONDITIONER
191 - Juliet
AIR CONDITIONING - DESCRIPTION
An automatic system takes care of the climate control in the passenger compartment, ie temperature, ventilation, air recirculation and air distribution, whereby the regulation can be done
separately to the right and left of the cabin and (optionally) in the rear of the cabin.
An electronic control unit monitors the operation and controls the following parameters:
- air temperature from the ventilation grilles on the driver and passenger side;
- air distribution to the ventilation grilles;
- fan speed (stepless);
- activation of the air-conditioning compressor (air cooling);
- activation of air recirculation;
- the MAX-DEF quick demist function (choose settings to quickly demist both the windshield and rear window);
The control unit regulates these parameters to optimally adapt the climate in the interior to the wishes. The controls are located on the outside of the control unit housing
The following functions/parameters can be changed manually:
- blower speed;
- air distribution;
- compressor shutdown;
- demisting/thawing;
- recirculation.
The manual settings always take precedence over the automatic ones and remain stored until the user cancels the setting and transfers control of the respective function back to the system.
Based on the calculations performed, it is set:
- the air output to the interior by means of an electronic regulator, which controls the blower;
- the air temperature using two mixing valve actuators (one for the right side of the interior, one for the left side)
- the air distribution using two more actuators (left and right);
- the recirculation function of interior air / supply of outside air using a special actuator.
All actuators are controlled by the electronic control unit.
Under certain conditions, the control unit also turns on the A/C compressor to cool and dry the air
See E6021 COMPRESSOR START-UP

AIR CONDITIONING - FUNCTION DESCRIPTION
The climate control unit M070 is powered directly by pin 30 through fuse F36 on M001, and pin 39 receives power from the ignition switch (INT) through fuse F51 on M001.
Climate control unit M070 - from pin 1 and 2 - is connected via the CAN to Body Computer M001 and other nodes.
The outside temperature sensor is mounted in the passenger side door mirror P061; the sensor is connected to the Body Computer M001 and via the CAN to M070.
The signal from the outside temperature sensor is sent to the Body Computer M001 - pin 37 of connector B -; pin 52 provides the reference mass.
The N085 blower is powered via the electronic controller M072 from the fuse F08 in the fuse and relay box in the engine compartment B001 via the relay T08 of B001: the power is supplied
from the ignition switch (INT/A) and is controlled from pin 21 of plug C into the Body Computer M001, through the fuse F31 on M001.
The blower receives the signals for the different speeds from the electronic controller M072: it receives the PWM control signal from pin 5 of control unit M070 and sends a feedback signal
to pin 29 of M070.
AIR CONDITIONING - ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM
Component
code
C015 -
PLUG CABLES FOR / AIR CONDITIONING -

D008 -
HEATING

K090 SOLAR SENSOR edit. 5010D56 SUNLIGHT SENSOR - UI CONTINUED TO CHECK ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT
edit. 5010D33 MIXED AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR TOP RIGHT - UI CONTINUED TO CHECK
K110 MIXED AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR TOP RIGHT
ELECTRIC CIRCUIT
edit. 5010D35 MIXED AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR BOTTOM RIGHT - UI CONTINUED TO CHECK ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT
K111 MIXED AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR BOTTOM RIGHT
edit. 5010D32 MIXED AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR TOP LEFT - UI CONTINUED TO CHECK
K112 MIXED AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR TOP LEFT
ELECTRIC CIRCUIT
edit. 5010D34 MIXED AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR LOWER LEFT - UI CONTINUED TO CHECK ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT
K113 MIXED AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR LOWER LEFT
M072 BLOWER SPEED CONTROLLER edit. 5040C44 BLOWER ELECTRONIC SPEED CONTROLLER - UI
N078 CEPACTUATOR LINKS edit. 5040D84 CONTROL MOTOR LEFT AIR MIXING VALVE AIR CONDITIONING - UI
N079 CLEPACTUATOR RECHTS edit. 5040D86 CONTROL MOTOR RIGHT AIR MIXING VALVE AIR CONDITIONING - UI
ACTUATOR FOR THE AIR SUPPLY
N082 edit. 5040D75 MOTOR FOR AIR RECIRCULATION VALVE OPERATION - UI
/RECIRCULATIEKLEP
N085 BLOWER edit. 5040C30 AIR CONDITIONING BLOWER - UI
N112 AIR DISTRIBUTION ACTUATOR RH edit. 5040D96 RIGHT UPPER DISTRIBUTION VALVE CONTROL MOTOR (DEFROST) - UI
N113 ELECTRIC MOTORS AND ACTUATORS edit. 5040D94 LEFT LEFT AIR DISTRIBUTION VALVE CONTROL MOTOR - UI
AIR CONDITIONING - ARRANGEMENT OF COMPONENTS
Component
code
C015 -

D008 -
HEATING

K090 Bew. 5010D56
edit. 5010D33 MIXED AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR TOP RIGHT - UI CONTINUED TO CHECK
K110 MIXED AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR TOP RIGHT
ELECTRIC CIRCUIT
edit. 5010D35 MIXED AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR BOTTOM RIGHT - UI CONTINUED TO CHECK ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT
K111 MIXED AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR BOTTOM RIGHT
edit. 5010D32 MIXED AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR TOP LEFT - UI CONTINUED TO CHECK
K112 MIXED AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR TOP LEFT
ELECTRIC CIRCUIT
edit. 5010D34 MIXED AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR LOWER LEFT - UI CONTINUED TO CHECK ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT
K113 MIXED AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR LOWER LEFT
M072 BLOWER SPEED CONTROLLER edit. 5040C44 BLOWER ELECTRONIC SPEED CONTROLLER - UI
N078 CEPACTUATOR LINKS edit. 5040D84 CONTROL MOTOR LEFT AIR MIXING VALVE AIR CONDITIONING - UI
N079 CLEPACTUATOR RECHTS edit. 5040D86 CONTROL MOTOR RIGHT AIR MIXING VALVE AIR CONDITIONING - UI
ACTUATOR FOR THE AIR SUPPLY
N082 edit. 5040D75 MOTOR FOR AIR RECIRCULATION VALVE OPERATION - UI
/RECIRCULATIEKLEP
N112 Bew. 5040D96
N113 ELECTRIC MOTORS AND ACTUATORS Bew. 5040D94
COMPRESSOR INSERTION
191 - Juliet
COMPRESSOR START-UP - DESCRIPTION
The push button ("snow" symbol) on the climate control panel turns on the air conditioning compressor to cool and dry the air.
The above button turns on the air conditioning, but the actual compressor turn on depends on:
- the linear pressure sensor incorporated in the refrigerant circuit, which interrupts the operation of the air conditioning if the pressure of the refrigerant is too low or too high;
- the injection control unit, which, depending on the operation of the engine, switches off the operation of the compressor; eg at a high engine temperature or at a high engine
load (vigorous acceleration);
The push button will only send the control signal when the fan speed control switch is in a position other than “0”.

COMPRESSOR START-UP - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
Relay T05 in fuse and relay box in the engine compartment B001 controls the compressor start circuit.
The relay is powered via fuse F19 in fuse and relay box in engine compartment B001.
The power supply of the coil of relay T05 is received from the ignition switch (INT) through the fuse F51 on M001.
- on versions with AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL, the climate control unit M070 sends the request to switch on the compressor via the CAN to the Body Computer M001, which supplies a
permission signal via the CAN to the injection control unit M010.
The injection control unit M010 uses the characteristics and supplies - pin 11, connector A - a switch-on signal to the compressor by energizing relay T05: this supplies a 12 V supply
voltage to the electromagnetic clutch of the air-conditioning compressor L020.
If the linear sensor for the fan K120 informs control unit M010 - pin 57 of connector A - that a certain very high or very low pressure has been reached, control unit M010 prevents the
compressor from being switched on.
The linear sensor K120 receives the power supply and the reference ground from the injection control unit M010, pins 7 and 28 of connector A.
COMPRESSOR START-UP - ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM
Component
code
C015 -
C039 GROUND FOR COMPRESSOR -

D008 -
HEATING
H080 Bew. 5040D10
ELECTROMAGNETIC COUPLING OF edit. 5040A20 COMPRESSOR OF AIR CONDITIONING - UI - INCLUDES CHECK AND EV.
L020
AIRCOCOMPRESSOR REFILL OIL LEVEL
COMPRESSOR START-UP - ARRANGEMENT OF COMPONENTS
Component
code
C015 -
C039 GROUND FOR COMPRESSOR -

D008 -
HEATING
H080 Bew. 5040D10
ELECTROMAGNETIC COUPLING OF edit. 5040A20 COMPRESSOR OF AIR CONDITIONING - UI - INCLUDES CHECK AND EV.
L020
AIRCOCOMPRESSOR REFILL OIL LEVEL
CODE
191 - Juliet
CODE - DESCRIPTION
An electronic immobilizer "ALFA ROMEO CODE" has been fitted to improve the protection against theft.
With CODE, the engine can only be started using the injection control unit if a stored secret code is received.
The key code is received by the antenna around the ignition lock and changes after every start ("rolling code"): therefore the code cannot be reproduced with electronic scanners.
The CODE control unit is integrated into the Body Computer and the system further consists of:
- C-CAN connection for communication between the Body Computer and the injection control unit;
- remote control with a transponder with the secret code;
- an antenna that reads the code in the transponder;
- injection control unit.
CODE allows the control of engine operation by the injection control unit via a codified connection between the body computer and the injection control unit during the pre-start phase.
After Key On, the injection control unit sends a code request to the Body Computer, which only answers if a known transponder in the ignition has been recognized via the antenna.
If the secret code in the answer is valid, the injection control unit starts normal operation and the engine can be started.
However, if the transponder is not recognized, the engine cannot be started.
CODE will also work if the other functions of the Body Computer are not working properly.
The function also controls the status display by illuminating the "vehicle protection" light integrated in the instrument panel and connected via the CAN.
The function also controls the status display by illuminating the "vehicle protection" light integrated in the instrument panel and connected via the CAN.
See descriptions 5580E THEFT PROTECTION

CODE - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
The CODE control unit is located in the Body Computer M001 which is powered directly from the battery - connector A - via main fuse F01 in fuse and relay box in the
engine compartment B001.
The antenna of the CODE system P091 is connected with two cables to the CODE unit in M001 (pin 1 and 2 of connector D); the antenna is placed around the ignition switch, so that the
code in the key and the turning of the key can be detected.
The body computer M001 communicates with the injection control unit M010 via the C-CAN about the recognition of the key and the exchange of the codes.
Body Computer M001 is connected via the CAN to the instrument panel E050 for the control of the "Fault CODE" indicator light.
CODE - ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM


P091 CODE START BLOCK ANTENNA Operate. 5580E08 ANTENNA FOR ELECTRONIC KEY (CODE START BLOCK) - UI
CODE - ARRANGEMENT OF COMPONENTS


P091 CODE START BLOCK ANTENNA Operate. 5580E08 ANTENNA FOR ELECTRONIC KEY (CODE START BLOCK) - UI
ALARM
191 - Juliet
THEFT ALERT - DESCRIPTION
The theft alarm protects the car against theft by means of: interior and perimeter protection, tilt detection and control of cutting power cables.
The operation of the system is controlled by the body computer, which sends/receives commands over the serial link.
The system is switched on/off using the remote control via a receiver in the body computer: the remote control and the receiver operate on a radio frequency.
To completely disable the alarm (for example if the car is parked for a long time), the car must be locked by turning the metal emergency key in the lock and not using the remote
control.
The interior security and the tilt detection can be deactivated using the switch on the front ceiling light.
Any attempted break-in is indicated by the "Code" light on the instrument panel illuminating and a message appearing on the display at the same time.
The control unit has self-diagnosis that detects and stores faults in the control unit and the connected components; in addition, the connection cables are checked and the number
of times the alarm has been activated and sounded is saved.
The control strategy of the control unit can be adapted to the requirements for anti-theft alarm systems in different countries.
See descriptions 5580E THEFT PROTECTION
The siren is placed in the front of the car, right in the engine compartment.
The same switches as for the central door locking are used to control the doors and the luggage compartment. The closing of the bonnet is signaled with a special switch.
The motion sensors check that nothing enters the passenger compartment. They are located in the front ceiling light: they consist of a transmitter and a receiver: the transmitted wave from
the transmitter is received by the receiver of the other sensor: if the signal changes, the alarm is activated.
The tilt sensor is located in the front ceiling light; this sensor can measure a very small change in the lean angle of the car with respect to the longitudinal and vertical axis.
By pressing the corresponding button next to the sensors, both sensors can be switched on/off simultaneously: an LED next to the button lights up when the sensors are switched off.
THEFT ALERT - DESCRIPTION OF OPERATION
The alarm system is controlled by the alarm control unit in the Body Computer M1 and is powered directly from the battery - connector A - via main fuse F01 in fuse and relay box in the
engine compartment B001.
The Body Computer M1 receives the "door open" inputs on pins 54 and 53 of connector B; these signals also activate the timed lighting.
See E2510 CEILING LIGHTS
The on and off signals from the remote control antenna/receiver P093 on pins 31 and 46, connector F of M001;
The hood is controlled with switch I10, which is connected to pin 48 of connector B on M1.
The tailgate open signaling switch in slot N57 sends a ground signal to Body Computer M1 - pin 39 of connector F.
Siren P90 is powered from Body Computer M1, pin 12 of plug C - via fuse F36 and is connected with a special serial link to pin 56 of plug B.
The unit with the tilt and motion sensors K62 is supplied with power from the Body Computer M1 (pin 12 of plug C) via fuse F36 and is connected to pin 48 of plug F via a special serial
connection.
The unit receives power from contact (INT) through fuse F49 on M1; there is a push button on the unit for disabling the motion and tilt detection and an LED that lights up when both
functions are disabled.
THEFT ALARM - ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM
B001
B099
C010
C011
C020
C030
C038
D006
PLUG FRONT / REAR
D030
D031
D035
PLUG LEFT REAR DOOR
D036
E050
H001
K062
MOTION SENSORS FOR THEFT ALARM edit. 7040H92 HEADLINING CONTROL PANEL - UI
I010 MOTORKAPSCHAKELAAR edit. 7025A35 BONNET LOCK (SINGLE) - UI FOR VERSIONS WITH THEFT ALERT
M001
LOCK MOTOR TAILGATE
PANEL/PROTECTIONS
P093
DOOR LOCK
THEFT ALERT - ARRANGEMENT OF COMPONENTS
B001
B099
C010
C011
C020
C030
C038
D006
PLUG FRONT / REAR
D030
D031
D035
PLUG LEFT REAR DOOR
D036
E050
H001
K062
MOTION SENSORS FOR THEFT ALARM edit. 7040H92 HEADLINING CONTROL PANEL - UI
I010 MOTORKAPSCHAKELAAR edit. 7025A35 BONNET LOCK (SINGLE) - UI FOR VERSIONS WITH THEFT ALERT
M001
LOCK MOTOR TAILGATE
PANEL/PROTECTIONS
P093
DOOR LOCK
ESP
191 - Juliet
ESP - DESCRIPTION
The ABS electronic anti-lock braking system controls the braking pressure on the wheels to prevent skidding regardless of the condition of the tires or road surface.
The system is fully integrated into the braking system (it uses the same brake fluid), without adversely affecting the operation of the braking system in the event of a failure of the ABS.
The speeds of the wheels are permanently transmitted to the control unit via four sensors on the wheels, so that it can immediately be determined which wheel is blocking and thus losing
traction.
In these situations, the control unit operates the solenoid valves, which modulate the brake pressure in the respective brake circuit, so that the wheel starts turning and regains traction.
This makes the braking distance as short as possible and also retains control over the steering wheel.
The wheel sensors are of the "active" type and are supplied via the control unit; they consist of a magneto-resistive encoder mounted in the wheel bearing with a multipolar magnetic
ring; this makes the signal less sensitive to electromagnetic radiation and temperature changes.
The ABS control unit also regulates the brake pressure distribution between the front and rear axles, eliminating the need for mechanical brake pressure regulation ("EBD" function:
Electronic Brake Distribution).
The control unit has self-diagnosis: if a fault in the ABS is found, a warning light is switched on and the system is inoperative
posed; however, the car can always be braked with the conventional braking system.
If the control unit finds a fault with the EBD function, the "ABS" warning lamp and the "low brake fluid level/handbrake applied" warning lamp will illuminate
simultaneously.
In this situation, the brake pressure on the rear axle is no longer adjusted, which means that the car must be driven to the dealer very carefully.
The ABS control unit calculates the actual vehicle speed from the values provided by the sensors of the driving wheels (the ABS control unit calculates the average) and the actual
circumferential speed of these wheels, which is provided by the Body Computer: this speedometer signal is transmitted via sends the CAN to the nodes that need this information.
The ABS is linked to the electronic ESP (Electronic Stability Program) system, which monitors the car's stability by regulating the engine torque and braking action of the individual
wheels: if the wheels lose traction, this helps to keep the car in a better position course. In the most comprehensive version, the ABS control unit also controls the ESP (Electronic
Stability Program) and ASR (Anti Slip Regulation) functions, as well as the HH (Hill Holder) and HBA (Hydraulic Brake Assist) functions.
The ESP affects the engine and brakes, providing a stabilizing torque if the ABS sensors detect the conditions in which the car could start to skid. The ESP has a specific sensor in
addition to the ABS sensors: this is a sensor that measures the rotation of the car relative to the vertical axis and the lateral acceleration (centrifugal force) (yaw angle sensor); in
addition, the signals from the steering angle sensor are used, which are supplied via the CAN by the control unit of the electric power steering.
The HH function also uses a longitudinal acceleration sensor, which is built into the yaw angle sensor. Finally, the ESP system uses the information from a
pressure sensor that measures the pressure in the hydraulic circuit: this sensor is integrated in the electro-hydraulic unit.
The "Hill Holder" function supports the driver when starting off on a slope. The HH function can automatically provide the braking power to hold the car on a slope as long as the clutch
is not fully engaged and the engine torque is still insufficient for a comfortable start.
The HH engages automatically when the brake pedal is depressed and the following conditions are simultaneously met: vehicle speed equal to zero, gradient greater than 2%, clutch
pedal depressed; the moment the brake pedal is released and the other conditions are maintained, the Hill Holder maintains pressure on the braking system for 2 seconds, allowing the
driver to move their foot from the brake pedal to the accelerator pedal without the vehicle moving and without using any the handbrake.
Once the accelerator pedal is depressed, the Hill Holder will hold the car in place for 10 seconds or until the engine torque is sufficient to drive away. The HH will not operate with reverse
engaged.
The current version introduces innovative additional features:
-DST (drive steering control): on low-grip road surfaces, this system automatically makes corrections and also checks oversteer, thanks to communication with the steering control
control unit.
- CBC: this function optimizes the distribution of the braking pressure on the four wheels (to fully exploit the adhesion to the ground) in the case of braking in the bend with the intervention
of the ABS system. This improves the space for stopping in the bend and especially the stability of the car.
- E-Q2 system: The Electronic System Q2 utilizes the braking system, acting almost like a self-locking differential. When accelerating into the bend, the braking system of the front wheels
slows down the inner wheel and at the same time transfers more traction power to the (more loaded) outer wheel, while acting dynamically and continuously distributing the torque between
the two driven front wheels taking into account the driving conditions and the road conditions. road surface conditions.
See descriptions 3350 DRIVE SLIP CONTROLS
The control unit power supply is protected by three dedicated fuses located in the fuse and relay box in the engine compartment.
ESP - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
ABS control unit M050 receives power from the battery on pins 1 and 25 through fuses F4 and F23 in fuse and relay box in engine compartment B001.
Power from the ignition switch (15/54) and reaches pin 32 through fuse F24 of B001.
The control unit is connected to ground via pins 13 and 38.
The four sensors K070, K071, K075, K076 supply wheel speed information to pins 22-34, 6-18, 20-33 and 31-19 of M050 respectively.
The brake pedal switch I30 sends an authorization signal via the CAN to the control unit 32 via the Body Computer M001: any intervention of the ABS system is blocked if the
brake pedal is not pressed (signal from normally open contact); switch I030 is powered from contact (INT) through fuse F37 in Body Computer M001.
The ABS control unit M050 is connected via the CAN - from pin 15 and 27 - to the injection control unit M010, - from pin 14 and 26 - via sensor K074 with Body Computer M001 and with
instrument panel E050 for controlling the ABS warning lamp and, EBD, the low brake fluid level/parking brake applied warning light and the ESP/ASR light.
The speedometer signal is also sent via the CAN for all installations that require this information.
ESP - ELECTRICAL SCHEME

C012 GROUND FOR FOR ABS -
D065 PLUG ELECTRIC POWER STEERING -

edit. 5550D10 BRAKE LIGHT SWITCH - UI
I030 BRAKE PEDAL SWITCH
edit. 1060G38 SWITCH ON BRAKE PEDAL - UI
K070 LEFT FRONT WHEEL ABS SENSOR edit. 3340A30 RPM SENSOR (1) OF A FRONT WHEEL LI OR RE - UI
K071 RIGHT FRONT WHEEL ABS SENSOR edit. 3340A30 RPM SENSOR (1) OF A FRONT WHEEL LI OR RE - UI
K075 LEFT REAR WHEEL ABS SENSOR edit. 3340A34 REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR (1) LI OR RE - UI
K076 RIGHT REAR WHEEL ABS SENSOR edit. 3340A34 REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR (1) LI OR RE - UI
M086 CONTROL UNIT ELECTRIC POWER STEERING Mov. 4110D50 CABLE HARNESS FOR ELECTRIC POWER STEERING - UI
ESP - ARRANGEMENT OF COMPONENTS

C012 GROUND FOR FOR ABS -

edit. 5550D10 BRAKE LIGHT SWITCH - UI
I030 BRAKE PEDAL SWITCH
edit. 1060G38 SWITCH ON BRAKE PEDAL - UI
K070 LEFT FRONT WHEEL ABS SENSOR edit. 3340A30 RPM SENSOR (1) OF A FRONT WHEEL LI OR RE - UI
K071 RIGHT FRONT WHEEL ABS SENSOR edit. 3340A30 RPM SENSOR (1) OF A FRONT WHEEL LI OR RE - UI
K075 LEFT REAR WHEEL ABS SENSOR edit. 3340A34 REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR (1) LI OR RE - UI
K076 RIGHT REAR WHEEL ABS SENSOR edit. 3340A34 REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR (1) LI OR RE - UI
AIRBAG
191 - Juliet
AIR BAG - DESCRIPTION
The car is equipped with an electronically controlled system that activates the restraint systems in the event of a frontal or side collision.
In the most comprehensive version, the frontal impact protection system consists of:
- driver's and passenger's front airbags with "dual activation";
- driver's side knee airbag with single activation;
- front seat belts with double belt tensioner and traction limiter;
- rear seat belts with traction limiter;
- additional offset sensor (ECS sensor) for collision detection;
In the most extensive version, the flank protection system consists of:
- two side bags on the front seats;
- two headbags in the roof moldings;
- two sidebag sensors in the center pillars.
The front airbags feature a new deployment system called "Airbag Smart 2" that automatically adjusts deployment parameters according to the severity of the accident.
The driver's and passenger's front airbags are equipped with a "double detonator";
- in the event of a less severe collision, the control unit activates the first activation stage of the airbag and then, if the temperature rises sharply, the second stage, so that the occupant is
not injured by the energy acting on the occupant;
- in more severe collisions, the second phase is activated almost immediately with a small increase in temperature. This absorbs the kinetic energy of the occupant before it comes
into contact with the steering wheel or dashboard.
An additional sensor (ECS; "Early Crash Sensor") on the front crossmember near the bonnet lock helps the control unit anticipate airbag deployment compared to a traditional system, so
that the deployment phase is completed before the occupant begins to move forward towards the steering wheel or dashboard.
The control unit is solidly connected to the body under the center console: in this way the internal deceleration sensors are placed close to the center of the car, so that they can
accurately measure the deceleration of the entire car.
The two front airbag modules have two stages: the first is deployed in minor impacts, while the second deploys in a more severe impact.
The driver's airbag is located in the steering wheel hub; the module is placed on a tilting plate for operating the horns. The plate carries a metal holder in which the folded
cushion and the gas generator for inflating the cushion are mounted.
A spiral mechanism prevents the airbag module connection cables from breaking due to the steering wheel twist.
The passenger airbag is placed on the dashboard and attached to a crossmember of the car via a bracket.
The sidebag protects the upper body and, together with the door panels, critical parts of the body such as the ribs and abdomen. The arrangement in the seat ensures that the maximum
effect is always achieved, regardless of the position of the seat, even if the occupant has not been seated correctly. The method of inflating the cushion minimizes the risk of injury from
contact with the car body.
The headbags deploy at the same time as the sidebags and position themselves between the occupant and the vehicle, preventing contact between the head and dangerous components
such as windows, pillars, etc.
The headbags run from the front pillar to the luggage compartment and protect both the front and rear occupants; the "curtain" version offers the best performance, thanks to the large
effective surface area and the self-aligning effect, even without supporting the cushion.
The belt tensioners are mounted on the inertia reels of the front seat belts. The airbag activation control is also applied to the seat belt pretensioners.
The belt tensioners absorb any stretching of the belt, pulling the occupant against the backrest during the first moments of the impact, reducing displacement in the passenger
compartment.
This car uses a second, also electronically controlled pyrotechnic, belt tensioner at the seat belt attachment point at the sill. This significantly limits forward movement of the pelvis and
legs, reducing hard contact of the shins and knees with the lower edge of the dashboard.
The combined action of the two belt tensioners, acting at different points, almost completely eliminates the belt stretch; this reduces the forward sliding of the occupant on the seat
("submarining").
The control unit has self-diagnosis:
- recognition and storage of any malfunctions;
- recognition of the various components and the nature of a malfunction;
- warn of a detected malfunction by a lit warning lamp.
The functioning of the system in the event of a collision above a certain magnitude is also stored in the control unit.
If the system's self-diagnosis finds a malfunction or has registered a collision, the control unit sends, via the CAN, a signal for the Airbag warning lamp in the
instrument panel.
In the same way, the "passenger airbag deactivated" and "seat belt not fastened" lamps are switched on - "SBR" function:
The Seat Belt Reminder (SBR) system consists of a warning buzzer that, with the flashing "seat belt" warning light on the instrument panel, warns the driver and front passenger if the
appropriate seat belt is not fastened.
Some versions are also equipped with a panel above the rear-view mirror that warns all passengers, including the rear, if the relevant seat belt is not fastened. The warning
lights are red and green and operate as follows: - off with ignition key at MAR with seat belts already fastened - red with seat belts not fastened - flashing red (rear seats only)
with front seat belts not fastened - green with
fastened seat belts. The two side warning lights refer to the front seats, the three center warning lights refer to the rear seats.
The data from the five switches on the front belt buckles and a passenger signaling sensor in the seat are used for the “SBR” function and have NO influence on the deployment of
the airbags.
If it is absolutely necessary to transport a child in the front passenger seat, the front airbag and associated side bag as well as the seat belt tensioner on the passenger side
must be deactivated.
The passenger airbag can be switched off using the "setup" menu of the instrument panel and not with a key!!
When the function is deactivated, the corresponding light on the instrument panel comes on.
See descriptions 5580C AIRBAG SYSTEM
The power supply to the control unit is protected by a separate fuse in the Body Computer.
Always observe the prescribed precautions carefully when working on the airbag system. For more information
edit. 5580C AIRBAG SYSTEM

AIRBAG - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
The airbag system control unit M060 is powered on pin 2 of connector A from the ignition (INT) via fuse F50 in Body Computer M001.
Pin 1 of plug A is connected to a special ground connection C050.
The early crash sensor K039 detects minor collisions and sends a signal to control unit M060 - pins 11 and 12 of connector A of M060.
Depending on the signals from the two sensors above and the sensors in the control unit, if a minor collision is detected, the control unit sends control signals to activate the
first stage:
- to the driver's airbag Q009 via spiral mechanism on the steering wheel D047 (from pin 15 and 16 of connector A on M060);
- to the passenger airbag Q011 (from pin 13 and 14, connector A of M060);
- to the driver's knee airbag Q014 (from pin 23 and 24 of connector A on M060);
- to driver's front seat belt pretensioners Q020 and Q024 (from pins 15-16 and 20-21 of connector B on M060)
- to the front passenger seat belt tensioners Q021 and Q025 (from pins 13-14 and 18-19 of connector B on M060)
If a severe collision is detected, the control unit sends control signals to engage the second stage:
- to the driver's airbag Q009 via spiral mechanism on the steering wheel D047 (from pin 19 and 20 of connector A on M060);
- to the passenger airbag Q011 (from pin 17 and 18 of connector A on M060);
The deceleration sensors K066 (driver's side) and K067 (passenger side) detect a side impact via pins 25-24 and 22-23 of connector B on control unit M060, respectively.
In the event of a collision above a certain magnitude, the control unit sends out signals for the ignition of the modules:
- to the driver's side airbag Q030 (from pin 11 and 12 of connector B on M060);
- to the passenger side airbag Q031 (from pins 9 and 10 of connector B on M060);
- to the headbag driver's side Q040 (from pin 3 and 4, plug B of M060);
- to the head bag passenger side Q041 (from pin 2 and 1, plug B of M060);
The frame of the seat that houses the side airbag is connected to ground C050
Driver I46 and passenger seat belt switch I47 are connected to pins 26 and 28 of connector B on M60, respectively, with pin 27 providing reference ground.
The passenger signal sensor K65 interrupts the signal of the respective seat belt in the absence of the passenger.
The rear seat belt switches I145, I146 and I147 are respectively connected to pins 32, 29 and 31 of connector B on M060, while pin 30 provides the reference ground.
Control unit M060 (pins 7 and 8 of connector A) is connected via CAN to Body Computer M001 and instrument panel E050.
If the system's self-diagnosis finds a malfunction or has registered a collision, control unit M060 sends, via the CAN, a signal for the Airbag warning lamp in the instrument
panel E050.
In the same way, the "passenger airbag deactivated" and "seat belt not fastened" lamps are switched on.
Pin 4 of the instrument panel E050 is connected to the serial line for the connection to the "replaced seat belt display", which is mounted near the rear-view mirror.
AIRBAG - ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM
Component
code
C015 -
C050 MASS AIRBAG SYSTEM -
D002 FRONT JUNCTION / CROSSBAR -

SAFETY BELT SIGNAL SWITCH
I046 edit. 7065A14 SAFETY BELT CLOSURE FOR (1), LI OR RE - UI
DRIVER'S SIDE
PASSENGER SIDE
SWITCH FOR SAFETY BELT LIGHT
I145 edit. 7065B14 REAR SAFETY BELT CLOSURE (1), LI OR RE - UI
REAR LEFT
I146 edit. 7065B14 REAR SAFETY BELT CLOSURE (1), LI OR RE - UI
REAR RIGHT
I147 REAR MIDDLE edit. 7065B14 REAR SAFETY BELT CLOSURE (1), LI OR RE - UI
K039 PRIMARY AIRBAGSENSOR edit. 5580C10 DELAY SENSOR FOR AIRBAG (1), LI OR RE - UI
edit. 7065A34 PASSENGER SENSOR IN FRONT SEAT FOR NOT RETURNED
K065 PASSENGER SIGNAL SENSOR
SAFETY BELTS - UI
K066 DRIVER'S SIDE SIDE AIRBAG SENSOR edit. 5580C40 SIDE AIRBAG SENSOR (1), LI OR RE - UI
K067 PASSENGER SIDE SIDE AIRBAG SENSOR edit. 5580C40 SIDE AIRBAG SENSOR (1), LI OR RE - UI
M060 AIRBAG CONTROL UNIT edit. 5580C14 AIRBAG CONTROL UNIT - UI
Q009 AIRBAG DRIVER Bew. 5580C18 AIRBAGMODULE - U.I.
Q011 AIRBAG ON DASHBOARD (PASSENGER SIDE) edit. 5580C22 AIRBAG MODULE - PASSENGER SIDE - UI
Q014 DRIVER SIDE KNEE AIR BAG edit. 5580C23 DRIVER'S SIDE KNEE AIRBAG - UI
edit. 7065A12 FRONT SEAT BELT (1), LI OR RE, WITH TENSIONER ON
Q020 FRONT BELT TENSIONER, DRIVER'S SIDE TAKE-UP MACHINE - UI
edit. 7065A12 FRONT (1), LI OR RE SAFETY BELT, WITH TENSIONER ON RETRACTOR - UI
Q021 FRONT BELT TENSIONER, SIDE PASSENGER
BELT TENSIONER FASTENING FRONT, edit. 7065A13 SEAT BELT TENSIONER FOR SEAT BELT SECTION
Q024 DRIVER'S SIDE FOR (1), LI OR RE - UI
edit. 7065A13 SEAT BELT TENSIONER FOR SEAT BELT SECTION
Q025 SEAT TENSIONER FASTENING FRONT, PASSENGER SIDE
FOR (1), LI OR RE - UI
Q030 DRIVER'S SIDE AIRBAG edit. 5580C44 FRONT SIDE AIRBAG (1), LI OR RE - UI
Q031 PASSENGER SIDE AIRBAG edit. 5580C44 FRONT SIDE AIRBAG (1), LI OR RE - UI
Q040 DRIVER'S SIDE HEADBAG Bew. 5580C50 WINDOW-BAG-MODULE (1), LI OF RE - U.I.
Q041 SIDE PASSENGER HEADBAG Bew. 5580C50 WINDOW-BAG-MODULE (1), LI OF RE - U.I.
AIRBAG - ARRANGEMENT OF COMPONENTS
Component
code
C015 -
C050 MASS AIRBAG SYSTEM -
D002 -

DRIVER'S SIDE
PASSENGER SIDE
I145 edit. 7065B14
REAR LEFT
I146 edit. 7065B14
REAR RIGHT
I147 edit. 7065B14
REAR MIDDLE
K039 PRIMARY AIRBAGSENSOR edit. 5580C10 DELAY SENSOR FOR AIRBAG (1), LI OR RE - UI
edit. 7065A34 PASSENGER SENSOR IN FRONT SEAT FOR NOT RETURNED
K065 PASSENGER SIGNAL SENSOR
SAFETY BELTS - UI
K066 DRIVER'S SIDE SIDE AIRBAG SENSOR edit. 5580C40 SIDE AIRBAG SENSOR (1), LI OR RE - UI
K067 PASSENGER SIDE SIDE AIRBAG SENSOR edit. 5580C40 SIDE AIRBAG SENSOR (1), LI OR RE - UI
M060 AIRBAG CONTROL UNIT edit. 5580C14 AIRBAG CONTROL UNIT - UI
Q009 AIRBAG DRIVER Bew. 5580C18 AIRBAGMODULE - U.I.
Q011 AIRBAG ON DASHBOARD (PASSENGER SIDE) edit. 5580C22 AIRBAG MODULE - PASSENGER SIDE - UI
Q014 Bew. 5580C23
edit. 7065A12 FRONT (1), LI OR RE SAFETY BELT, WITH TENSIONER ON RETRACTOR - UI
Q020 FRONT BELT TENSIONER, DRIVER'S SIDE
edit. 7065A12 FRONT SEAT BELT (1), LI OR RE, WITH TENSIONER ON

Q021 FRONT BELT TENSIONER, SIDE PASSENGER TAKE-UP MACHINE - UI
BELT TENSIONER FASTENING FRONT, edit. 7065A13 SEAT BELT TENSIONER FOR SEAT BELT SECTION
Q024 DRIVER'S SIDE FOR (1), LI OR RE - UI
edit. 7065A13 SEAT BELT TENSIONER FOR SEAT BELT SECTION
Q025 SEAT TENSIONER FASTENING FRONT, PASSENGER SIDE
FOR (1), LI OR RE - UI
Q030 DRIVER'S SIDE AIRBAG edit. 5580C44 FRONT SIDE AIRBAG (1), LI OR RE - UI
Q031 PASSENGER SIDE AIRBAG edit. 5580C44 FRONT SIDE AIRBAG (1), LI OR RE - UI
Q040 DRIVER'S SIDE HEADBAG Bew. 5580C50 WINDOW-BAG-MODULE (1), LI OF RE - U.I.
Q041 SIDE PASSENGER HEADBAG Bew. 5580C50 WINDOW-BAG-MODULE (1), LI OF RE - U.I.
ELECTRIC GUIDE
191 - Juliet
ELECTRIC POWER STEERING - DESCRIPTION
The EPS electric power steering (Electrical Power Steering) reduces the required steering force, thanks to the assisting torque of an electric motor.
The system is controlled by an electronic control unit: by processing the information received in the control program, the control unit determines the direction of rotation and the supply
current of the electric motor and checks the result of the commands to provide the desired support.
The auxiliary power of the electric power steering can be changed via the settings of the “ALFA dna” system.
See E7074 ALFA DNA SYSTEM
There is a warning light for electric power steering malfunctions on the instrument panel.
See descriptions 41 STEERING
The control unit power supply is protected by two dedicated fuses located in the fuse and relay box in the engine compartment.
ELECTRIC POWER STEERING - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
The electric power steering control unit M086 controls the entire electric power steering.
The direct supply from the battery is via fuse F5 in the fuse and relay box in the engine compartment B001 to pin A of plug A on M86. Pin B of plug A is on M086
to mass.
Power from the ignition switch (15/54) reaches pin 1 of connector B on M086 through fuse F24 in B001.
Via the CAN control unit M086 - pins 7 and 8 of connector B - is connected to the other nodes, such as the Body Computer M001 and instrument panel E050, to which the signals for the warning light "power steering" are sent.
The signals from the switch of the DNA system H139 reach pin 56 of connector D on M001 and are sent via the CAN to the control unit M086 for adjustment of the steering force.
See E7074 ALFA DNA SYSTEM

ELECTRIC POWER STEERING - ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM
Component Code Description Unit reference

C014 MASS FOR FOR ELECTRIC. POWER STEERING -

ELECTRIC POWER STEERING - ARRANGEMENT OF COMPONENTS

C014 MASS FOR FOR ELECTRIC. POWER STEERING -

ALFA DNA SYSTEM
191 - Juliet
ALFA DNA SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION
This model offers the Alfa Romeo DNA system for the first time, a revolutionary system that intervenes on all parts that influence the vehicle's dynamics and which until now was only
available for racing cars and racing cars.
The 'Alfa DNA' system makes it possible to select three different settings for engine power, brakes, steering, suspension and transmission.
The settings are 'Dynamic' (for a sporty driving style), 'Normal' (city driving), and 'All Weather' (for maximum grip in bad road conditions).
- Dynamic mode for sporty driving style.
- Normal: mode for driving under normal conditions.
- All Weather: mode for driving conditions with low surface grip (in rain or snowfall).
The system intervenes on all parts that influence the dynamics of the vehicle:
- injection control unit
- instrument panel
- ABS/VDC control unit
- electric power steering control unit
- suspension control unit (if equipped)
Each of the three behavior options can be set with the switch next to the gear lever.
The switch is monostable, ie it always returns to the central position (Normal).
The enabled mode is indicated by the lighting of the corresponding LED on the panel and by the display on the dashboard.
Move the switch up to enable Dynamic mode; when released, the switch returns to the rest position (center). To turn off Dynamic mode and return to "Normal", the switch must be moved up
again.
Switching directly from the “Dynamic” mode to the “All Weather” mode and vice versa is impossible, one must always switch via the “Normal” mode in order to then enable the other
configuration.
If the “Dynamic” mode was enabled before the key-off, the next key-on will automatically return the configuration to the “Normal” mode.
If, on the other hand, the "All Weather" or "Normal" mode was activated, the next key-on will save this configuration and thus reactivate "All Weather" or "Normal" respectively.
In addition, the “Dynamic” mode is automatically switched off when the vehicle speed exceeds 110Km/h. The "Dynamic" mode is reactivated when driving below this speed limit.
In the event of a failure of the “DNA” system or of the switch, it will not be possible to activate any configuration and the message “Mode not available” will appear on the instrument panel.
See descriptions 1056 PETROL INJECTION FUEL SYSTEM

ALFA DNA SYSTEM - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
The switch of the DNA system H139 sends an analog signal to pin 56 of connector D on M001, depending on the selected mode.
Pin 25 of connector B on M001 sends the reference ground for this signal
Pin 31 and 1 of connector B on M001 transmit enable signals for resp. the leds "d" and "a" on H139.
Via the CAN, the Body Computer M001 is connected to the other nodes, in particular the electric power steering control unit M086, the ABS-VDC control unit M050, and the injection control
unit M010.
In addition, it is connected to the instrument panel E050 which transmits the signals for the mode set display and the fault message display.

ALFA DNA SYSTEM - ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM

C015 -

H139 SYSTEM SWITCH ALFA DNA edit. 7040L53 SWITCH VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL – UI
K074 YAW SENSOR (VDC) edit. 3350E30 CROSS GEAR/YEAR ANGLE SENSOR - UI
M086 CONTROL UNIT ELECTRIC POWER STEERING Mov. 4110D20
ALFA DNA SYSTEM - ARRANGEMENT OF COMPONENTS

C015 -

H139 SYSTEM SWITCH ALFA DNA edit. 7040L53 SWITCH VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL – UI
K074 Bew. 3350E30
M086 CONTROL UNIT ELECTRIC POWER STEERING Mov. 4110D20
MULTIPLE DIAGNOSTIC CONNECTOR
191 - Juliet
MULTIPLE DIAGNOSIS PLUG - DESCRIPTION
The car is equipped with various electronic control units with self-diagnosis. By connecting a diagnostic device (Examiner or similar) to these control units, the data from the self-diagnosis
(parameters, errors) can be read out or certain active diagnoses can be performed.
All diagnostic connections come together in the central EOBD (European On Board Diagnosis) plug which complies with Directive 98/69/EU (EURO 3) - ISO J1962 standards - under the
dashboard, to the left of the Body Computer.
All nodes (control units) of the low-speed B-CAN and the dynamic high-speed C-CAN can also be controlled via this connector.

MULTIPLE DIAGNOSIS PLUG - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
The central diagnostic plug R010 is powered directly from the battery on pin 16 through fuse F36 in Body Computer M001; pins 4 and 5 of R010 are grounded.
Pins 6 and 14 are connected to the C-CAN: via this network the injection control unit M010, the control unit ABS-VDC M050, the yaw angle sensor K047 and the electric power steering
control unit M086 are monitored and a diagnosis is performed on these components.
Pin 1 and 9 are connected to the B-CAN: this network controls the instrument panel E050, the car radio P020, the Bluetooth control unit (M162), the airbag control unit M060, the parking
sensors control unit M084, the TPMS control unit M047 and the climate control unit M070 and diagnostics are performed on these components.

MULTIPLE DIAGNOSIS PLUG - ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM
Component code Description See edit

C015 -
F010 HEADLIGHT LEFT Bew. 5540B81 HEADLAMP UNIT LEFT WITH GAS DISCHARGE LAMP - UI
F011 HEADLIGHT RIGHT Bew. 5540B82 RIGHT HEADLAMP WITH GAS DISCHARGE LAMP - UI
R010 MULTIPLE CONNECTOR FOR DIAGNOSIS -
MULTIPLE DIAGNOSIS PLUG - ARRANGEMENT OF COMPONENTS
Component code Description See edit

C015 -
F010 HEADLIGHT LEFT Bew. 5540B81 HEADLAMP UNIT LEFT WITH GAS DISCHARGE LAMP - UI
F011 HEADLIGHT RIGHT Bew. 5540B82 RIGHT HEADLAMP WITH GAS DISCHARGE LAMP - UI
R010 MULTIPLE CONNECTOR FOR DIAGNOSIS -
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir FRONT PLUG / DASHBOARD (DASHBOARD) D001
cable bundle Color
See 20 DASHBOARD BLACK
Pen cable Destination
Group. Color Node Plug Pen
See P050
1 1,5 HR CIGAR LIGHTER / 2
12V POWER SUPPLY
See M060A
2 0,35 MN AIRBAG CONTROL UNIT 9
(DASHBOARD)
See M060A
3 0,35 M AIRBAG CONTROL UNIT 8
(DASHBOARD)
See D047 PLUG

5 0,35 ETC IN FRONT OF 8
SPIRAL MECHANISM
See E050
8 0,35 BN 11
INSTRUMENT PANEL
See E050
9 0,35 Teacher 12
INSTRUMENT PANEL
See H090
10 0,35 BR 5
SWITCH UNIT
See H090
11 0,35 BL 7
SWITCH UNIT
See M192
12 1,5 MH 4
ALARM CONTROL UNIT
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir FRONT PLUG / DASHBOARD (FRONT) D001
cable bundle Color
See 12 BEFORE BLACK
See B001B
1 1.5 HR FUSES- AND 40
RELAY BOX (FRONT)
See K039 PRIMARY

2 0,35 MN 1
AIRBAG SENSOR
See K039 PRIMARY

3 0,35 M 2
AIRBAG SENSOR
See B001B
5 0.35 ETC FUSES- AND 14
RELAY BOX (FRONT)
See M073
10 0.35 BR CONTROL UNIT 6
See M073
11 0.35 BL CONTROL UNIT 2
See M010A
12 1.5 MH X INJECTION RULE UNIT 28
(IN FRONT OF)
See B001B
FUSES- AND 50
RELAY BOX (FRONT)
See D007 PLUG

1
DYNAMO
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir FRONT PLUG / ENGINE (ENGINE) D004
cable bundle Color
See 50 ENGINE BLACK
1 0,75 LR X See A030A IGNITION COIL (ENGINE) 2
See A030B IGNITION COIL (ENGINE) 2
See A030C IGNITION COIL (ENGINE) 2
See A030D IGNITION COIL (ENGINE) 2
See D081 PLUG

5
INJECTION VALVES
See L102 BYPASS

7 0,75 LV X SOLENOID VALVE FRONT 1
TURBOCOMPRESSOR
See L010
1
FUEL VAPOR VALVE
See M010B
INJECTION RULE UNIT 54
(MOTOR)
See L020B
ELECTROMAGNETIC
8 0,5 H 1
LINK OF
AIRCOCOMPRESSOR (MOTOR)
See L020A
ELECTROMAGNETIC
12 0,5 MN 1
LINK OF
AIRCOCOMPRESSOR (MOTOR)
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir FRONT PLUG / ENGINE (FRONT) D004
cable bundle Color
See 12 BEFORE BLACK
See B001B
1 0,75 LR FUSES- AND 1
RELAY BOX (FRONT)
See B001B
7 0,75 LN X FUSES- AND 2
RELAY BOX (FRONT)
See K015
LAMBDASONDE OP 5
PRECATALYST
See L037
SOLENOID VALVE 2
FOR WASTE GATE
See K017
LAMBDASONDE OP 4
CATALYST
See D008A PLUG

CABLES FOR /
8 0,5 H AIR CONDITIONING - 16
HEATING
(IN FRONT OF)
See B001B
12 0,5 MN FUSES- AND 56
RELAY BOX (FRONT)
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir PLUG ALTERNATOR (FRONT) D007
cable bundle Color
See 12 BEFORE GREY
See M010A
1 2,5 MH X INJECTION RULE 28
(IN FRONT OF)
See B001B
FUSES- AND 50
RELAY BOX (FRONT)
See D001 PLUG

12
FRONT / DASHBOARD
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir PLUG ALTERNATOR (PLUS FROM BATTERY) D007
cable bundle Color
See 41 PLUS FROM BATTERY GREY
See A020B
1 2,5 MH STARTER ENGINE (PLUS -
FROM BATTERY)
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir PLUG CABLES FRONT / AIR CONDITIONING - HEATING (AIR
CONDITIONING) D008A (Automatic air conditioning)
cable bundle Color
See 65 AIR CONDITIONING BLACK
See M072
1 4 HR SPEED CONTROLLER 3
FROM BLOWER
See M070
5 0,75 RV 5
CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT
See M070
6 0,35 B 37
See M070
11 0,75 N 4
See M070
12 0,35 I 38
See J036 FRONT RELAY

15 0,5 LV X 86
EXTRA HEATING -1

86
EXTRA HEATING -2
See M070
3
See M070
16 0,5 H 6
See M070
17 0,35 VM 34
See M070
18 0,5 BL 35
See M070
20 0,35 HR 33
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir FRONT PLUG CABLES / AIR CONDITIONING - HEATING (AIR
CONDITIONING) D008A (Manual air conditioning)
cable bundle Color
See M072
1 4 HR SPEED CONTROLLER 3
FROM BLOWER
See M070
5 0,75 RV 5
See M070
6 0,35 B 37
See M070
11 0,75 N 4
See M070
12 0,35 I 38

15 0,5 LV X 86
EXTRA HEATING -1

86
EXTRA HEATING -2
See M070
3
See M070
16 0,5 H 6
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir PLUG CABLES FRONT / AIR CONDITIONING - HEATING (FRONT) D008A
cable bundle Color
See 12 BEFORE BLACK
See B001B FUSES

1 4 HR 47
AND RELAY BOX (FRONT)
See M001C BODY

5 0,5 RV 13
COMPUTER (FRONT)
See M001D BODY

6 0,35 B 41
COMPUTER (FRONT)
See C010A MASS

11 0,5 N CONNECTION -
FRONT LEFT (FRONT)
See M001D BODY

12 0,35 I 40
COMPUTER (FRONT)
See M001C BODY

15 0,35 LV 4
COMPUTER (FRONT)
See D004 PLUG

16 0,5 H 8
FRONT / ENGINE
See D006 PLUG

17 0,35 VM 7
FRONT / BACK
See K064
18 0,35 BL 3
AIR QUALITY SENSOR
See D006 PLUG

20 0,35 HR 2
FRONT / BACK
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir PLUG CABLES FRONT / AIR CONDITIONING - HEATING
(AIR CONDITIONING) D008B
cable bundle Color
See J036 RELAY

A 2,5 Noun FOR EXTRA 30
HEATING -1
See J037 RELAY

B 4 R FOR EXTRA 30
HEATING -2
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir PLUG CABLES FRONT / AIR CONDITIONING - HEATING (FRONT) D008B
cable bundle Color
See 12 BEFORE BLACK
See B001B
A 2,5 Noun FUSES- AND 24
RELAY BOX (FRONT)
See B001B
B 4 R FUSES- AND 13
RELAY BOX (FRONT)
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir PLUG CABLES DASHBOARD/REAR (DASHBOARD) D020A (RadioNav, Bose Hi-Fi system)
APPLICABLE TO VERSIONS WITH: RadioNav, Bose Hi-Fi System
cable bundle Color
See P020A RADIO

2 0,35 WITH 2
(DASHBOARD)
See P020A RADIO

3 0,35 ZLOTY 6
(DASHBOARD)
See P020A RADIO

4 0,35 GL 3
(DASHBOARD)
See P020A RADIO

5 0,35 Teacher 7
(DASHBOARD)
See P020A RADIO

6 0,35 VR 1
(DASHBOARD)
See P020A RADIO

7 0,35 U 5
(DASHBOARD)
See P020A RADIO

8 0,35 CH 4
(DASHBOARD)
See P020A RADIO

9 0,35 CL 8
(DASHBOARD)
See M162 BLUETOOTH

10 0,5 N 24
CONTROL UNIT
See M162 BLUETOOTH

11 0,5 G 8
CONTROL UNIT
See P032 SPEAKER

12 1 MH B
MIDDLE FRONT
See P032 SPEAKER

13 1 MN A
MIDDLE FRONT
See P020A RADIO

14 0,35 RG A5
(DASHBOARD)
See E050 4
18 0,35 VH
INSTRUMENT PANEL
19 0,35 LR See M001G BODY 17

COMPUTER
(DASHBOARD)
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir PLUG CABLES DASHBOARD/REAR (DASHBOARD) D020A (Bose Hi-Fi System)
APPLICABLE TO VERSIONS WITH: Bose Hi-Fi System

191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir PLUG CABLES DASHBOARD/REAR (DASHBOARD) D020B (S&S)
cable bundle Color
See M192
1 4 R 8
ALARM CONTROL UNIT
See M192
2 4 RN 9
ALARM CONTROL UNIT
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir PLUG CABLES DASHBOARD/REAR (REAR) D020B
cable bundle Color
See 25 BACK BLACK
See B045
FUSES- AND
1 4 R 3
RELAY BOX IN DE
LUGGAGE SPACE
See P070A HIFI

2 4 RN X AMPLIFIER 4
(BACK)
See P049 WOOFER

6
MIDDLE BACK
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir PLUG FRONT LEFT DOOR (DRIVER'S SIDE FRONT DOOR) D030 (Bose Hi-Fi system)
cable bundle Color
See 30 DRIVER'S SIDE FRONT DOOR BLACK
See H051B SWITCH UNIT

FOR WINDOWS OPERATION
AND MIRRORS ON
1 0,35 RH 6
DRIVER'S DOOR
(FRONT DOOR
DRIVER'S SIDE)

AND MIRRORS ON
2 0,35 U 5
DRIVER'S DOOR
(FRONT DOOR
DRIVER'S SIDE)

AND MIRRORS ON
3 0,35 ZH 4
DRIVER'S DOOR
(FRONT DOOR
DRIVER'S SIDE)
See H051A SWITCH UNIT

AND MIRRORS ON
5 0,35 NO 1
DRIVER'S DOOR
(FRONT DOOR
DRIVER'S SIDE)
See G051 FRONT DOOR

6 0,5 RN 2
LIGHTING SIDE
See P035 SPEAKER ON

7 1,5 G 2
DRIVER'S DOOR
See P035 SPEAKER ON

8 1,5 GN 1
DRIVER'S DOOR
See N060 ENGINE VAN

9 2,5 N WINDOWS ON 4
DRIVER'S SIDE FRONT
See N050 MOTOR UNIT

11 1,5 BN FRONT DOOR LOCK J
DRIVER'S SIDE

AND MIRRORS ON
DRIVER'S DOOR
12 0,5 RV (FRONT DOOR 4
DRIVER'S SIDE)
See N050 MOTOR UNIT

13 0,35 ZR FRONT DOOR LOCK F
DRIVER'S SIDE
See N050 MOTOR UNIT

14 0,35 BZ FRONT DOOR LOCK H
DRIVER'S SIDE
See P060 OUTDOOR MIRROR

15 0,5 MN 1
DRIVER'S SIDE
See P045 TWEETER

16 0,75 BL (SPEAKER) 2
DRIVER'S SIDE FRONT
See P045 TWEETER

17 0,75 BV (SPEAKER) 1
DRIVER'S SIDE FRONT

AND MIRRORS ON
18 0,35 HG 7
DRIVER'S DOOR
(FRONT DOOR
DRIVER'S SIDE)
See N050 MOTOR UNIT

19 1,5 CB FRONT DOOR LOCK AND
DRIVER'S SIDE
See N050 MOTOR UNIT

20 1,5 CV FRONT DOOR LOCK TO
DRIVER'S SIDE

AND MIRRORS ON
21 0,35 HM 10
DRIVER'S DOOR
(FRONT DOOR
DRIVER'S SIDE)

AND MIRRORS ON
22 0,35 HN 9
DRIVER'S DOOR
(FRONT DOOR
DRIVER'S SIDE)

AND MIRRORS ON
23 0,35 HR 3
DRIVER'S DOOR
(FRONT DOOR
DRIVER'S SIDE)

AND MIRRORS ON
24 0,35 HV 2
DRIVER'S DOOR
(FRONT DOOR
DRIVER'S SIDE)

AND MIRRORS ON
25 0,35 VR 8
DRIVER'S DOOR
(FRONT DOOR
DRIVER'S SIDE)

27 N X FOR WINDOWS OPERATION 12
0,5
AND MIRRORS ON
DRIVER'S DOOR
(FRONT DOOR
DRIVER'S SIDE)
See N050 MOTOR UNIT

FRONT DOOR LOCK G
DRIVER'S SIDE

4
DRIVER'S SIDE

AND MIRRORS ON
29 0,35 H 2
DRIVER'S DOOR
(FRONT DOOR
DRIVER'S SIDE)

AND MIRRORS ON
30 0,35 HB 8
DRIVER'S DOOR
(FRONT DOOR
DRIVER'S SIDE)
See N060 ENGINE VAN

31 2,5 RB WINDOWS ON 6
DRIVER'S SIDE FRONT

AND MIRRORS ON
32 0,35 GR 11
DRIVER'S DOOR
(FRONT DOOR
DRIVER'S SIDE)

AND MIRRORS ON
33 0,35 GL 12
DRIVER'S DOOR
(FRONT DOOR
DRIVER'S SIDE)
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir PLUG DOOR LEFT FRONT (REAR) D030
cable bundle Color
See 25 BACK BLACK
See M001F BODY

1 0,35 RH X 5
COMPUTER (REAR)
See D031 PLUG

PORTER 1
FRONT RIGHT
See D031 PLUG

2 0,35 ZH PORTER 2
FRONT RIGHT
See D031 PLUG

3 0,35 RH PORTER 3
FRONT RIGHT
See M001F BODY

5 0,35 NO X 21
COMPUTER (REAR)
See D031 PLUG

PORTER 5
FRONT RIGHT
See D036 PLUG

PORTER 6
RIGHT BEHIND
See D035 PLUG

PORTER 6
LEFT BEHIND
See M001E BODY

6 0,5 RN 23
COMPUTER (REAR)
See D020A PLUG

CABLES
7 0,75 G 4
DASHBOARD/REAR
(DASHBOARD)
See D020A PLUG

CABLES 5
8 0,75 GN
DASHBOARD/REAR
(DASHBOARD)
9 2,5 N See C020 GROUND ON -
DASHBOARD
PASSENGER SIDE
See M001E BODY

11 1,5 BN X 18
COMPUTER (REAR)
See D035 PLUG

PORTER 13
LEFT BEHIND
See D031 PLUG

PORTER 11
FRONT RIGHT
See D036 PLUG

PORTER 13
RIGHT BEHIND
See N058
LOCK MOTOR OF 1
THANK YOU
See M001E BODY

12 0,5 RV 21
COMPUTER (REAR)
See M001F BODY

13 0,35 ZR 53
COMPUTER (REAR)
See M001F BODY

14 0,35 BZ 50
COMPUTER (REAR)
See D006 PLUG

15 4 MB 3
FRONT / BACK
See D031 PLUG

18 0,35 HG PORTER 18
FRONT RIGHT
See M001E BODY

19 1,5 CB X 3
COMPUTER (REAR)
See D035 PLUG

PORTER 11
LEFT BEHIND
See D031 PLUG

PORTER 19
FRONT RIGHT
See D036 PLUG

PORTER 11
RIGHT BEHIND
See M001E BODY

20 1,5 CV X 32
COMPUTER (REAR)
See N058
LOCK MOTOR OF 2
THANK YOU
See D036 PLUG

PORTER 12
RIGHT BEHIND
See D035 PLUG

PORTER 12
LEFT BEHIND
See D031 PLUG

PORTER 20
FRONT RIGHT
See D035 PLUG

21 0,35 HM PORTER 10
LEFT BEHIND
See D035 PLUG

PORTER
22 0,35 HN 16
LEFT BEHIND
See D036 PLUG

23 0,35 HR PORTER 10
RIGHT BEHIND
See D036 PLUG

24 0,35 HV PORTER 16
RIGHT BEHIND
See D035 PLUG

25 0,35 VR X PORTER 5
LEFT BEHIND
See D036 PLUG

PORTER 5
RIGHT BEHIND
See C030B MASS -

CONNECTION
27 0,5 N -
LEFT BEHIND
(BACK)
See D031 PLUG

29 0,35 H PORTER 29
FRONT RIGHT
See D031 PLUG

30 0,35 HB PORTER 30
FRONT RIGHT
See M001E BODY

31 2,5 RB 16
COMPUTER (REAR)
See D031 PLUG

32 0,35 GR PORTER 32
FRONT RIGHT
See D031 PLUG

33 0,35 GL PORTER 33
FRONT RIGHT
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir PLUG FRONT LEFT (REAR) D030 (Bose Hi-Fi System)
cable bundle Color
See 25 BACK BLACK
See M001F BODY

1 0,35 RH X COMPUTER 5
(BACK)
See D031 PLUG

PORTER 1
FRONT RIGHT
See D031 PLUG

2 0,35 ZH PORTER 2
FRONT RIGHT
See D031 PLUG

3 0,35 RH PORTER 3
FRONT RIGHT
See M001F BODY

5 0,35 NO X COMPUTER 21
(BACK)
See D031 PLUG

PORTER 5
FRONT RIGHT
See D036 PLUG

PORTER 6
RIGHT BEHIND
See D035 PLUG

PORTER 6
LEFT BEHIND
See M001E BODY

6 0,5 RN COMPUTER 23
(BACK)
See P070A HIFI

7 1,5 G AMPLIFIER 7
(BACK)
See P070A HIFI

8 1,5 GN AMPLIFIER 3
(BACK)
See C020 GROUND ON

9 2,5 N DASHBOARD -
PASSENGER SIDE
See M001E BODY

11 1,5 BN X COMPUTER 18
(BACK)
See D035 PLUG

PORTER 13
LEFT BEHIND
See D031 PLUG

PORTER 11
FRONT RIGHT
See D036 PLUG

PORTER 13
RIGHT BEHIND
See N058
LOCK MOTOR OF 1
THANK YOU
See M001E BODY

12 0,5 RV COMPUTER 21
(BACK)
See M001F BODY

13 0,35 ZR COMPUTER 53
(BACK)
See M001F BODY

14 0,35 BZ COMPUTER 50
(BACK)
See D006 PLUG

15 4 MB 3
FRONT / BACK
See P070B HIFI -

16 0,75 BL AMPLIFIER 4
(BACK)
See P070B HIFI -

17 0,75 BV AMPLIFIER 3
(BACK)
See D031 PLUG

18 0,35 HG PORTER 18
FRONT RIGHT
See M001E BODY

19 1,5 CB X COMPUTER 3
(BACK)
See D035 PLUG

PORTER 11
LEFT BEHIND
See D031 PLUG

PORTER 19
FRONT RIGHT
See D036 PLUG

PORTER 11
RIGHT BEHIND
See M001E BODY

20 1,5 CV X COMPUTER 32
(BACK)
See N058
LOCK MOTOR OF 2
THANK YOU
See D036 PLUG

PORTER 12
RIGHT BEHIND
See D035 PLUG

PORTER 12
LEFT BEHIND
See D031 PLUG

PORTER 20
FRONT RIGHT
See D035 PLUG

21 0,35 HM PORTER 10
LEFT BEHIND
See D035 PLUG

22 0,35 HN PORTER 16
LEFT BEHIND
See D036 PLUG

23 0,35 HR PORTER 10
RIGHT BEHIND
See D036 PLUG

24 0,35 HV PORTER 16
RIGHT BEHIND
See D035 PLUG

25 0,35 VR X PORTER 5
LEFT BEHIND
See D036 PLUG

PORTER 5
RIGHT BEHIND
See C030B MASS -

CONNECTION
27 0,5 N -
LEFT BEHIND
(BACK)
See D031 PLUG

29 0,35 H PORTER 29
FRONT RIGHT
See D031 PLUG

30 0,35 HB PORTER 30
FRONT RIGHT
See M001E BODY

31 2,5 RB COMPUTER 16
(BACK)
See D031 PLUG

32 0,35 GR PORTER 32
FRONT RIGHT
See D031 PLUG

33 0,35 GL PORTER 33
FRONT RIGHT
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir FRONT LEFT DOOR PLUG (DRIVER'S SIDE FRONT DOOR) D030
cable bundle Color

AND MIRRORS ON
1 0,35 RH 6
DRIVER'S DOOR
(FRONT DOOR
DRIVER'S SIDE)

AND MIRRORS ON
2 0,35 U 5
DRIVER'S DOOR
(FRONT DOOR
DRIVER'S SIDE)

AND MIRRORS ON
3 0,35 ZH 4
DRIVER'S DOOR
(FRONT DOOR
DRIVER'S SIDE)

AND MIRRORS ON
5 0,35 NO 1
DRIVER'S DOOR
(FRONT DOOR
DRIVER'S SIDE)
See G051 FRONT DOOR

6 0,5 RN 2
LIGHTING SIDE
See P045 TWEETER

7 0,75 G X (SPEAKER) 1
DRIVER'S SIDE FRONT
See P035 SPEAKER ON

1
DRIVER'S DOOR
See P035 SPEAKER ON

8 0,75 GN X 2
DRIVER'S DOOR
See P045 TWEETER

(SPEAKER) 2
DRIVER'S SIDE FRONT
See N060 ENGINE VAN

9 2,5 N WINDOWS ON 4
DRIVER'S SIDE FRONT
See N050 MOTOR UNIT

11 1,5 BN J
FRONT DOOR LOCK
DRIVER'S SIDE

AND MIRRORS ON
12 0,5 RV 4
DRIVER'S DOOR
(FRONT DOOR
DRIVER'S SIDE)
See N050 MOTOR UNIT

13 0,35 ZR FRONT DOOR LOCK F
DRIVER'S SIDE
See N050 MOTOR UNIT

14 0,35 BZ FRONT DOOR LOCK H
DRIVER'S SIDE

15 0,5 MN 1
DRIVER'S SIDE

AND MIRRORS ON
18 0,35 HG 7
DRIVER'S DOOR
(FRONT DOOR
DRIVER'S SIDE)
See N050 MOTOR UNIT

19 1,5 CB FRONT DOOR LOCK AND
DRIVER'S SIDE
See N050 MOTOR UNIT

20 1,5 CV FRONT DOOR LOCK TO
DRIVER'S SIDE

AND MIRRORS ON
21 0,35 HM 10
DRIVER'S DOOR
(FRONT DOOR
DRIVER'S SIDE)

AND MIRRORS ON
22 0,35 HN 9
DRIVER'S DOOR
(FRONT DOOR
DRIVER'S SIDE)

AND MIRRORS ON
23 0,35 HR 3
DRIVER'S DOOR
(FRONT DOOR
DRIVER'S SIDE)

AND MIRRORS ON
24 0,35 HV 2
DRIVER'S DOOR
(FRONT DOOR
DRIVER'S SIDE)

AND MIRRORS ON
25 0,35 VR 8
DRIVER'S DOOR
(FRONT DOOR
DRIVER'S SIDE)

AND MIRRORS ON
27 0,5 N X 12
DRIVER'S DOOR
(FRONT DOOR
DRIVER'S SIDE)
See N050 MOTOR UNIT

FRONT DOOR LOCK G

DRIVER'S SIDE

4
DRIVER'S SIDE

AND MIRRORS ON
29 0,35 H 2
DRIVER'S DOOR
(FRONT DOOR
DRIVER'S SIDE)

AND MIRRORS ON
30 0,35 HB 8
DRIVER'S DOOR
(FRONT DOOR
DRIVER'S SIDE)
See N060 ENGINE VAN

31 2,5 RB WINDOWS ON 6
DRIVER'S SIDE FRONT

AND MIRRORS ON
32 0,35 GR 11
DRIVER'S DOOR
(FRONT DOOR
DRIVER'S SIDE)

AND MIRRORS ON
33 0,35 GL 12
DRIVER'S DOOR
(FRONT DOOR
DRIVER'S SIDE)
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir FRONT RIGHT DOOR PLUG (PASSENGER FRONT DOOR) D031
cable bundle Color
See 31 FRONT DOOR PASSENGER SIDE BLACK
See H050 SWITCH

WINDOWS ON
1 0,35 RH 3
FRONT DOOR
PASSENGER SIDE
See N061 FRONT ENGINE

2 0,35 U X WINDOWS 2
FRONT RIGHT
See H050 SWITCH

WINDOWS ON
2
FRONT DOOR
PASSENGER SIDE

3 0,35 ZH X WINDOWS 1
FRONT RIGHT
See H050 SWITCH

WINDOWS ON
4
FRONT DOOR
PASSENGER SIDE

5 0,35 NO WINDOWS 3
FRONT RIGHT
See G052
6 0,5 RN SILL LIGHTS 2
FRONT RIGHT
See P046 TWEETER

7 0,75 ZC X (SPEAKER) 1
FRONT PASSENGER
See P036 SPEAKER

ON PASSENGER SPORT 1
IN FRONT OF
See P036 SPEAKER

8 0,75 ZN X ON PASSENGER SPORT 2
IN FRONT OF
See P046 TWEETER

(SPEAKER) 2
FRONT PASSENGER

9 2,5 N WINDOWS 4
FRONT RIGHT
See N051 MOTOR UNIT

11 1,5 BN DOOR LOCK J
FRONT RIGHT
See N051 MOTOR UNIT

14 0,35 BR DOOR LOCK H
FRONT RIGHT
See P061A
OUTSIDE MIRROR
15 0,5 MN PASSENGER SIDE 1
(FRONT DOOR
PASSENGER SIDE)
See P061A
OUTSIDE MIRROR
18 0,35 HG PASSENGER SIDE 3
(FRONT DOOR
PASSENGER SIDE)
See N051 MOTOR UNIT

19 1,5 CB DOOR LOCK AND
FRONT RIGHT
See N051 MOTOR UNIT

20 1,5 CV DOOR LOCK TO
FRONT RIGHT
See P061A
OUTSIDE MIRROR
21 0,35 vice PASSENGER SIDE 5
(FRONT DOOR
PASSENGER SIDE)
See P061A
OUTSIDE MIRROR
22 0,35 NZ PASSENGER SIDE 8
(FRONT DOOR
PASSENGER SIDE)
See P061A
OUTSIDE MIRROR
27 0,5 N X PASSENGER SIDE 4
(FRONT DOOR
PASSENGER SIDE)
See N051 MOTOR UNIT

DOOR LOCK G
FRONT RIGHT
See H050 SWITCH

WINDOWS ON
1
FRONT DOOR
PASSENGER SIDE
See P061A
OUTSIDE MIRROR
29 0,35 H PASSENGER SIDE 6
(FRONT DOOR
PASSENGER SIDE)
See P061A
OUTSIDE MIRROR
30 0,35 HB PASSENGER SIDE 7
(FRONT DOOR
PASSENGER SIDE)

31 2,5 RN WINDOWS 6
FRONT RIGHT
See P061B
OUTSIDE MIRROR
32 0,35 GR PASSENGER SIDE 1
(FRONT DOOR
PASSENGER SIDE)
See P061B
OUTSIDE MIRROR
PASSENGER SIDE
33 0,35 GL 2
(FRONT DOOR
PASSENGER SIDE)
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir FRONT RIGHT DOOR PLUG (PASSENGER FRONT DOOR) D031 (Bose Hi-Fi system)
cable bundle Color
See H050 SWITCH

WINDOWS ON
1 0,35 RH 3
FRONT DOOR
PASSENGER SIDE

FRONT RIGHT
See H050 SWITCH

WINDOWS ON
2
FRONT DOOR
PASSENGER SIDE

FRONT RIGHT
See H050 SWITCH

WINDOWS ON
4
FRONT DOOR
PASSENGER SIDE

5 0,35 NO WINDOWS 3
FRONT RIGHT
See G052
6 0,5 RN SILL LIGHTS 2
FRONT RIGHT
See P036 SPEAKER

7 1,5 ZC ON PASSENGER SPORT 2
IN FRONT OF
See P036 SPEAKER

8 1,5 ZN ON PASSENGER SPORT 1
IN FRONT OF

9 2,5 N WINDOWS 4
FRONT RIGHT
See N051 MOTOR UNIT

FRONT RIGHT
See N051 MOTOR UNIT

14 0,35 BR DOOR LOCK H
FRONT RIGHT
See P061A
OUTSIDE MIRROR
15 0,5 MN PASSENGER SIDE 1
(FRONT DOOR
PASSENGER SIDE)
See P046 TWEETER

16 0,75 MR (SPEAKER) 2
FRONT PASSENGER
See P046 TWEETER

17 0,75 MG (SPEAKER) 1
FRONT PASSENGER
See P061A
OUTSIDE MIRROR
18 0,35 HG PASSENGER SIDE 3
(FRONT DOOR
PASSENGER SIDE)
See N051 MOTOR UNIT

FRONT RIGHT
See N051 MOTOR UNIT

FRONT RIGHT
See P061A
OUTSIDE MIRROR
21 0,35 vice PASSENGER SIDE 5
(FRONT DOOR
PASSENGER SIDE)
See P061A
OUTSIDE MIRROR
22 0,35 NZ PASSENGER SIDE 8
(FRONT DOOR
PASSENGER SIDE)
See P061A
OUTSIDE MIRROR
27 0,5 N X PASSENGER SIDE 4
(FRONT DOOR
PASSENGER SIDE)
See N051 MOTOR UNIT

DOOR LOCK G
FRONT RIGHT
See H050 SWITCH

WINDOWS ON
1
FRONT DOOR
PASSENGER SIDE
See P061A
OUTSIDE MIRROR
29 0,35 H PASSENGER SIDE 6
(FRONT DOOR
PASSENGER SIDE)
See P061A
OUTSIDE MIRROR
30 0,35 HB PASSENGER SIDE 7
(FRONT DOOR
PASSENGER SIDE)

31 2,5 RN WINDOWS 6
FRONT RIGHT
See P061B
OUTSIDE MIRROR
PASSENGER SIDE
32 0,35 GR (FRONT DOOR 1
PASSENGER SIDE)
See P061B
OUTSIDE MIRROR
33 0,35 GL PASSENGER SIDE 2
(FRONT DOOR
PASSENGER SIDE)
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir PLUG DOOR RIGHT FRONT (REAR) D031
cable bundle Color
See 25 BACK BLACK
See M001F BODY

1 0,35 RH X 5
COMPUTER (REAR)
See D030 PLUG

1
FRONT LEFT DOOR
See D030 PLUG

2 0,35 U 2
FRONT LEFT DOOR
See D030 PLUG

3 0,35 ZH 3
FRONT LEFT DOOR
See M001F BODY

5 0,35 NO X 21
COMPUTER (REAR)
See D030 PLUG

5
FRONT LEFT DOOR
See D036 PLUG

PORTER 6
RIGHT BEHIND
See D035 PLUG

PORTER 6
LEFT BEHIND
See M001E BODY

6 0,5 RN 23
COMPUTER (REAR)
See D020A PLUG

CABLES
7 0,75 ZC 2
DASHBOARD/REAR
(DASHBOARD)
See D020A PLUG

CABLES
8 0,75 ZN 3
DASHBOARD/REAR
(DASHBOARD)
See C020 GROUND ON

9 2 N DASHBOARD -
PASSENGER SIDE
See M001E BODY

11 1,5 BN X 18
COMPUTER (REAR)
See D030 PLUG

11
FRONT LEFT DOOR
See D035 PLUG

PORTER 13
LEFT BEHIND
See D036 PLUG

PORTER 13
RIGHT BEHIND
See N058
LOCK MOTOR OF 1
THANK YOU
See M001F BODY

14 0,35 BR 51
COMPUTER (REAR)
See D006 PLUG

15 0,5 MN 4
FRONT / BACK
See D030 PLUG

18 0,35 HG 18
FRONT LEFT DOOR
See M001E BODY

19 1,5 CB X 3
COMPUTER (REAR)
See D030 PLUG

19
FRONT LEFT DOOR
See D035 PLUG

PORTER 11
LEFT BEHIND
See D036 PLUG

PORTER 11
RIGHT BEHIND
See M001E BODY

20 1,5 CV X 32
COMPUTER (REAR)
See N058
LOCK MOTOR OF 2
THANK YOU
See D036 PLUG

PORTER 12
RIGHT BEHIND
See D035 PLUG

PORTER 12
LEFT BEHIND
See D030 PLUG

20
FRONT LEFT DOOR
See M001F BODY

21 0,35 vice 37
COMPUTER (REAR)
See M001F BODY

22 0,35 NZ 52
COMPUTER (REAR)
See C020 GROUND ON

27 0,5 N DASHBOARD -
PASSENGER SIDE
See D030 PLUG

29 0,35 H 29
FRONT LEFT DOOR
See D030 PLUG

30 0,35 HB 30
FRONT LEFT DOOR
See M001E BODY

31 2,5 RN 31
COMPUTER (REAR)
See D030 PLUG

32 0,35 GR 32
FRONT LEFT DOOR
See D030 PLUG

33 0,35 GL 33
FRONT LEFT DOOR
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir PLUG DOOR RIGHT FRONT (REAR) D031 (Bose Hi-Fi System)
cable bundle Color
See 25 BACK BLACK
See M001F BODY

1 0,35 RH X COMPUTER 5
(BACK)
See D030 PLUG

1
FRONT LEFT DOOR
See D030 CONNECTOR

2 0,35 U 2
FRONT LEFT DOOR
See D030 PLUG

3 0,35 ZH 3
FRONT LEFT DOOR
See M001F BODY

(BACK)
See D030 PLUG

5
FRONT LEFT DOOR
See D036 PLUG

PORTER 6
RIGHT BEHIND
See D035 PLUG

PORTER 6
LEFT BEHIND
See M001E BODY

(BACK)
See P070A HIFI

7 1,5 ZC AMPLIFIER 6
(BACK)
See P070A HIFI

8 1,5 ZN AMPLIFIER 2
(BACK)
9 2 N See C020 GROUND ON -
DASHBOARD
PASSENGER SIDE
See M001E BODY

(BACK)
See D030 PLUG

11
FRONT LEFT DOOR
See D035 PLUG

PORTER 13
LEFT BEHIND
See D036 PLUG

PORTER 13
RIGHT BEHIND
See N058
LOCK MOTOR OF 1
THANK YOU
See M001F BODY

14 0,35 BR COMPUTER 51
(BACK)
See D006 PLUG

15 0,5 MN 4
FRONT / BACK
See P070B HIFI -

16 0,75 MR AMPLIFIER 6
(BACK)
See P070B HIFI -

17 0,75 MG AMPLIFIER 5
(BACK)
See D030 PLUG

18 0,35 HG 18
FRONT LEFT DOOR
See M001E BODY

(BACK)
See D030 PLUG

19
FRONT LEFT DOOR
See D035 PLUG

PORTER 11
LEFT BEHIND
See D036 PLUG

PORTER 11
RIGHT BEHIND
See M001E BODY

(BACK)
See N058
LOCK MOTOR OF 2
THANK YOU
See D036 PLUG

PORTER 12
RIGHT BEHIND
See D035 PLUG

PORTER 12
LEFT BEHIND
See D030 PLUG

20
FRONT LEFT DOOR
21 vice See M001F BODY 37

0,35
COMPUTER
(BACK)
See M001F BODY

22 0,35 NZ COMPUTER 52
(BACK)
See C020 GROUND ON

27 0,5 N DASHBOARD -
PASSENGER SIDE
See D030 PLUG 29

29 0,35 H
FRONT LEFT DOOR
See D030 PLUG

30 0,35 HB 30
FRONT LEFT DOOR
See M001E BODY

(BACK)
See D030 PLUG

32 0,35 GR 32
FRONT LEFT DOOR
See D030 PLUG

33 0,35 GL 33
FRONT LEFT DOOR
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir PLUG LEFT REAR DOOR (LEFT REAR DOOR) D035 (Bose Hi-Fi System)
cable bundle Color
See 34 REAR LEFT DOOR BLACK
See H053 SWITCH

5 0,35 VR FOR WINDOWS ON 3
LEFT REAR DOOR

6 0,35 NO WINDOWS 3
LEFT BEHIND
See N055 ENGINE UNIT

7 0,5 N X DOOR LOCK G
LEFT BEHIND
See H053 SWITCH

FOR WINDOWS ON 1
LEFT REAR DOOR

8 0,35 BM DOOR LOCK H
LEFT BEHIND

9 2,5 RV WINDOWS 6
LEFT BEHIND

10 0,35 HM X WINDOWS 2
LEFT BEHIND
See H053 SWITCH

FOR WINDOWS ON 2
LEFT REAR DOOR

LEFT BEHIND

LEFT BEHIND

LEFT BEHIND
14 RN See G055 Left rear door 2

0,5
lighting

16 0,35 HN X WINDOWS 1
LEFT BEHIND
See H053 SWITCH

FOR WINDOWS ON 4
LEFT REAR DOOR
See P030 SPEAKER

17 1,5 CN X 1
LEFT BEHIND
See P047 SPEAKER

1
(TWEETER) REAR LEFT
See P030 SPEAKER

18 1,5 C X 2
LEFT BEHIND
See P047 SPEAKER

2
(TWEETER) REAR LEFT

19 2,5 N WINDOWS 4
LEFT BEHIND
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir PLUG DOOR LEFT REAR (REAR) D035
cable bundle Color
See 25 BACK BLACK
See D030 PLUG

5 0,35 VR X 25
FRONT LEFT DOOR
See D036 PLUG

PORTER 5
RIGHT BEHIND
See M001F BODY

6 0,35 NO X 21
COMPUTER (REAR)
See D030 PLUG

5
FRONT LEFT DOOR
See D031 PLUG

PORTER 5
FRONT RIGHT
See D036 PLUG

PORTER 6
RIGHT BEHIND
See C030B GROUND

CONNECTION
7 0,75 N -
LEFT BEHIND
(BACK)
See M001F BODY

8 0,35 BM 36
COMPUTER (REAR)
See M001E BODY

9 2,5 RV 19
COMPUTER (REAR)
See D030 PLUG

10 0,35 HM 21
FRONT LEFT DOOR
See M001E BODY

11 1,5 CB X 3
COMPUTER (REAR)
See D030 PLUG

19
FRONT LEFT DOOR
See D031 PLUG

PORTER 19
FRONT RIGHT
See D036 PLUG

PORTER
11
RIGHT BEHIND
See M001E BODY

12 1,5 CV X 32
COMPUTER (REAR)
See N058
LOCK MOTOR OF 2
THANK YOU
See D036 PLUG

PORTER 12
RIGHT BEHIND
See D030 PLUG

20
FRONT LEFT DOOR
See D031 PLUG

PORTER 20
FRONT RIGHT
See M001E BODY

13 1,5 BN X 18
COMPUTER (REAR)
See D030 PLUG

11
FRONT LEFT DOOR
See D031 PLUG

PORTER 11
FRONT RIGHT
See D036 PLUG

PORTER 13
RIGHT BEHIND
See N058
LOCK MOTOR OF 1
THANK YOU
See M001E BODY

14 1,5 N 29
COMPUTER (REAR)
See D030 PLUG

16 0,35 HN 22
FRONT LEFT DOOR
See D020A PLUG

CABLES 9
17 1 CN
DASHBOARD/REAR
(DASHBOARD)
See D020A PLUG

CABLES
18 1 C 8
DASHBOARD/REAR
(DASHBOARD)
See C030A GROUND -

CONNECTION
19 2,5 N -
LEFT BEHIND
(BACK)
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir PLUG LEFT REAR DOOR (REAR) D035 (Bose Hi-Fi System)
cable bundle Color
See 25 BACK BLACK
See D030 PLUG 25

5 0,35 VR X
FRONT LEFT DOOR
See D036 PLUG

PORTER 5
RIGHT BEHIND
See M001F BODY

(BACK)
See D030 PLUG 5

FRONT LEFT DOOR
See D031 PLUG

PORTER 5
FRONT RIGHT
See D036 PLUG

PORTER 6
RIGHT BEHIND
See C030B GROUND

CONNECTION
7 0,75 N -
LEFT BEHIND
(BACK)
See M001F BODY

8 0,35 BM COMPUTER 36
(BACK)
See M001E BODY

(BACK)
See D030 PLUG

10 0,35 HM 21
FRONT LEFT DOOR
See M001E BODY

(BACK)
See D030 PLUG 19

FRONT LEFT DOOR
See D031 PLUG

PORTER 19
FRONT RIGHT
See D036 PLUG

PORTER 11
RIGHT BEHIND
See M001E BODY

(BACK)
See N058
LOCK MOTOR OF 2
THANK YOU
See D036 PLUG

PORTER 12
RIGHT BEHIND
See D030 PLUG

20
FRONT LEFT DOOR
See D031 PLUG

PORTER 20
FRONT RIGHT
See M001E BODY

(BACK)
See D030 PLUG

11
FRONT LEFT DOOR
See D031 PLUG

PORTER 11
FRONT RIGHT
See D036 PLUG

PORTER 13
RIGHT BEHIND
See N058
LOCK MOTOR OF 1
THANK YOU
See M001E BODY

14 1,5 N COMPUTER 29
(BACK)
See D030 PLUG 22

16 0,35 HN
FRONT LEFT DOOR
See P070A HIFI -

17 1,5 CN AMPLIFIER 1
(BACK)
See P070A HIFI -

18 1,5 C AMPLIFIER 5
(BACK)
See C030A GROUND -

CONNECTION
19 2,5 N -
LEFT BEHIND
(BACK)
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir PLUG LEFT REAR DOOR (REAR LEFT DOOR) D035
cable bundle Color
See H053 SWITCH

5 0,35 VR FOR WINDOWS ON 3
LEFT REAR DOOR

6 0,35 NO WINDOWS 3
LEFT BEHIND

LEFT BEHIND
See H053 SWITCH

FOR WINDOWS ON 1
LEFT REAR DOOR

8 0,35 BM DOOR LOCK H
LEFT BEHIND

9 2,5 RV WINDOWS 6
LEFT BEHIND

LEFT BEHIND
See H053 SWITCH

FOR WINDOWS ON 2
LEFT REAR DOOR

LEFT BEHIND

LEFT BEHIND

LEFT BEHIND
14 0,5 RN 2
See G055 Lighting on
rear left door

LEFT BEHIND
See H053 SWITCH

FOR WINDOWS ON 4
LEFT REAR DOOR
See P030 SPEAKER

17 0,75 CN X 2
LEFT BEHIND
See P047 SPEAKER

2
(TWEETER) REAR LEFT
See P030 SPEAKER

18 0,75 C X 1
LEFT BEHIND
See P047 SPEAKER

1
(TWEETER) REAR LEFT

19 2,5 N WINDOWS 4
LEFT BEHIND
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir RIGHT RIGHT DOOR PLUG (RIGHT REAR DOOR) D036 (Bose Hi-Fi System)
cable bundle Color
See 35 RIGHT REAR DOOR BLACK
See H054 SWITCH

FOR WINDOWS ON
5 0,35 VR 3
JUDGE
REAR DOOR

6 0,35 NO WINDOWS 3
RIGHT BEHIND
See N056 MOTOR UNIT

RIGHT BEHIND
See H054 SWITCH

FOR WINDOWS ON
1
JUDGE
REAR DOOR
See N056 MOTOR UNIT

8 0,35 BV DOOR LOCK H
RIGHT BEHIND

9 2,5 R WINDOWS 6
RIGHT BEHIND

10 0,35 HR X WINDOWS 2
RIGHT BEHIND
See H054 SWITCH

FOR WINDOWS ON
2
JUDGE
REAR DOOR
See N056 MOTOR UNIT

RIGHT BEHIND
See N056 MOTOR UNIT

RIGHT BEHIND
See N056 MOTOR UNIT

DOOR LOCK
13 1,5 BN J
RIGHT BEHIND
14 RN See G056 Right rear door 2

0,5
lighting

16 0,35 HV X WINDOWS 1
RIGHT BEHIND
See H054 SWITCH

FOR WINDOWS ON
4
JUDGE
REAR DOOR
See P048 SPEAKER

17 0,75 VN X (TWEETER) 1
RIGHT BEHIND
See P031 SPEAKER

1
RIGHT BEHIND
See P048 SPEAKER

18 0,75 V X (TWEETER) 2
RIGHT BEHIND
See P031 SPEAKER

2
RIGHT BEHIND

19 2,5 N WINDOWS 4
RIGHT BEHIND
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir PLUG RIGHT REAR DOOR (RIGHT REAR DOOR) D036
cable bundle Color
See H054 SWITCH

FOR WINDOWS ON
5 0,35 VR 3
JUDGE
REAR DOOR

6 0,35 NO WINDOWS 3
RIGHT BEHIND
See N056 MOTOR UNIT

RIGHT BEHIND
See H054 SWITCH

FOR WINDOWS ON
1
JUDGE
REAR DOOR
See N056 MOTOR UNIT

8 0,35 BV DOOR LOCK H
RIGHT BEHIND

9 2,5 R WINDOWS 6
RIGHT BEHIND

RIGHT BEHIND
See H054 SWITCH

FOR WINDOWS ON
2
JUDGE
REAR DOOR
See N056 MOTOR UNIT

RIGHT BEHIND
See N056 MOTOR UNIT

RIGHT BEHIND
See N056 MOTOR UNIT

RIGHT BEHIND
14 RN See G056 Right rear door 2

0,5
lighting

RIGHT BEHIND
See H054 SWITCH

FOR WINDOWS ON
4
JUDGE
REAR DOOR
See P048 SPEAKER

17 0,75 VN X (TWEETER) 2
RIGHT BEHIND
See P031 SPEAKER

2
RIGHT BEHIND
See P048 SPEAKER

18 0,75 V X (TWEETER) 1
RIGHT BEHIND
See P031 SPEAKER

1
RIGHT BEHIND

19 2,5 N WINDOWS 4
RIGHT BEHIND
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir PLUG RIGHT REAR DOOR (REAR) D036
cable bundle Color
See 25 BACK BLACK
See D030 PLUG

5 0,35 VR X 25
FRONT LEFT DOOR
See D035 PLUG

PORTER 5
LEFT BEHIND
See M001F BODY

6 0,35 NO X 21
COMPUTER (REAR)
See D030 PLUG

5
FRONT LEFT DOOR
See D031 PLUG

PORTER 5
FRONT RIGHT
See D035 PLUG

PORTER 6
LEFT BEHIND
See C020 GROUND ON

7 0,5 N DASHBOARD -
PASSENGER SIDE
See M001F BODY

8 0,35 BV 33
COMPUTER (REAR)
See M001E BODY

9 2,5 R 17
COMPUTER (REAR)
See D030 PLUG

10 0,35 HR 23
FRONT LEFT DOOR
See M001E BODY

11 1,5 CB X 3
COMPUTER (REAR)
See D030 PLUG

19
FRONT LEFT DOOR
See D035 PLUG

PORTER 11
LEFT BEHIND
See D031 PLUG 19

PORTER
FRONT RIGHT
See M001E BODY

12 1,5 CV X 32
COMPUTER (REAR)
See N058
LOCK MOTOR OF 2
THANK YOU
See D036 PLUG

PORTER 12
RIGHT BEHIND
See D030 PLUG

20
FRONT LEFT DOOR
See D031 PLUG

PORTER 20
FRONT RIGHT
See M001E BODY

13 1,5 BN X 18
COMPUTER (REAR)
See D030 PLUG

11
FRONT LEFT DOOR
See D035 PLUG

PORTER 13
LEFT BEHIND
See D031 PLUG

PORTER 11
FRONT RIGHT
See N058
LOCK MOTOR OF 1
THANK YOU
See M001E BODY

14 0,5 RN 29
COMPUTER (REAR)
See D030 PLUG

16 0,35 HV 24
FRONT LEFT DOOR
See D020A PLUG

CABLES
17 1 VN 7
DASHBOARD/REAR
(DASHBOARD)
See D020A PLUG

CABLES 6
18 1 V
DASHBOARD/REAR
(DASHBOARD)
See C031 MASS -

RIGHT BEHIND
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir PLUG RIGHT REAR DOOR (REAR) D036 (Bose Hi-Fi System)
cable bundle Color
See 25 BACK BLACK
See D030 PLUG 25

5 0,35 VR X
FRONT LEFT DOOR
See D035 PLUG

PORTER 5
LEFT BEHIND
See M001F BODY

(BACK)
See D030 PLUG 5

FRONT LEFT DOOR
See D031 PLUG

PORTER 5
FRONT RIGHT
See D035 PLUG

PORTER 6
LEFT BEHIND
See C020 GROUND ON

7 0,5 N DASHBOARD -
PASSENGER SIDE
See M001F BODY

8 0,35 BV COMPUTER 33
(BACK)
See M001E BODY

9 2,5 R COMPUTER 17
(BACK)
See D030 CONNECTOR

10 0,35 HR 23
FRONT LEFT DOOR
See M001E BODY

(BACK)
19
See D030 PLUG
FRONT LEFT DOOR
See D035 PLUG

PORTER 11
LEFT BEHIND
See D031 PLUG

PORTER 19
FRONT RIGHT
See M001E BODY

(BACK)
See N058
LOCK MOTOR OF 2
THANK YOU
See D036 PLUG

PORTER 12
RIGHT BEHIND
See D030 PLUG 20

FRONT LEFT DOOR
See D031 PLUG

PORTER 20
FRONT RIGHT
See M001E BODY

(BACK)
See D030 PLUG

11
FRONT LEFT DOOR
See D035 PLUG

PORTER 13
LEFT BEHIND
See D031 PLUG

PORTER 11
FRONT RIGHT
See N058
LOCK MOTOR OF 1
THANK YOU
See M001E BODY

(BACK)
See D030 CONNECTOR

16 0,35 HV 24
FRONT LEFT DOOR
See P070B HIFI -

17 0,75 VN AMPLIFIER 7
(BACK)
See P070B HIFI -

18 0,75 V AMPLIFIER 8
(BACK)
See C031 MASS -

RIGHT BEHIND
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir CONNECTION PLUG OPEN ROOF (REAR) D045 (Electrically operated sunroof)
cable bundle Color
See 25 BACK BLACK
See M001E BODY

1 0,35 LB COMPUTER 7
(BACK)
See M001F BODY

2 0,35 HG COMPUTER 49
(BACK)
See B045
FUSES- AND
3 1,5 Noun 12
RELAY BOX IN DE
LUGGAGE SPACE
See C030A GROUND

CONNECTION
4 1,5 N -
LEFT BEHIND
(BACK)
See H060
5 0,35 GL SWITCH FOR 3
OPEN ROOF
See H060
6 0,35 GR SWITCH FOR 2
OPEN ROOF
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir CONNECTION PLUG OPENROOF (OPENROOF) D045 (Electrically operated sunroof)
cable bundle Color
See 72 OPEN ROOF BLACK
See N035
1 0,35 R OPERATING MOTOR 3
OPEN ROOF
See N035
2 0,35 N OPERATING MOTOR 8
OPEN ROOF
See N035
3 1,5 R OPERATING MOTOR 6
OPEN ROOF
See N035
4 1,5 N OPERATING MOTOR 1
OPEN ROOF
See N035
5 0,35 I OPERATING MOTOR 10
OPEN ROOF
See N035
6 0,35 G OPERATING MOTOR 5
OPEN ROOF
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir PLUG FOR SPIRAL MECHANISM (DASHBOARD) D047
cable bundle Color
See M001H BODY

3 0,35 LM COMPUTER 51
(DASHBOARD)
See M001H BODY

(DASHBOARD)
See M001G BODY

(DASHBOARD)
See M001H BODY

(DASHBOARD)
See C038 GROUND ON

7 0,5 N -
TUNNELCONSOLE
See D001 PLUG

8 0,35 ETC 5
FRONT / DASHBOARD
See M060A
9 0,5 VG AIRBAG CONTROL UNIT 22
(DASHBOARD)
See M060A
10 0,5 VN AIRBAG CONTROL UNIT 21
(DASHBOARD)
See M060A
11 0,5 MG AIRBAG CONTROL UNIT 24
(DASHBOARD)
See M060A
12 0,5 MH AIRBAG CONTROL UNIT 23
(DASHBOARD)
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir PLUG FOG LIGHTS (FRONT) D050
cable bundle Color
See 12 BEFORE BLACK
See M001C BODY

1 1 ETC 8
COMPUTER (FRONT)
See M001C BODY

2 0,5 VG 6
COMPUTER (FRONT)
See C010B MASS

FRONT LEFT (FRONT)
See C010B MASS

FRONT LEFT (FRONT)

191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir PLUG FOG LIGHTS (FRONT BUMPER) D050
cable bundle Color
See 14 FRONT BUMPER BLACK
See F016 FOG LIGHT

1 1,5 VN 2
TO THE RIGHT
See F015 FOG LIGHT

2 0,75 VR 2
LINKS
See F015 FOG LIGHT

3 0,75 N 1
LINKS
See F016 FOG LIGHT

4 1,5 N 1
TO THE RIGHT
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir PLUG ELECTRIC POWER STEERING (POWER STEERING) D065
cable bundle Color
See 66 ELECTRIC POWER STEERING BLACK
See M086B
CONTROL UNIT
ELECTRIC
3 0,35 M X 1
POWER STEERING
(ELECTRIC
POWER STEERING)
See D065 PLUG

ELECTRIC 6
POWER STEERING
See M086B
CONTROL UNIT
ELECTRIC
4 0,35 V X 2
POWER STEERING
(ELECTRIC
POWER STEERING)
See D065 PLUG

ELECTRIC 7
POWER STEERING
See M086B
CONTROL UNIT
ELECTRIC
5 0,35 CB 3
POWER STEERING
(ELECTRIC
POWER STEERING)
See M086B
CONTROL UNIT
ELECTRIC
6 0,35 M X 1
POWER STEERING
(ELECTRIC
POWER STEERING)
See D065 PLUG

ELECTRIC 3
POWER STEERING
See M086B
CONTROL UNIT
ELECTRIC
7 0,35 V X 2
POWER STEERING
(ELECTRIC
POWER STEERING)
See D065 PLUG

ELECTRIC 4
POWER STEERING
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir PLUG ELECTRIC POWER STEERING (FRONT) D065
cable bundle Color
See 12 BEFORE BLACK
See M001D BODY

3 0,35 M 37
COMPUTER (FRONT)
See M001D BODY

4 0,35 V 38
COMPUTER (FRONT)
See M001D BODY

5 0,35 CB 13
COMPUTER (FRONT)
See M050 ABS

6 0,35 M 14
CONTROL UNIT
See M050 ABS

7 0,35 V 11
CONTROL UNIT
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir PLUG ELECTRIC POWER STEERING (FRONT) D065 (Gas Discharge Headlights)
APPLICABLE TO VERSIONS WITH: Gas discharge headlamps
cable bundle Color
See 12 BEFORE BLACK
See M073
3 0,35 M CONTROL UNIT 9
See M073
4 0,35 V CONTROL UNIT 18
See M001D BODY

5 0,35 CB 13
COMPUTER (FRONT)
See M050 ABS

6 0,35 M 14
CONTROL UNIT
See M050 ABS

7 0,35 V 11
CONTROL UNIT
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir PLUG DRIVER SEAT (REAR) D070A
cable bundle Color
See 25 BACK BLACK
See M060B
3 0,35 BR AIRBAG CONTROL UNIT 22
(BACK)
See D071A PLUG

4 0,35 VM X PASSENGER SEAT 12
(BACK)
See M060B
AIRBAG CONTROL UNIT 21
(BACK)
See C050B GROUND

5 0,5 N AIRBAGSYSTEEM -
(BACK)
See M060B
7 0,5 VG AIRBAG CONTROL UNIT 13
(BACK)
See M060B
8 0,5 VN AIRBAG CONTROL UNIT 14
(BACK)
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir PLUG DRIVER SEAT (LEFT SEAT) D070A
cable bundle Color
See 36 LEFT SEAT BLACK
See I046
SIGNALING SWITCH
3 0,35 BR -
SEAT BELT
DRIVER'S SIDE
See I046
SIGNALING SWITCH
4 0,35 BM -
SEAT BELT
DRIVER'S SIDE
See Q030B SIDE AIRBAG

5 0,5 N DRIVER'S SIDE -
(LEFT SEAT)
See Q030A SIDE AIRBAG

7 0,5 C DRIVER'S SIDE 1
(LEFT SEAT)

8 0,5 CN DRIVER'S SIDE 2
(LEFT SEAT)
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir PLUG DRIVER SEAT (LEFT SEAT) D070B (Electrically adjustable seat)
APPLICABLE TO VERSIONS WITH: Electrically adjustable seat

191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir PLUG DRIVER SEAT (LEFT SEAT) D070B
cable bundle Color
See I065 SWITCH

1 1 V FOR HEATING 1
DRIVER'S SEAT
See I065 SWITCH

2 0,5 G FOR HEATING 2
DRIVER'S SEAT
See I067 SWITCH

4 1 N Lumbar Support Adjustment 6
DRIVER'S SEAT
See I067 SWITCH

5 1 I LUMBER SUPPORT ADJUSTMENT 5
DRIVER'S SEAT
See I065 SWITCH

12 1 R X FOR HEATING 3
DRIVER'S SEAT
See O040A
HEATING RESISTANCE
1
LEFT SEAT (LEFT
CHAIR)
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir PLUG DRIVER SEAT (REAR) D070B
cable bundle Color
See 25 BACK BLACK
See D071B PLUG

1 1 HN X PASSENGER SEAT 1
(BACK)
See B045
FUSES- AND
20
RELAY BOX IN DE
LUGGAGE SPACE
See M001E BODY

(BACK)
See C030A GROUND

CONNECTION
4 1 N -
LEFT BEHIND
(BACK)
See D070B PLUG

5 1 HG X DRIVER'S SEAT 5
(BACK)
See B045
FUSES- AND
19
RELAY BOX IN DE
LUGGAGE SPACE
See C030A GROUND

CONNECTION
6 2,5 N -
LEFT BEHIND
(BACK)
See B045
FUSES- AND
7 2,5 RV 10
RELAY BOX IN DE
LUGGAGE SPACE
See M001F BODY

8 0,35 B X COMPUTER 45
(BACK)
See M084A
CONTROL UNIT
7
PARKING SENSORS
(BACK)
See D070B PLUG

DRIVER'S SEAT
8
(BACK)
See M084A
CONTROL UNIT
9 0,35 I X 14
PARKING SENSORS
(BACK)
See D071B PLUG

PASSENGER SEAT 9
(BACK)
See M001F BODY

COMPUTER 60
(BACK)
See C030B MASS -

CONNECTION
10 0,5 N -
LEFT BEHIND
(BACK)
See C030A GROUND -

CONNECTION
12 1 NZ -
LEFT BEHIND
(BACK)
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir PLUG PASSENGER SEAT (RIGHT SEAT) D071A
cable bundle Color
See 37 RIGHT SEAT BLACK
See K065
3 0,35 BG SIGNALING SENSOR -
PASSENGER
See K065
4 0,35 ETC SIGNALING SENSOR -
PASSENGER
See Q031B SIDE AIRBAG

5 0,5 N PASSENGER SIDE (RIGHT
-
CHAIR)

7 0,5 C PASSENGER SIDE (RIGHT 1
CHAIR)

8 0,5 CN PASSENGER SIDE (RIGHT 2
CHAIR)
See I047
SIGNALING SWITCH
11 0,35 ETC -
SEAT BELT
PASSENGER SIDE
See I047
SIGNALING SWITCH
12 0,35 BM -
SEAT BELT
PASSENGER SIDE
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir PLUG PASSENGER SEAT (REAR) D071A
cable bundle Color
See 25 BACK BLACK
See M060B
3 0,35 BG AIRBAG CONTROL UNIT 24
(BACK)
See D071A PLUG

4 0,35 ETC PASSENGER SEAT 11
(BACK)
See C050B GROUND

(BACK)
See M060B
7 0,5 C AIRBAG CONTROL UNIT 15
(BACK)
See M060B
8 0,5 CN AIRBAG CONTROL UNIT 16
(BACK)
See D071A PLUG

11 0,35 ETC PASSENGER SEAT 4
(BACK)
See M060B
12 0,35 VM X AIRBAG CONTROL UNIT 21
(BACK)
See D070A PLUG

DRIVER'S SEAT 4
(BACK)
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir PLUG PASSENGER SEAT (REAR) D071B
cable bundle Color
See 25 BACK BLACK
See D070B PLUG

1 1 HN X DRIVER'S SEAT 1
(BACK)
See B045
FUSES- AND
20
RELAY BOX IN DE
LUGGAGE SPACE
See M001E BODY

(BACK)
See C031 MASS

4 1 N CONNECTION -
RIGHT BEHIND
See D070B PLUG

5 1 HG X DRIVER'S SEAT 5
(BACK)
See B045
FUSES- AND
19
RELAY BOX IN DE
LUGGAGE SPACE
See C020 GROUND ON

6 2,5 N DASHBOARD -
PASSENGER SIDE
See B045
FUSES- AND
7 2,5 R 11
RELAY BOX IN DE
LUGGAGE SPACE
See M001F BODY

(BACK)
See M084A
CONTROL UNIT
7
PARKING SENSORS
(BACK)
See D070B PLUG 8

DRIVER'S SEAT
(BACK)
See M084A
CONTROL UNIT
9 0,35 I X 14
PARKING SENSORS
(BACK)
See D070B PLUG

DRIVER'S SEAT 9
(BACK)
See M001F BODY

COMPUTER 60
(BACK)
See C030B MASS -

CONNECTION
10 0,5 N -
LEFT BEHIND
(BACK)
See C031 MASS -

12 1 NZ CONNECTION -
RIGHT BEHIND
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir PLUG PASSENGER SEAT (RIGHT SEAT) D071B
cable bundle Color
See I066
SWITCH FOR
1 1 V 1
HEATING
PASSENGER SEAT
See I066
SWITCH FOR
2 0,5 G 2
HEATING
PASSENGER SEAT
See I068 Passenger

4 1 N Seat Lumbar 6
Adjustment Switch
See I068 Passenger

5 1 I Seat Lumbar 5
Adjustment Switch
See I066
SWITCH FOR
12 1 R X 3
HEATING
PASSENGER SEAT
See O041A
HEATING
1
PASSENGER SEAT
(RIGHT SEAT)
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir PLUG PASSENGER SEAT (RIGHT SEAT) D071B (Electrically adjustable seat)
cable bundle Color
See I066 FRONT SWITCH

1 1 S X HEATING 2
PASSENGER SEAT
See M110 CONTROL UNIT

PASSAGIERSSTOELVERWARMING 5
IN FRONT OF

2 0,35 C HEATING 1
PASSENGER SEAT
See H067B OPERATION

SEAT ADJUSTMENT
6 2,5 N 5
PASSENGER SEAT (RIGHT
CHAIR)
See H067B OPERATION

SEAT ADJUSTMENT
7 2,5 B 9
CHAIR)
See H067A OPERATION

SEAT ADJUSTMENT
8 0,35 G 6
CHAIR)
See H067A OPERATION

SEAT ADJUSTMENT
9 0,35 A 5
CHAIR)
See H067A OPERATION

SEAT ADJUSTMENT
10 0,35 I 8
CHAIR)

12 1 M X HEATING 5
PASSENGER SEAT
See O041A HEATING

PASSENGER SEAT (RIGHT 4
CHAIR)
See O041B HEATING 3

191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir PLUG NAVIGATION SYSTEM (DASHBOARD) D078 (Installation preparation navigation system)
APPLICABLE TO VERSIONS WITH: Navigation System Installation Preparation
cable bundle Color
See M001G BODY

2 0,35 LV COMPUTER 7
(DASHBOARD)
See C038 GROUND ON

5 0,5 N -
TUNNELCONSOLE
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir PLUG INJECTION VALVES (CONNECTION CABLE COILS/INJECTION VALVES) D081
cable bundle Color
See 55 CONNECTION CABLE COILS/INJECTION VALVES BLACK
See N070D ELECTRO

INJECTION VALVE
1 0,5 NO 2
(CONNECTION CABLE
COILS/INJECTION VALVES)
See N070C ELECTRO

INJECTION VALVE
2 0,5 MN 2
(CONNECTION CABLE
See N070B ELECTRO

INJECTION VALVE
3 0,5 HN 2
(CONNECTION CABLE
See N070A ELECTRO

INJECTION VALVE
4 0,5 LN 2
(CONNECTION CABLE
See N070A ELECTRO

INJECTION VALVE
5 0,5 HG X 1
(CONNECTION CABLE
See N070B ELECTRO

INJECTION VALVE
1
(CONNECTION CABLE
See N070C ELECTRO

INJECTION VALVE
1
(CONNECTION CABLE
See N070D ELECTRO

INJECTION VALVE
1
(CONNECTION CABLE
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir PLUG INJECTION VALVES (ENGINE) D081
cable bundle Color
See 50 ENGINE BLACK
See M010B
1 0,75 NO INJECTION RULE UNIT 18
(MOTOR)
See M010B
2 0,75 MN INJECTION RULE UNIT 19
(MOTOR)
See M010B
3 0,75 BH INJECTION RULE UNIT 4
(MOTOR)
See M010B
4 0,75 LN INJECTION RULE 3
(MOTOR)
See D004 PLUG

5 0,75 LR X 1
FRONT / ENGINE
See A030A COIL

3
(MOTOR)
See A030B COIL

3
(MOTOR)
See A030C COIL

3
(MOTOR)
See A030D COIL

3
(MOTOR)
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir PLUG PARKING SENSOR (REAR) D089A
cable bundle Color
See 25 BACK GREY
See M001F BODY

1 0,35 GH COMPUTER 6
(BACK)
See C020 GROUND ON

2 0,5 N DASHBOARD -
PASSENGER SIDE
See C020 GROUND ON

3 0,5 N DASHBOARD -
PASSENGER SIDE
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir PLUG PARKING SENSOR (REAR BUMPER) D089A
cable bundle Color
See 29 REAR BUMPER GREY
See F050
1 GH X LICENSE PLATE LIGHT 2
LINKS
See F051
LICENSE PLATE LIGHT 2
TO THE RIGHT
See F050
2 N LICENSE PLATE LIGHT 1
LINKS
See F051
3 N LICENSE PLATE LIGHT 1
TO THE RIGHT
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir PLUG PARKING SENSOR (REAR) D089B
cable bundle Color
See 25 BACK WHITE
See M084B
CONTROL UNIT
1 0,35 MB 5
PARKING SENSORS
(BACK)
See M084B
CONTROL UNIT
2 0,35 ML 3
PARKING SENSORS
(BACK)
See M084B
CONTROL UNIT
3 0,35 MH 2
PARKING SENSORS
(BACK)
See M084B
CONTROL UNIT
4 0,35 MV 4
PARKING SENSORS
(BACK)
See M084B
CONTROL UNIT
5 0,35 CB 12
PARKING SENSORS
(BACK)
See M084B
CONTROL UNIT
6 0,35 NZ 1
PARKING SENSORS
(BACK)
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir PLUG PARKING SENSOR (REAR BUMPER) D089B
cable bundle Color
See 29 REAR BUMPER WHITE
See K097A UNIT

1 MB PARKING SENSORS 2
(REAR BUMPER)
See K097C UNIT

2 ML PARKING SENSORS 2
(REAR BUMPER)
See K097D UNIT

3 MH PARKING SENSORS 2
(REAR BUMPER)
See K097B UNIT

4 MV PARKING SENSORS 2
(REAR BUMPER)
See K097D UNIT

5 CB X PARKING SENSORS 1
(REAR BUMPER)
See K097B UNIT

PARKING SENSORS 1
(REAR BUMPER)
See K097C UNIT

PARKING SENSORS 1
(REAR BUMPER)
See K097A UNIT

PARKING SENSORS 1
(REAR BUMPER)
See K097D UNIT

6 NZ X PARKING SENSORS 3
(REAR BUMPER)
See K097B UNIT

PARKING SENSORS 3
(REAR BUMPER)
See K097C UNIT

PARKING SENSORS 3
(REAR BUMPER)
See K097A UNIT

PARKING SENSORS 3
(REAR BUMPER)
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir INSTRUMENT PANEL (DASHBOARD) E050
cable bundle Color
See C038 GROUND ON

1 0,5 N -
TUNNELCONSOLE
See M001G BODY

2 0,35 RB 4
COMPUTER (DASHBOARD)
See M001G BODY

3 0,35 LR 17
See D020A PLUG

CABLES
4 0,35 VH 18
DASHBOARD/REAR
(DASHBOARD)
See M001H BODY

5 0,35 B 11
See M001H BODY

6 0,35 I 26
See M001H BODY

7 0,35 GH 49
See M001H BODY

8 0,35 H 46
See H005
9 0,35 BR 9
STEERING COLUMN SWITCH
See D001 PLUG FOR /

11 0,35 BN 8
DASHBOARD
See D001 PLUG FOR /

12 0,35 Teacher 9
DASHBOARD
See H091 CONTROL UNIT

13 0,35 BG 4
LINKS
See H091 CONTROL UNIT

15 0,35 NZ 5
LINKS
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir NAVIATION SYSTEM DISPLAY (DASHBOARD) E065 (RadioNav)
cable bundle Color
See 20 DASHBOARD BROWN
See P020A
1 0,5 LR X RADIO 9
(DASHBOARD)
See E065 DISPLAY

FROM 8
NAVIATION SYSTEM
See M192
3 0,75 RV X 1
ALARM CONTROL UNIT
See P020A
RADIO 12
(DASHBOARD)
See P020C
4 0,35 BR RADIO 2
(DASHBOARD)
See P020A
6 0,5 NZ X RADIO 15
(DASHBOARD)
See E065 DISPLAY

FROM 12
NAVIATION SYSTEM
See P020A
8 0,5 LR X RADIO 9
(DASHBOARD)
See E065 DISPLAY

FROM 1
NAVIATION SYSTEM
See P020C
9 0,35 HR RADIO 1
(DASHBOARD)
See P020B
10 0,35 MC RADIO 5
(DASHBOARD)
See P020A
12 0,5 NZ X RADIO 15
(DASHBOARD)
See E065 DISPLAY

FROM 6
NAVIATION SYSTEM
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir SIGNALING DISPLAY NO SEAT SEATS (REAR) E083
cable bundle Color
See 25 BACK BLACK
See D020A PLUG

CABLES
3 0,35 LR 19
DASHBOARD/REAR
(DASHBOARD)
See C020 GROUND ON

4 0,5 N DASHBOARD -
PASSENGER SIDE
See D020A PLUG

CABLES
5 0,35 VH 18
DASHBOARD/REAR
(DASHBOARD)
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir START/IGNITION SWITCH (FRONT) H001A (S&S)
cable bundle Color
See 12 BEFORE BLACK
See B001B
1 2,5 C FUSES- AND 66
RELAY BOX (FRONT)
See B001B
2 2,5 RV X FUSES- AND 25
RELAY BOX (FRONT)
See B001B
FUSES- AND 61
RELAY BOX (FRONT)
See B001B
3 2,5 M X FUSES- AND 60
RELAY BOX (FRONT)
See B001B
FUSES- AND 70
RELAY BOX (FRONT)
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir START-/IGNITION SWITCH (DASHBOARD) H001B
cable bundle Color
See M001G BODY

1 2,5 H COMPUTER 9
(DASHBOARD)
See M001G BODY

2 2,5 I COMPUTER 2
(DASHBOARD)
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir STEERING COLUMN SWITCH (DASHBOARD) H005
cable bundle Color
See M001H BODY

1 0,35 BL COMPUTER 57
(DASHBOARD)
See M001H BODY

2 0,35 VN COMPUTER 43
(DASHBOARD)
See M001H BODY

3 0,35 VM COMPUTER 42
(DASHBOARD)
See M001H BODY

4 0,35 VH COMPUTER 40
(DASHBOARD)
See M001H BODY

5 0,35 ZH COMPUTER 54
(DASHBOARD)
See M001H BODY

6 0,35 HM COMPUTER 56
(DASHBOARD)
See M001H BODY

(DASHBOARD)
See E050 9
9 0,35 BR
INSTRUMENT PANEL
See M001H BODY

(DASHBOARD)
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir SWITCH FOR ALARM FLASHING LIGHTS (DASHBOARD) H020
cable bundle Color
See C038 GROUND ON

1 0,35 N -
TUNNELCONSOLE
See M001H BODY

2 0,35 HR COMPUTER 8
(DASHBOARD)
See M001G BODY

(DASHBOARD)
See M001H BODY

4 0,35 VR COMPUTER 55
(DASHBOARD)
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir WINDOWS SWITCH ON PASSENGER FRONT DOOR (PASSENGER FRONT DOOR) H050
cable bundle Color
See D031 PLUG

1 0,35 N X 27
DOOR RIGHT FRONT
See P061A
OUTSIDE MIRROR
PASSENGER SIDE 4
(FRONT DOOR
PASSENGER SIDE)
See N051 MOTOR UNIT

DOOR LOCK G
FRONT RIGHT

FRONT RIGHT
See D031 PLUG

2
DOOR RIGHT FRONT
See D031 PLUG

3 0,35 RH 1
DOOR RIGHT FRONT

FRONT RIGHT
See D031 PLUG

3
DOOR RIGHT FRONT
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir SWITCH UNIT FOR CONTROL OF WINDOWS AND MIRRORS ON
DRIVER'S DOOR (DRIVER'S SIDE FRONT DOOR) H051A
cable bundle Color
See D030 PLUG

1 0,35 NO 5
FRONT LEFT DOOR
See D030 PLUG

2 0,35 HV 24
FRONT LEFT DOOR
See D030 PLUG

3 0,35 HR 23
FRONT LEFT DOOR
See D030 PLUG

4 0,5 RV 12
FRONT LEFT DOOR
See P060
5 0,35 Teacher OUTSIDE MIRROR 2
DRIVER'S SIDE
See P060
6 0,35 GH OUTSIDE MIRROR 8
DRIVER'S SIDE
See N060 ENGINE

OF WINDOW OPERATION
7 0,35 NO AT 3
DRIVER'S SIDE
IN FRONT OF
See D030 PLUG

8 0,35 VR 25
FRONT LEFT DOOR
See D030 PLUG

9 0,35 HN 22
FRONT LEFT DOOR
See D030 PLUG

10 0,35 HM 21
FRONT LEFT DOOR
See D030 PLUG

11 0,35 GR 32
FRONT LEFT DOOR
See D030 PLUG

12 0,35 GL 33
FRONT LEFT DOOR
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir SWITCH UNIT FOR CONTROL OF WINDOWS AND MIRRORS ON
DRIVER'S DOOR (DRIVER'S SIDE FRONT DOOR) H051B
cable bundle Color
See 30 DRIVER'S SIDE FRONT DOOR BLU

1 0,35 HM 3
DRIVER'S SIDE
See D030 DOOR PLUG

2 0,35 H 29
FRONT LEFT

3 0,35 HN 6
DRIVER'S SIDE
See D030 DOOR PLUG

4 0,35 ZH 3
FRONT LEFT
See D030 DOOR PLUG

5 0,35 U 2
FRONT LEFT
See D030 DOOR PLUG

6 0,35 RH 1
FRONT LEFT
See D030 DOOR PLUG

7 0,35 HG 18
FRONT LEFT
See D030 DOOR PLUG

8 0,35 HB 30
FRONT LEFT

9 0,35 HV 7
DRIVER'S SIDE
See N060 ENGINE VAN

10 0,35 MH WINDOWS ON 1
DRIVER'S SIDE FRONT
See N060 ENGINE VAN

11 0,35 MB WINDOWS ON 2
DRIVER'S SIDE FRONT
See D030 DOOR PLUG

12 0,5 N X 27
FRONT LEFT
See N050 MOTOR UNIT

FRONT DOOR LOCK G
DRIVER'S SIDE
4
DRIVER'S SIDE
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir WINDOWS SWITCH ON LEFT REAR DOOR (LEFT REAR DOOR) H053
cable bundle Color
See D035 PLUG

1 0,35 N X 7
LEFT REAR DOOR

DOOR LOCK G
LEFT BEHIND

LEFT BEHIND
See D035 PLUG

10
LEFT REAR DOOR
See D035 PLUG

3 0,35 VR 5
LEFT REAR DOOR

LEFT BEHIND
See D035 PLUG

16
LEFT REAR DOOR
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir WINDOWS SWITCH ON RIGHT REAR DOOR (RIGHT REAR DOOR) H054
cable bundle Color
See D036 PLUG

1 0,35 N X 7
RIGHT RIGHT DOOR
See N056 MOTOR UNIT

DOOR LOCK G
RIGHT BEHIND

RIGHT BEHIND
See D036 PLUG

10
RIGHT RIGHT DOOR
See D036 PLUG

3 0,35 VR 5
RIGHT RIGHT DOOR

RIGHT BEHIND
See D036 PLUG

16
RIGHT RIGHT DOOR
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir SWITCH FOR OPEN ROOF (REAR) H060 (Electrically operated sunroof)
cable bundle Color
See 25 BACK BLACK
See C020 GROUND ON

1 0,5 N DASHBOARD -
PASSENGER SIDE
See D045
2 0,35 GR CONNECTOR 6
OPEN ROOF
See D045
3 0,35 GL CONNECTOR 5
OPEN ROOF
See M001E BODY

4 0,35 LB 7
COMPUTER (REAR)
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir CONTROL SEAT ADJUSTMENT DRIVER SEAT (LEFT SEAT) H066A
(Electrically adjustable seat)
cable bundle Color
See N127 MOTOR UNIT

IN FRONT OF
2 0,35 C 4
LENGTH ADJUSTMENT
DRIVER'S SEAT

3 0,35 WITH BACKREST ADJUSTMENT 4
DRIVER'S SEAT
See N126 ADJUST MOTOR

4 0,35 B FOR SEAT HEIGHT 4
FRONT LEFT FRONT SEAT
See D070B PLUG

5 0,35 A DRIVER'S SEAT 9
(BACK)
See D070B PLUG

6 0,35 G DRIVER'S SEAT 8
(BACK)
See N127 MOTOR UNIT

IN FRONT OF
7 0,35 H X 2
LENGTH ADJUSTMENT
DRIVER'S SEAT

BACKREST ADJUSTMENT 2
DRIVER'S SEAT

FOR SEAT HEIGHT 2
FRONT LEFT FRONT SEAT
See D070B PLUG

8 0,35 I DRIVER'S SEAT 10
(BACK)
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir CONTROL SEAT ADJUSTMENT DRIVER SEAT (LEFT SEAT) H066B
cable bundle Color

2 1,5 R X BACKREST ADJUSTMENT 1
DRIVER'S SEAT
See N127 FRONT ENGINE UNIT

LENGTH ADJUSTMENT 1
DRIVER'S SEAT
See N127 FRONT ENGINE UNIT

3 1,5 A LENGTH ADJUSTMENT 5
DRIVER'S SEAT

4 1,5 G X BACKREST ADJUSTMENT 5
DRIVER'S SEAT
See N126 FRONT MOTOR

FRONT SEAT HEIGHT 1
SEAT FRONT LEFT
See D070B PLUG

5 2,5 N DRIVER'S SEAT 6
(BACK)
See N126 FRONT MOTOR

6 1,5 M X FRONT SEAT HEIGHT 5
SEAT FRONT LEFT
See N038 MOTOR UNIT

Lumbar support adjustment 1
DRIVER'S SEAT
See D070B PLUG

9 2,5 B DRIVER'S SEAT 7
(BACK)
See N038 MOTOR UNIT

10 1 I LUMBER SUPPORT ADJUSTMENT 2
DRIVER'S SEAT
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir CONTROL SEAT ADJUSTMENT PASSENGER SEAT (RIGHT SEAT)
H067A (Electrically adjustable seat)
cable bundle Color

3 0,35 WITH BACKREST ADJUSTMENT 4
PASSENGER SEAT

4 0,35 B FOR SEAT HEIGHT 4
FRONT RIGHT FRONT SEAT
See D071B PLUG

5 0,35 A PASSENGER SEAT 9
(BACK)
See D071B PLUG

6 0,35 G PASSENGER SEAT 8
(BACK)

7 0,35 H X FOR SEAT HEIGHT 2

PASSENGER SEAT

IN FRONT OF
2
LENGTH ADJUSTMENT
PASSENGER SEAT
See D071B PLUG

8 0,35 I PASSENGER SEAT 10
(BACK)
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir CONTROL SEAT ADJUSTMENT PASSENGER SEAT (RIGHT SEAT)
H067B (Electrically adjustable seat)
cable bundle Color

IN FRONT OF
2 1,5 R X 5
LENGTH ADJUSTMENT
PASSENGER SEAT

PASSENGER SEAT

IN FRONT OF
3 1,5 V 1
LENGTH ADJUSTMENT
PASSENGER SEAT

4 1,5 G X BACKREST ADJUSTMENT 5
PASSENGER SEAT

FOR SEAT HEIGHT 1
See D071B PLUG

5 2,5 N PASSENGER SEAT 6
(BACK)

6 1,5 M X FOR SEAT HEIGHT 5

IN FRONT OF
1
LUMB SUPPORT ADJUSTMENT
PASSENGER SEAT
See D071B PLUG

9 2,5 B PASSENGER SEAT 7
(BACK)

FOR 2
10 1 I
PASSENGER SEAT
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir SWITCH UNIT (DASHBOARD) H090
cable bundle Color
See M001G BODY

(DASHBOARD)
See M001H BODY

3 0,35 GN COMPUTER 52
(DASHBOARD)
See M001H BODY

4 0,35 CH COMPUTER 23
(DASHBOARD)
See D001 PLUG

5 0,35 BR 10
FRONT / DASHBOARD
See M001H BODY

(DASHBOARD)
See D001 PLUG

7 0,35 BL 11
FRONT / DASHBOARD
See M001H BODY

8 0,35 H COMPUTER 1
(DASHBOARD)
See M001H BODY

9 0,35 BV COMPUTER 34
(DASHBOARD)
See M001H BODY

10 0,35 U COMPUTER 39
(DASHBOARD)
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir CONTROL UNIT LEFT (DASHBOARD) H091
cable bundle Color
See M001G BODY

(DASHBOARD)
See E050
4 0,35 BG 13
INSTRUMENT PANEL
See E050
5 0,35 NZ 15
INSTRUMENT PANEL
See C038 GROUND ON

6 0,35 N -
TUNNELCONSOLE
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir SYSTEM SWITCH ALFA DNA (DASHBOARD) H139
cable bundle Color
See M001G BODY

(DASHBOARD)
See M001H BODY

2 0,35 HM COMPUTER 32
(DASHBOARD)
See M001H BODY

(DASHBOARD)
See M001H BODY

(DASHBOARD)
See C038 GROUND ON

5 0,35 N -
TUNNELCONSOLE
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir BRAKE PEDAL SWITCH (FRONT) I030
cable bundle Color
See 12 BEFORE WHITE
See M001D BODY

1 0,35 ETC X 57
COMPUTER (FRONT)
See M010A
INJECTION RULE 62
(IN FRONT OF)
See M001D BODY

2 0,35 VN 11
COMPUTER (FRONT)
See M001C BODY

3 0,35 LN 17
COMPUTER (FRONT)
See M001C BODY

4 0,35 LR 16
COMPUTER (FRONT)
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir CLUTCH PEDAL SWITCH (FRONT) I031
cable bundle Color
See 12 BEFORE BLACK
See M001C BODY

1 0,35 CB 7
COMPUTER (FRONT)
See M010A
2 0,35 ZR INJECTION RULE 25
(IN FRONT OF)
See M010A
3 0,35 MN INJECTION RULE UNIT 84
(IN FRONT OF)
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir SWITCH ON TAILGATE OUTER HANDLE (REAR) I033
cable bundle Color
See 25 BACK WHITE
See M001F BODY

1 0,35 BC COMPUTER 34
(BACK)
See C030B GROUND

CONNECTION
2 0,5 N -
LEFT BEHIND
(BACK)
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir SIGNAL SWITCH SAFETY BELT DRIVER'S SIDE (LEFT SEAT) I046
cable bundle Color
See 36 LEFT SEAT -
See D070A PLUG

-
0,35 BR DRIVER'S SEAT 3
(BACK)
See D070A PLUG

-
0,35 BM DRIVER'S SEAT 4
(BACK)
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir DRIVER SEAT HEATING SWITCH (LEFT SEAT) I065
cable bundle Color
See 36 LEFT SEAT WHITE
See D070B PLUG

1 1 V DRIVER'S SEAT 1
(BACK)
See D070B PLUG

2 0,5 G DRIVER'S SEAT 2
(BACK)
See O040A
HEATING RESISTANCE
3 0,5 R X 1
LEFT SEAT (LEFT
CHAIR)
See D070B PLUG

DRIVER'S SEAT 12
(BACK)
See O040B
HEATING RESISTANCE
4 1 GN 3
LEFT SEAT (LEFT
CHAIR)
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir HEATING SWITCH DRIVER SEAT (LEFT SEAT) I065 (Electrically adjustable
seat)
cable bundle Color
See D070B PLUG

1 0,35 C 2
DRIVER'S SEAT (REAR)
See D070B PLUG

2 1 S X 1

5
DRIVER SEAT HEATING
See O040A
3 1 V X HEATING RESISTANCE 3
LEFT SEAT (LEFT SEAT)

6
DRIVER SEAT HEATING

5 0,35 M X 4
DRIVER SEAT HEATING
See O040A
HEATING RESISTANCE 4
See O040B
HEATING RESISTANCE 3
See D070B PLUG

12
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir SWITCH FOR PASSENGER SEAT HEATING (RIGHT SEAT) I066 (Electrically
adjustable seat)
cable bundle Color
See 37 RIGHT SEAT WHITE
See D071B PLUG

1 0,35 C 2
PASSENGER SEAT (REAR)
See D071B PLUG

2 1 S X 1

IN FRONT OF
See O041A HEATING

3 1 V X PASSENGER SEAT (RIGHT 3
CHAIR)

IN FRONT OF

5 0,35 M X PASSAGIERSSTOELVERWARMING 4
IN FRONT OF
See O041A HEATING

CHAIR)
See O041B HEATING

CHAIR)
See D071B PLUG

12
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir SWITCH FOR PASSENGER SEAT HEATING (RIGHT SEAT) I066
cable bundle Color
See D071B PLUG

1 1 V PASSENGER SEAT 1
(BACK)
See D071B PLUG

2 0,5 G PASSENGER SEAT 2
(BACK)
See O041A
HEATING
3 0,5 R X 1
PASSENGER SEAT
(RIGHT SEAT)
See D071B PLUG

PASSENGER SEAT 12
(BACK)
See O041B
HEATING
4 1 GN 3
PASSENGER SEAT
(RIGHT SEAT)
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir SWITCH LUMPREST ADJUSTMENT DRIVER'S SEAT (LEFT SEAT) I067
cable bundle Color
See N038 MOTOR UNIT

3 1 M Lumbar support adjustment 1
DRIVER'S SEAT
See N038 MOTOR UNIT

4 1 H Lumbar support adjustment 2
DRIVER'S SEAT
See D070B PLUG

5 1 I DRIVER'S SEAT 5
(BACK)
See D070B PLUG

6 1 N DRIVER'S SEAT 4
(BACK)
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir Passenger Seat Lumbar Adjustment Switch (RIGHT SEAT) I068
cable bundle Color

IN FRONT OF
3 1 M 1
PASSENGER SEAT

IN FRONT OF
4 1 H 2
PASSENGER SEAT
See D071B PLUG

5 1 I PASSENGER SEAT 5
(BACK)
See D071B PLUG

6 1 N PASSENGER SEAT 4
(BACK)
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir RELAY FOR ADDITIONAL HEATING -1 (AIR CONDITIONING) J036
cable bundle Color
See D008B PLUG

CABLES FOR /
30 2,5 Noun A
AIR CONDITIONING -
HEATING (FRONT)
See M070
85 0,5 LB 39

86 0,5 LV X 86
EXTRA HEATING -2
See D008A PLUG

CABLES FOR /
15
AIR CONDITIONING -
HEATING (FRONT)
See M070 3
See O025 RESISTOR

87 2,5 RG 5
EXTRA HEATING
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir RELAY FOR ADDITIONAL HEATING -2 (AIR CONDITIONING) J037
cable bundle Color
See D008B PLUG

CABLES FOR /
30 4 R B
AIR CONDITIONING -
HEATING (FRONT)
See M070
85 0,5 LR 40

86 0,5 LV X 86
EXTRA HEATING -1
See D008A PLUG

CABLES FOR /
15
AIR CONDITIONING -
HEATING (FRONT)
See M070
3
See O025 RESISTOR

87 4 Noun 2
EXTRA HEATING
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir LAMBDA PROBE ON FRONT CATALYST (FRONT) K015
cable bundle Color
See 12 BEFORE BLACK
See M010A
1 0,5 HG INJECTION RULE 64
(IN FRONT OF)
See M010A
2 0,5 BL INJECTION RULE 65
(IN FRONT OF)
See M010A
3 0,5 MG INJECTION RULE UNIT 51
(IN FRONT OF)
See M010A
4 0,5 LV INJECTION RULE UNIT 86
(IN FRONT OF)
See D004 PLUG

5 0,5 LN X 7
FRONT / ENGINE
See B001B
FUSES- AND 2
RELAY BOX (FRONT)
See L037
SOLENOID VALVE FRONT 2
WASTE-GATE
See K017
LAMBDASONDE OP 4
CATALYST
See M010A
6 0,5 MV INJECTION RULE UNIT 87
(IN FRONT OF)
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir LAMBDA PROBE ON CATALYST (FRONT) K017
cable bundle Color
See 12 BEFORE BLACK
See M010A
1 0,5 BC INJECTION RULE 63
(IN FRONT OF)
See M010A
2 0,5 VG INJECTION RULE UNIT 85
(IN FRONT OF)
See M010A
3 0,5 ZN INJECTION RULE 77
(IN FRONT OF)
See D004 PLUG

4 0,5 LN X 7
FRONT / ENGINE
See B001B
FUSES- AND 2
RELAY BOX (FRONT)
See L037
WASTE-GATE
See K015
LAMBDASONDE OP 5
PRECATALYST
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir MOTOROLIETEMPERATUURSENSOR (MOTOR) K029
cable bundle Color
See 50 ENGINE BLACK
See M010B INJECTION CONTROL UNIT

1 0,5 G 40
(MOTOR)

2 0,5 MZ X 24
(MOTOR)
See K047 PHASE SENSOR 1
See K082 TURBO PRESSURE SENSOR 2
See K036
COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR/- 2
TRANSMITTER
See K044 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE

1
AND PRESSURE SENSOR

191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir SENSOR (BREAKERS) FOR ENGINE OIL PRESSURE (ENGINE) K030
cable bundle Color
See 50 ENGINE BLACK
See M010B
1 0,5 HG INJECTION RULE 44
(MOTOR)
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR/TRANSMITTER (ENGINE) K036
cable bundle Color
See 50 ENGINE BLACK

1 0,5 LR 39
(MOTOR)

2 0,5 MZ X 24
(MOTOR)
See K029 2
ENGINE SLUDGE TEMPERATURE SENSOR
See K044
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE AND 1
PRESSURE SENSOR

191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir PRIMARY AIR BAG SENSOR (FRONT) K039
cable bundle Color
See 12 BEFORE YELLOW
See D001 PLUG

1 0,35 MN 2
FRONT / DASHBOARD
See D001 PLUG

2 0,35 M 3
FRONT / DASHBOARD
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE SENSOR (ENGINE) K044
cable bundle Color
See 50 ENGINE BLACK

1 0,5 MZ X 24
(MOTOR)
See K036
TRANSMITTER
See K029
2

2 0,5 BV 55
(MOTOR)

3 0,5 BC X 7
(MOTOR)
See K046 RPM SENSOR 1

4 0,5 BR 57
(MOTOR)
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir TOERENTALSENSOR (ENGINE) K046
cable bundle Color
See 50 ENGINE BLACK

1 0,5 BC X 7
(MOTOR)
See K036
TRANSMITTER

3
AND PRESSURE SENSOR

2 0,5 BV 29
(MOTOR)

3 0,5 HN 14
(MOTOR)
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir PHASE SENSOR (ENGINE) K047
cable bundle Color
See 50 ENGINE BLACK

1 0,5 MZ X 24
(MOTOR)
See K036
TRANSMITTER

1
AND PRESSURE SENSOR
See K029
2

2 0,5 HB 27
(MOTOR)

3 0,5 BC X 7
(MOTOR)
See K036
TRANSMITTER

3
AND PRESSURE SENSOR
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir PINGELSENSOR (ENGINE) K050
cable bundle Color
See 50 ENGINE BLACK
See M010B
1 0,5 WITH INJECTION RULE UNIT 10
(MOTOR)
See M010B
2 0,5 I INJECTION RULE UNIT 11
(MOTOR)
See M010B
-
SCH INJECTION RULE UNIT 9
(MOTOR)
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir THROTTLE PEDAL SENSOR (FRONT) K055
cable bundle Color
See 12 BEFORE BLACK
See M010A
1 0,5 LR INJECTION RULE 37
(IN FRONT OF)
See M010A
2 0,5 LG INJECTION RULE 36
(IN FRONT OF)
See M010A
3 0,5 HV INJECTION RULE UNIT 61
(IN FRONT OF)
See M010A
4 0,5 NV INJECTION RULE 55
(IN FRONT OF)
See M010A
5 0,5 NZ INJECTION RULE 53
(IN FRONT OF)
See M010A
6 0,5 HR INJECTION RULE UNIT 83
(IN FRONT OF)
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir SENSOR BATTERY CHARGE (FRONT) K059A (S&S)
cable bundle Color
See 12 BEFORE BLACK
See M001D BODY

1 0,35 VH 50
COMPUTER (FRONT)
See B001B
2 0,35 RV FUSES- AND 62
RELAY BOX (FRONT)
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir SENSOR BATTERY CHARGE CONDITION (MIN OF BATTERY) K059B (S&S)
cable bundle Color
See 40 MIN FROM BATTERY -
See A005B
- -
.
Manifold (MIN OF -
BATTERY)
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir MOTION SENSORS FOR THEFT ALARM (REAR) K062
cable bundle Color
See 25 BACK ORANGE
See M001E BODY

1 0,5 RV COMPUTER 4
(BACK)
See C020 GROUND ON

2 0,5 N DASHBOARD -
PASSENGER SIDE
See M001E BODY

(BACK)
See M001F BODY

4 0,35 VH X COMPUTER 14
(BACK)
See P065
ELECTRONIC
3
DIMMABLE
INSIDE MIRROR
See D006 PLUG

20
FRONT / BACK
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir AIR QUALITY SENSOR (FRONT) K064 (Automatic air conditioning)
cable bundle Color
See 12 BEFORE BLACK
See M001C BODY

1 0,35 LV 4
COMPUTER (FRONT)
See C010A MASS

FRONT LEFT (FRONT)
See D008A PLUG

CABLES FOR /
3 0,35 BL AIR CONDITIONING - 18
HEATING
(IN FRONT OF)
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir PASSENGER SIGNALING SENSOR (RIGHT SEAT) K065
cable bundle Color
See 37 RIGHT SEAT -
See D071A PLUG

-
0,35 ETC PASSENGER SEAT 4
(BACK)
See D071A PLUG

-
0,35 BG PASSENGER SEAT 3
(BACK)
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir SENSOR FOR DRIVER'S SIDE AIRBAG (REAR) K066
cable bundle Color
See 25 BACK WHITE
See M060B
1 0,35 HM AIRBAG CONTROL UNIT 19
(BACK)
See M060B
2 0,35 HR AIRBAG CONTROL UNIT 20
(BACK)
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir SENSOR FOR RIGHT PASSENGER SIDE AIRBAG (REAR) K067
cable bundle Color
See 25 BACK WHITE
See M060B
1 0,35 HG AIRBAG CONTROL UNIT 17
(BACK)
See M060B
2 0,35 HB AIRBAG CONTROL UNIT 18
(BACK)
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir ABS SENSOR FROM FRONT LEFT (FRONT) K070
cable bundle Color
See 12 BEFORE BLACK
See M050 ABS

1 0,5 GN 46
CONTROL UNIT
See M050 ABS

2 0,5 G 45
CONTROL UNIT
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir ABS SENSOR FROM RIGHT FRONT WHEEL (FRONT) K071
cable bundle Color
See 12 BEFORE BLACK
See M050 ABS

1 0,5 BN 33
CONTROL UNIT
See M050 ABS

2 0,5 BG 34
CONTROL UNIT
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir ABS SENSOR OF LEFT REAR WHEEL (REAR) K075
cable bundle Color
See 25 BACK BLACK
See D006 PLUG

1 0,5 VN 16
FRONT / BACK
See D006 PLUG

2 0,5 VR 15
FRONT / BACK
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir RIGHT REAR WHEEL (REAR) ABS SENSOR K076
cable bundle Color
See 25 BACK BLACK
See D006 PLUG

1 0,5 HN 14
FRONT / BACK
See D006 PLUG

2 0,5 H 13
FRONT / BACK
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir TURBODRUKSENSOR (ENGINE) K082
cable bundle Color
See 50 ENGINE BLACK

1 0,5 BC X 7
(MOTOR)
See K036
TRANSMITTER

3
AND PRESSURE SENSOR

2 0,5 MZ X 24
(MOTOR)
See K036
TRANSMITTER

1
AND PRESSURE SENSOR
See K029
2

3 0,5 BG 58
(MOTOR)
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir ANTIRIJPSENSOR (AIRCONDITIONING) K086
cable bundle Color
See M070
1 0,35 I 23
See M070
2 0,35 I 12
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir UNIT PARKING SENSORS (REAR BUMPER) K097A
cable bundle Color
See 29 REAR BUMPER BLACK
See K097D UNIT

(REAR BUMPER)
See K097B UNIT

PARKING SENSORS 1
(REAR BUMPER)
See D089B PLUG

PARKING SENSOR 5
(REAR BUMPER)
See K097C UNIT

PARKING SENSORS 1
(REAR BUMPER)
See D089B PLUG

2 MB PARKING SENSOR 1
(REAR BUMPER)
See K097D UNIT

(REAR BUMPER)
See K097B UNIT

PARKING SENSORS 3
(REAR BUMPER)
See D089B PLUG

PARKING SENSOR 6
(REAR BUMPER)
See K097C UNIT

PARKING SENSORS 3
(REAR BUMPER)
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir UNIT PARKING SENSORS (REAR BUMPER) K097B
cable bundle Color
See K097D UNIT

(REAR BUMPER)
See D089B PLUG

PARKING SENSOR 5
(REAR BUMPER)
See K097C UNIT

PARKING SENSORS 1
(REAR BUMPER)
See K097A UNIT

PARKING SENSORS 1
(REAR BUMPER)
See D089B PLUG

2 MV PARKING SENSOR 4
(REAR BUMPER)
See K097D UNIT

(REAR BUMPER)
See D089B PLUG

PARKING SENSOR 6
(REAR BUMPER)
See K097C UNIT

PARKING SENSORS 3
(REAR BUMPER)
See K097A UNIT

PARKING SENSORS 3
(REAR BUMPER)
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir UNIT PARKING SENSORS (REAR BUMPER) K097C
cable bundle Color
See K097D UNIT

(REAR BUMPER)
See K097B UNIT

PARKING SENSORS 1
(REAR BUMPER)
See D089B PLUG

PARKING SENSOR 5
(REAR BUMPER)
See K097A UNIT

PARKING SENSORS 1
(REAR BUMPER)
See D089B PLUG

2 ML PARKING SENSOR 2
(REAR BUMPER)
See K097D UNIT

(REAR BUMPER)
See K097B UNIT

PARKING SENSORS 3
(REAR BUMPER)
See D089B PLUG

PARKING SENSOR 6
(REAR BUMPER)
See K097A UNIT

PARKING SENSORS 3
(REAR BUMPER)
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir UNIT PARKING SENSORS (REAR BUMPER) K097D
cable bundle Color
See K097B UNIT

(REAR BUMPER)
See D089B PLUG

PARKING SENSOR 5
(REAR BUMPER)
See K097C UNIT

PARKING SENSORS 1
(REAR BUMPER)
See K097A UNIT

PARKING SENSORS 1
(REAR BUMPER)
See D089B PLUG

2 MH PARKING SENSOR 3
(REAR BUMPER)
See K097B UNIT

(REAR BUMPER)
See D089B PLUG

PARKING SENSOR 6
(REAR BUMPER)
See K097C UNIT

PARKING SENSORS 3
(REAR BUMPER)
See K097A UNIT

PARKING SENSORS 3
(REAR BUMPER)
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir PRESSURE SENSOR BRAKE BOOSTER (FRONT) K105
cable bundle Color
See 12 BEFORE BLACK
See M010A
1 0,35 MB INJECTION RULE UNIT 27
(IN FRONT OF)
See B001B
2 0,35 CB X FUSES- AND 54
RELAY BOX (FRONT)
See B001B
FUSES- AND 51
RELAY BOX (FRONT)
See B001B
FUSES- AND 6
RELAY BOX (FRONT)
See F011A HEADLIGHT

7
FRONT RIGHT)
See K105
PRESSURE SENSOR 2
BRAKE BOOSTER
See M001C BODY

18
COMPUTER (FRONT)
See M073
CONTROL UNIT 1
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir MIXED AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR TOP RIGHT (AIR
CONDITIONING) K110 (Automatic air conditioning)
cable bundle Color
See M070
1 0,35 V 25
See M070
2 0,35 V 17
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir MIXED AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR LOWER RIGHT
(AIR CONDITIONING) K111 (Automatic air conditioning)
cable bundle Color
See M070
1 0,35 G 24
See M070
2 0,35 G 18
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir MIXED AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR TOP LEFT (AIR
CONDITIONING) K112 (Automatic air conditioning)
cable bundle Color
See M070
1 0,35 M 26
See M070
2 0,35 M 19
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir LINEAR SENSOR FOR ELECTRIC FANS (FRONT) K120
cable bundle Color
See 12 BEFORE BLACK
See M010A
1 0,5 NB X INJECTION RULE 42
(IN FRONT OF)
See K214 SENSOR

FREESTAND 3
GEAR STICK
See M010A
2 0,35 LH X INJECTION RULE 38
(IN FRONT OF)
See K214 SENSOR

FREESTAND 1
GEAR STICK
See M010A
3 0,35 HM INJECTION RULE UNIT 82
(IN FRONT OF)
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir SENSOR NEUTRAL GEAR LEVER (FRONT) K214
cable bundle Color
See 12 BEFORE BLACK
See M010A
1 0,35 LH X INJECTION RULE UNIT 38
(IN FRONT OF)
See K120 LINEAR

SENSOR FOR 2
ELECTRIC FANS
See M010A
2 0,35 BC INJECTION RULE UNIT 20
(IN FRONT OF)
See M010A
3 0,35 NO X INJECTION RULE UNIT 42
(IN FRONT OF)
See K120 LINEAR

SENSOR FOR 1
ELECTRIC FANS
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir BRANDSTOFDAMPAFSLUITKLEP (ENGINE) L010
cable bundle Color
See 50 ENGINE BLACK
See D004 PLUG

1 0,5 LV X 7
FRONT / ENGINE
See M010B
INJECTION RULE 54
(MOTOR)
See L102 BYPASS

TURBOCOMPRESSOR
See M010B
2 0,5 GN INJECTION RULE 53
(MOTOR)
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir ELECTROMAGNETIC CLUTCH OF AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR (ENGINE) L020A
cable bundle Color
See 50 ENGINE BLACK
See D004 PLUG

1 0,5 MN 12
FRONT / ENGINE
See L020B
ELECTROMAGNETIC
2 1 N X LINK OF 2
AIRCOCOMPRESSOR
(MOTOR)
See C039 GROUND BEFORE -
COMPRESSOR
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir ELECTROMAGNETIC CLUTCH OF AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR (ENGINE) L020B
cable bundle Color
See 50 ENGINE BLACK
See D004 PLUG

1 0,5 MV 8
FRONT / ENGINE
See L020A
ELECTROMAGNETIC
2 0,5 N X LINK OF 2
AIRCOCOMPRESSOR
(MOTOR)
See C039 GROUND BEFORE -
COMPRESSOR
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir SOLENOID VALVE FOR WASTE-GATE (FRONT) L037
cable bundle Color
See 12 BEFORE BLACK
See M010A
1 0,5 ZC INJECTION RULE UNIT 8
(IN FRONT OF)
See D004 PLUG

2 0,5 LN X 7
FRONT / ENGINE
See B001B
FUSES- AND 2
RELAY BOX (FRONT)
See K015
LAMBDASONDE OP 5
PRECATALYST
See K017
LAMBDASONDE OP 4
CATALYST
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir BYPASS SOLENOID VALVE FOR TURBO COMPRESSOR (ENGINE) L102
cable bundle Color
See 50 ENGINE BLACK
See D004 PLUG FOR /

1 0,5 LV X 7
MOTOR
See L010
1
FUEL VAPOR VALVE
See M010B
INJECTION RULE UNIT 54
(MOTOR)
See M010B
2 0,5 NZ INJECTION RULE UNIT 52
(MOTOR)
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir BODY COMPUTER (FRONT) M001A
cable bundle Color
See 12 BEFORE GREY
See B001B
A 10 RN FUSES- AND 9
RELAY BOX (FRONT)
See B001B
B 8 R FUSES- AND 10
RELAY BOX (FRONT)
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir BODY COMPUTER (REAR) M001B
cable bundle Color
See 25 BACK BLU
See B045
FUSES- AND
A 4 R X 5
RELAY BOX IN DE
LUGGAGE SPACE
See B045
FUSES- AND
8
RELAY BOX IN DE
LUGGAGE SPACE
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir BODY COMPUTER (FRONT) M001C (Gas discharge headlights)
cable bundle Color
See 12 BEFORE BLACK
See F011A RIGHT HEADLIGHT

1 2,5 HR 1
(IN FRONT OF)
See N022 ELECTRO PUMP VAN

2 2.5 U 1
WINDSCREEN WASHERS FRONT/REAR
3 0.5 VN See F010 LEFT HEADLIGHT 3
See D008A PLUG CABLES

4 0.35 LV FRONT / AIR CONDITIONING - 15
HEATING (FRONT)
See K064
4 0.35 LV 1
AIR QUALITY SENSOR

5 0.5 V 3
(IN FRONT OF)
6 0.5 VG See D050 PLUG FOG LAMPS 2
See I031
7 0.35 CB 1
CLUTCH PEDAL SWITCH

7 0.35 CB 1
REVERSING LIGHTS
8 1 ETC See D050 PLUG FOG LAMPS 1
9 2.5 B See N015 WIPER MOTOR 2
10 2.5 BR See N015 WIPER MOTOR 1

11 2.5 RV 2
12 2,5 H See F010 LEFT HEADLIGHT 1

13 0.5 RV FRONT / AIR CONDITIONING - 5
HEATING (FRONT)
14 0.5 RV See P090 ALARM SIREN 1
15 0.5 I See F010 LEFT HEADLIGHT 7
See I030
16 0.35 LR 4
BRAKE PEDAL SWITCH
See I030
17 0.35 LN 3
BRAKE PEDAL SWITCH
See B001B FUSES - EN

18 0.35 CB X 54
RELAY BOX (FRONT)

51
RELAY BOX (FRONT)

6
RELAY BOX (FRONT)

7
(IN FRONT OF)
See K105 PRESSURE SENSOR

2
BRAKE BOOSTER

1
See K101
FUEL TEMPERATURE - EN
3
WATER DETECTION SENSOR IN
FUEL FILTER

20 0.5 HB 19
RELAY BOX (FRONT)
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir BODY COMPUTER (FRONT) M001C
cable bundle Color
See 12 BEFORE BLACK

1 0,75 HN 1
(IN FRONT OF)

2 2,5 U 1
3 0,5 VN See F010 LEFT HEADLIGHT 3

4 0,35 LV FRONT / AIR CONDITIONING - 15
HEATING (FRONT)
See K064
4 0,35 LV 1
AIR QUALITY SENSOR

5 0,5 V 3
(IN FRONT OF)
6 0,5 VG See D050 PLUG FOG LAMPS 2
See I031
7 0,35 CB 1
CLUTCH PEDAL SWITCH

7 0,35 CB 1
REVERSING LIGHTS
8 1 ETC See D050 PLUG FOG LAMPS 1
9 2,5 B See N015 WIPER MOTOR 2
10 2,5 BR See N015 WIPER MOTOR 1

11 2,5 RV 2
12 0,5 HV See F010 LEFT HEADLIGHT 1

13 0,5 RV FRONT / AIR CONDITIONING - 5
HEATING (FRONT)
14 0,5 RV See P090 ALARM SIREN 1

15 0,5 I See F010 LEFT HEADLIGHT 7
See I030
16 0,35 LR 4
BRAKE PEDAL SWITCH
See I030
17 0,35 LN 3
BRAKE PEDAL SWITCH

18 0,35 CB X 54
RELAY BOX (FRONT)

51
RELAY BOX (FRONT)

6
RELAY BOX (FRONT)

7
(IN FRONT OF)

2
BRAKE BOOSTER

1
See K101
FUEL TEMPERATURE - EN
3
WATER DETECTION SENSOR IN
FUEL FILTER

20 0,5 HB 19
RELAY BOX (FRONT)
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir BODY COMPUTER (FRONT) M001D
cable bundle Color
See 12 BEFORE BLACK

1 0,35 GN 12
(IN FRONT OF)
See I010
8 0,35 BN 1
MOTORKAPSCHAKELAAR
See I030
11 0,35 VN 2
BRAKE PEDAL SWITCH
12 0,5 LN See M050 ABS CONTROL UNIT 8
See D065 PLUG

13 0,35 CB ELECTRIC 5
POWER STEERING

14 0,5 H 7
(IN FRONT OF)
See K025
18 0,35 BL BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SENSOR 1
(SWITCH)
See B001B FUSES AND

19 0,35 ML 7
RELAY BOX (FRONT)
See B001B FUSES AND

22 0,35 ZH 52
RELAY BOX (FRONT)
See K020
23 0,5 BC X BRAKE PADS WEAR SENSOR 1
LINKS (CONTACT)
See K021
BRAKE PADS WEAR SENSOR 1
RIGHT (CONTACT)
See D006 PLUG FOR /

18
BACK
See D006 PLUG FOR /

8
BACK
29 0,5 H See F010 LEFT HEADLIGHT 7

30 0,75 VN See F011A RIGHT HEADLIGHT 9
(IN FRONT OF)
31 0,5 LB See F010 LEFT HEADLIGHT 2
See F020
32 0,5 LB FLANGE DIRECTION INDICATOR 1
LINKS

33 0,35 GR 10
(IN FRONT OF)

35 0,35 WITH 8
(IN FRONT OF)
See D065 PLUG

37 0,35 M ELECTRIC 3
POWER STEERING
See D065 PLUG

38 0,35 V ELECTRIC 4
POWER STEERING

40 0,35 I FRONT / AIR CONDITIONING - 12
HEATING (FRONT)

41 0,35 B FRONT / AIR CONDITIONING - 6
HEATING (FRONT)

46 0,75 LN 2
(IN FRONT OF)
See F021
47 0,5 LN FLANGE DIRECTION INDICATOR 1
TO THE RIGHT

49 0,35 MH 45
RELAY BOX (FRONT)
See K059A SENSOR

50 0,35 VH 1
BATTERY CHARGE (FRONT)
See I030
57 0,35 ETC X 1
BRAKE PEDAL SWITCH
See M010A
62
INJECTION CONTROL UNIT (FRONT)
See N015
58 0,35 BH 3
WINDSCREEN WIPER MOTOR
59 0,35 GH See F010 LEFT HEADLIGHT 6

60 0,35 GH 6
(IN FRONT OF)
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir BODY COMPUTER (FRONT) M001D (Gas discharge headlights)
cable bundle Color
See 12 BEFORE BLACK
See I010
8 0,35 BN 1
MOTORKAPSCHAKELAAR
See I030
11 0,35 VN 2
BRAKE PEDAL SWITCH
12 0,5 LN See M050 ABS CONTROL UNIT 8
See D065 PLUG

POWER STEERING

14 0,5 H 7
(IN FRONT OF)
See K025
18 0,35 BL BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SENSOR 1
(SWITCH)
See B001B FUSES AND

19 0,35 ML 7
RELAY BOX (FRONT)
See B001B FUSES AND

22 0,35 ZH 52
RELAY BOX (FRONT)
See K020
23 0,5 BC X BRAKE PADS WEAR SENSOR 1
LINKS (CONTACT)
See K021
BRAKE PADS WEAR SENSOR 1
RIGHT (CONTACT)
See D006 PLUG FOR /

18
BACK
See D006 PLUG FOR /

8
BACK

30 0,75 VN 9
(IN FRONT OF)
31 0,5 LB See F010 LEFT HEADLIGHT 2
See F020
32 0,5 LB FLANGE DIRECTION INDICATOR 1
LINKS

33 0,35 GR 10
(IN FRONT OF)

35 0,35 WITH 8
(IN FRONT OF)

37 0,35 M 8

38 0,35 V 17

HEATING (FRONT)

HEATING (FRONT)

46 0,75 LN 2
(IN FRONT OF)
See F021
47 0,5 LN FLANGE DIRECTION INDICATOR 1
TO THE RIGHT

49 0,35 MH 45
RELAY BOX (FRONT)
See K059A SENSOR

50 0,35 VH 1
BATTERY CHARGE (FRONT)
See I030
57 0,35 ETC X 1
BRAKE PEDAL SWITCH
See M010A
62
See N015
58 0,35 BH 3
WINDSCREEN WIPER MOTOR
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir BODY COMPUTER (REAR) M001E
cable bundle Color
See 25 BACK BLACK
See D030 DOOR PLUG

3 0,35 CB X 19
FRONT LEFT
See D035 DOOR PLUG

11
LEFT BEHIND
See D031 DOOR PLUG

19
FRONT RIGHT
See D036 DOOR PLUG

11
RIGHT BEHIND
See K062
4 0,5 RV MOTION SENSORS FOR 1
THEFT ALARM
See D071B PLUG

5 0,35 LB 2
See D070B PLUG

5 0,35 LB DRIVER'S SEAT 2
(BACK)
See P065 ELECTRONIC

6 0,35 LB 7
DIMMABLE INTERIOR MIRROR
See D045
7 0,35 LB CONNECTOR 1
OPEN ROOF
See H060 FRONT SWITCH

7 0,35 LB 4
OPEN ROOF
See K062
10 0,35 LB MOTION SENSORS FOR 3
THEFT ALARM
See M084A CONTROL UNIT

11 0,5 LC 1
PARKING SENSORS (REAR)
See N057 LOCK MOTOR

14 1,5 WITH 4
TAILGATE
16 0,35 RH 31
See D030 DOOR PLUG
FRONT LEFT
See D036 DOOR PLUG

17 2,5 R 9
RIGHT BEHIND
See D030 DOOR PLUG

18 1,5 BN X 11
FRONT LEFT
See D035 DOOR PLUG

13
LEFT BEHIND
See D031 DOOR PLUG

11
FRONT RIGHT
See D036 DOOR PLUG

13
RIGHT BEHIND
See N058 LOCK MOTOR VAN

1
THANK YOU
See D035 DOOR PLUG

19 2,5 RV 9
LEFT BEHIND
See N016
20 1,5 BG 3
REAR WINDOW MOTOR
See D030 DOOR PLUG

21 0,5 RV 12
FRONT LEFT
See G031 LIGHTING

22 0,5 RN SUN VISOR 1
DRIVER'S SIDE
See G032 LIGHTING

22 0,5 RN 1
SUNVISOR PASSENGER SIDE
See D030 DOOR PLUG

23 0,5 RN 6
FRONT LEFT
See D031 DOOR PLUG

23 0,5 RN 6
FRONT RIGHT
See G020 CEILING LIGHT

24 0,5 RG 2
MIDDLE BACK
See G010A CEILING LIGHT

25 0,5 RN 2
FRONT (REAR)
See B045 FUSES - EN

27 0,35 H RELAY BOX IN DE 13
LUGGAGE SPACE
See B045 FUSES - EN

27 0,35 H RELAY BOX IN DE 16
LUGGAGE SPACE
See G040
28 0,5 RN 2
LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHTING
See D036 DOOR PLUG

29 0,5 RN 14
RIGHT BEHIND
See D035 DOOR PLUG

29 0,5 RN 14
LEFT BEHIND
See D031 DOOR PLUG

31 0,35 RN 31
FRONT RIGHT
See N058 LOCK MOTOR VAN

32 1,5 CV X 2
THANK YOU
See D036 DOOR PLUG

12
RIGHT BEHIND
See D035 DOOR PLUG

12
LEFT BEHIND
See D030 DOOR PLUG

20
FRONT LEFT
See D031 DOOR PLUG

20
FRONT RIGHT
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir BODY COMPUTER (REAR) M001F
cable bundle Color
See 25 BACK GREEN
See F036 RIGHT

1 0,75 HN X REAR LIGHT UNIT (SHARE ON 3
TAILGATE)
See P065 ELECTRONIC

6
See F035 LEFT

2 0,5 GL REAR LIGHT UNIT (SHARE ON 4
TAILGATE)
See F036 RIGHT

3 0,5 MN REAR LIGHT UNIT (SHARE ON 2
TAILGATE)
See F035 LEFT

4 0,75 HV REAR LIGHT UNIT (SHARE ON 2
TAILGATE)
See D030 DOOR PLUG

5 0,5 RH X 1
FRONT LEFT
See D031 DOOR PLUG

1
FRONT RIGHT
See D089A PLUG

6 0,5 GN PARKING SENSOR 1
(REAR BUMPER)
See G010B CEILING LIGHT

7 0,35 G 1
FRONT (REAR)
See G010A CEILING LIGHT

8 0,5 H 3
FRONT (REAR)
See G020 CEILING LIGHT

13 0,5 MC 3
MIDDLE BACK
See K062
14 0,35 VH X MOTION SENSORS FOR 4
THEFT ALARM
See P065 ELECTRONIC

3
See D006 PLUG FOR /

BACK 20
See P093 FRONT ANTENNA

15 0,35 ALARM AND RECEIVER 1
DOOR LOCK
See F031 REAR LIGHT UNIT

16 0,5 LN 1
TO THE RIGHT
See F031 REAR LIGHT UNIT

17 0,5 GN 3
TO THE RIGHT
See D030 DOOR PLUG

21 0,35 NO X 5
FRONT LEFT
See D031 DOOR PLUG

5
FRONT RIGHT
See D036 DOOR PLUG

6
RIGHT BEHIND
See D035 DOOR PLUG

6
LEFT BEHIND
See N040 ELECTRIC

24 0,35 SMALL FUEL PUMP EN 2
TANK PLOTS
See N040 ELECTRIC

25 1,5 Eg FUEL PUMP EN 1
TANK PLOTS
See N016
26 1,5 CV 2
REAR WINDOW MOTOR

30 1,5 ALARM AND RECEIVER 2
DOOR LOCK
See F035 LEFT

31 0,5 MG REAR LIGHT UNIT (SHARE ON 3
TAILGATE)
See F036 RIGHT

32 0,5 Teacher REAR LIGHT UNIT (SHARE ON 1
TAILGATE)
See D036 DOOR PLUG

33 0,35 BV 8
RIGHT BEHIND
See I033 SWITCH ON

34 0,35 BC OUTER HANDLE OF 1
TAILGATE
See N057 LOCK MOTOR

35 0,35 BH 2
TAILGATE
See D035 DOOR PLUG

36 0,35 BM 8
LEFT BEHIND
See D031 DOOR PLUG

37 0,35 vice 21
FRONT RIGHT
See I040 SWITCH

44 0,35 BG 2
HANDBRAKE APPLIED
See D071B PLUG

45 0,35 B X 8

7
See D070B PLUG

DRIVER'S SEAT 8
(BACK)
See F030 TAILLIGHT UNIT

46 0,5 LB 3
LINKS
See F030 TAILLIGHT UNIT

47 1 N 1
LINKS
See F040 THIRD BRAKE LIGHT

48 0,5 VN 1
(ADDITIONAL BACKLIGHT)
See D045
49 0,35 HG CONNECTOR 2
OPEN ROOF
See D030 DOOR PLUG

50 0,35 BZ 14
FRONT LEFT
See D031 DOOR PLUG

51 0,35 BR 14
FRONT RIGHT
See D031 DOOR PLUG

52 0,35 NZ 22
FRONT RIGHT
See D030 DOOR PLUG

53 1,5 ZR 13
FRONT LEFT

60 0,35 I X 14
See D070B PLUG

DRIVER'S SEAT 9
(BACK)
See D071B PLUG

9
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir BODY COMPUTER (DASHBOARD) M001G (S&S)
cable bundle Color
See 20 DASHBOARD GREY
See H001B START/IGNITION SWITCH

2 2,5 I 2
(DASHBOARD)
See M060A
3 0,5 LG AIRBAG CONTROL UNIT 2
(DASHBOARD)
4 0,35 RB See E050 INSTRUMENT PANEL 2
See I015 SWITCH

6 0,5 RN B
See P020A RADIO

7 0,35 LV A7
(DASHBOARD)
See M162 BLUETOOTH

8 0,35 LV 32
CONTROL UNIT

9 2,5 H 1
(DASHBOARD)
10 1,5 RV See M192 ALARM CONTROL UNIT 8
See C038 GROUND ON

11 1,5 N -
TUNNELCONSOLE
See D047 FRONT PLUG

12 0,5 LB 5
SPIRAL MECHANISM
13 0,35 LH See M192 ALARM CONTROL UNIT 6
See H139 SYSTEM SWITCH

14 0,35 LB 1
ALFA DNA
15 0,35 LB See H091 CONTROL UNIT LEFT 1

16 0,35 LB 3
ALARM FLASHING LIGHTS
16 0,35 LB See H090 SWITCH UNIT 1


17 0,35 LR DASHBOARD/REAR 19
(DASHBOARD)
17 0,35 LR See E050 INSTRUMENT PANEL 3
See R010 FRONT MULTI-PLUG

18 0,5 RV 16
DIAGNOSE
See M162 BLUETOOTH -

19 0,5 RV 16
CONTROL UNIT
See P020A RADIO

20 0,5 RV A2
(DASHBOARD)
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir BODY COMPUTER (DASHBOARD) M001G (Installation preparation navigation system)
APPLICABLE TO VERSIONS WITH: Navigation System Installation Preparation
cable bundle Color

2 2,5 I 2
(DASHBOARD)
See M060A
3 0,5 LG AIRBAG CONTROL UNIT 2
(DASHBOARD)
4 0,35 RB See E050 INSTRUMENT PANEL 2
See I015 SWITCH

6 0,5 RN B
See D078 PLUG

7 0,35 LV 2
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
See M162 BLUETOOTH

8 0,35 LV 32
CONTROL UNIT

9 2,5 H 1
(DASHBOARD)
10 1,5 RV See M192 ALARM CONTROL UNIT 8
See C038 GROUND ON

11 1,5 N -
TUNNELCONSOLE
See D047 FRONT PLUG

12 0,5 LB 5
SPIRAL MECHANISM
13 0,35 LH See M192 ALARM CONTROL UNIT 6
See H139 SYSTEM SWITCH

14 0,35 LB 1
ALFA DNA
15 0,35 LB See H091 CONTROL UNIT LEFT 1

16 0,35 LB 3
16 0,35 LB See H090 SWITCH UNIT 1


17 0,35 LR DASHBOARD/REAR 19
(DASHBOARD)
17 0,35 LR See E050 INSTRUMENT PANEL 3
See R010 FRONT MULTI-PLUG

18 0,5 RV 16
DIAGNOSE

19 0,5 RV 16
CONTROL UNIT
See P020A RADIO

20 0,5 RV A2
(DASHBOARD)
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir BODY COMPUTER (DASHBOARD) M001H
cable bundle Color
See H090
1 0,35 H 8
SWITCH UNIT
See H139
6 0,35 BZ SYSTEM SWITCH 3
ALFA DNA
See H020 SWITCH

8 0,35 HR IN FRONT OF 2
See R010 MULTI-PLUG

9 0,35 B 9
FOR DIAGNOSIS
See P020A RADIO

10 0,35 B X A3
(DASHBOARD)
See P020A RADIO

13
(DASHBOARD)
See M162 BLUETOOTH

14
CONTROL UNIT
See E050
11 0,35 B 5
INSTRUMENT PANEL
See M060A
12 0,35 B AIRBAG CONTROL UNIT 3
(DASHBOARD)

15 0,35 LH 1
CODE START BLOCK
See H090
23 0,35 CH 4
SWITCH UNIT
See R010 MULTI-PLUG

24 0,35 I 1
FOR DIAGNOSIS
See P020A RADIO

25 0,35 I X A1
(DASHBOARD)
See P020A RADIO

10
(DASHBOARD)

30
CONTROL UNIT
See E050
26 0,35 I 6
INSTRUMENT PANEL
See M060A
27 0,35 I AIRBAG CONTROL UNIT 1
(DASHBOARD)
See R010 MULTI-PLUG

28 0,35 V 6
FOR DIAGNOSIS
See R010 MULTI-PLUG

29 0,35 M 14
FOR DIAGNOSIS

30 0,35 NV 2
CODE -START BLOCK
See H139
32 0,35 HM SYSTEM SWITCH 2
ALFA DNA
See H090
34 0,35 BV 9
SWITCH UNIT
See H090
36 0,35 NZ 6
SWITCH UNIT
See D047 FRONT PLUG

38 0,35 BM 4
SPIRAL MECHANISM
See H090
39 0,35 U 10
SWITCH UNIT
See H005
40 0,35 VH 4
See H139
41 0,35 BM SYSTEM SWITCH 4
ALFA DNA
See H005
42 0,35 VM 3
See H005
43 0,35 VN 2
See H005
45 0,35 NZ 10
See E050
46 0,35 H 8
INSTRUMENT PANEL
See M192
47 0,35 VG 3
ALARM CONTROL UNIT
See E050
49 0,35 GH 7
INSTRUMENT PANEL
See P020A RADIO

50 0,35 G X A6
(DASHBOARD)
See P050
CIGAR LIGHTER / 12V - 1
POWER STRIP
See D047 FRONT PLUG

51 0,35 LM 3
SPIRAL MECHANISM
See H090
52 0,35 GN 3
SWITCH UNIT
See D047 FRONT PLUG

53 0,35 NZ SPIRAL MECHANISM 6
See H005
54 0,35 ZH 5
See H020 SWITCH

55 0,35 VR IN FRONT OF 4
See H005
56 0,35 HM 6
See H005
57 0,35 BL 1
See H005
58 0,35 BZ 7
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir INJECTION CONTROL UNIT (FRONT) M010A
cable bundle Color
See 12 BEFORE BLACK
See C060 MASS

1 2,5 N -
INJECTION RULE UNIT
See C060 MASS

2 2,5 N -
INJECTION RULE UNIT
See B001B FUSES AND

3 1,5 I X 3
RELAY BOX (FRONT)
See M010A
5
See M010A
6
See C060 MASS

4 2,5 N -
INJECTION RULE UNIT
See B001B FUSES AND

5 1,5 I X 3
RELAY BOX (FRONT)
See M010A
3
See M010A
6
See B001B FUSES AND

6 1,5 I X 3
RELAY BOX (FRONT)
See M010A
3
See M010A
5
See L037 FRONT SOLENOID VALVE

8 0,5 ZC 1
WASTE-GATE
See K214 NEUTRAL SENSOR

20 0,35 BC 2
GEAR STICK

24 0,35 CL 2
REVERSING LIGHTS
See I031
25 0,35 ZR 2
CLUTCH PEDAL SWITCH

27 0,35 MB BRAKE BOOSTER 1

28 0,75 MR X 50
RELAY BOX (FRONT)
See D007 PLUG ALTERNATOR 1
See D001 PLUG FOR /

12
DASHBOARD

32 0,35 Teacher 34
RELAY BOX (FRONT)

33 0,35 GN 21
RELAY BOX (FRONT)

35 0,35 GH 55
RELAY BOX (FRONT)
36 0,5 LG See K055 THROTTLE PEDAL SENSOR 2
37 0,5 LR See K055 THROTTLE PEDAL SENSOR 1
See K120 FRONT LINEAR SENSOR

38 0,35 LH X 2
ELECTRIC FANS

1
GEAR STICK

42 0,35 NO X 3
GEAR STICK

1
ELECTRIC FANS

50 0,5 RN 33
RELAY BOX (FRONT)
See K015 LAMBDA PROBE OP

51 0,5 MG 3
PRECATALYST

52 0,35 BN 5
RELAY BOX (FRONT)
53 0,5 NZ See K055 THROTTLE PEDAL SENSOR 5
55 0,5 NV See K055 THROTTLE PEDAL SENSOR 4
61 0,5 HV See K055 THROTTLE PEDAL SENSOR 3
See I030
62 0,35 ETC X 1
BRAKE PEDAL SWITCH
See M001D BODY COMPUTER

57
(IN FRONT OF)

63 0,5 BC 1
CATALYST

64 0,5 HG 1
PRECATALYST

65 0,5 BL 2
PRECATALYST
69 0,35 V See M050 ABS CONTROL UNIT 12
70 0,35 M See M050 ABS CONTROL UNIT 13

72 0,35 CB 48
RELAY BOX (FRONT)

77 0,5 ZN 3
CATALYST

82 0,35 HM 3
ELECTRIC FANS
83 0,5 HR See K055 THROTTLE PEDAL SENSOR 6
See I031
84 0,35 MN 3
CLUTCH PEDAL SWITCH

85 0,5 VG 2
CATALYST

86 0,5 LV 4
PRECATALYST

87 0,5 MV 6
PRECATALYST

88 0,5 CN 63
RELAY BOX (FRONT)

94 0,35 BV 35
RELAY BOX (FRONT)
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir INJECTION CONTROL UNIT (ENGINE) M010B
cable bundle Color
See 50 ENGINE BLACK
1 0,75 BL See A030C IGNITION COIL (ENGINE) 3
2 0,75 BM See A030D IGNITION COIL (ENGINE) 3
3 0,75 LN See D081 PLUG INJECTION VALVES 4
4 0,75 BH See D081 PLUG INJECTION VALVES 3
See N075 ACTUATOR INTEGRATED IN

6 0,5 CN 3
THROTTLE BODY

7 0,5 BC X 3
AND PRESSURE SENSOR
9 0,5 SCH See K050 PING SENSOR -
10 0,5 WITH See K050 PING SENSOR 1
11 0,5 I See K050 PING SENSOR 2
14 0,5 HN See K046 RPM SENSOR 3
16 0,75 GR See A030B IGNITION COIL (ENGINE) 3
17 0,75 RV See A030A IGNITION COIL (ENGINE) 3
18 0,75 NO See D081 PLUG INJECTION VALVES 1
19 0,75 MN See D081 PLUG INJECTION VALVES 2
See K029
24 0,5 MZ X 2
See K036
TRANSMITTER
See K044 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE -

1
AND PRESSURE SENSOR

25 0,5 BN 2
THROTTLE BODY
27 0,5 HB See K047 PHASE SENSOR 2
29 0,5 BV See K046 RPM SENSOR 2
See N197B MULTIARY ACTUATOR

31 1,5 MN 2
(MOTOR)
See N197A MULTIARY ACTUATOR

32 1,5 NV 2
(MOTOR)
See N197D MULTIARY ACTUATOR

33 1,5 MB 2
(MOTOR)
See N197C MULTIARY ACTUATOR

34 1,5 NG 2
(MOTOR)
37 0,5 HR See A010A ALTERNATOR (ENGINE)

-
See K036
39 0,5 LR COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR/ - 1
TRANSMITTER
See K029
40 0,5 G 1

43 0,5 H 6
THROTTLE BODY
See K030 SENSOR (INTERRUPTER)

44 0,5 HG 1
FOR ENGINE OIL PRESSURE

45 0,75 BZ 1
THROTTLE BODY
See N197B MULTIARY ACTUATOR

46 1,5 CN 1
(MOTOR)
See N197A MULTIARY ACTUATOR

47 1,5 CB 1
(MOTOR)
See N197D MULTIARY ACTUATOR

48 1,5 CV 1
(MOTOR)
See N197C MULTIARY ACTUATOR

49 1,5 CL 1
(MOTOR)
See L102 BYPASS FRONT SOLENOID VALVE

52 0,5 NZ 2
TURBOCOMPRESSOR
See L010
53 0,5 GN 2
FUEL VAPOR VALVE
See L010
54 0,5 LV X 1
FUEL VAPOR VALVE
See D004 FRONT PLUG / ENGINE 7
See L102 BYPASS FRONT SOLENOID VALVE

1
TURBOCOMPRESSOR

55 0,5 BV 2
AND PRESSURE SENSOR

57 0,5 BR 4
AND PRESSURE SENSOR
58 0,5 BG See K082 TURBO PRESSURE SENSOR 3

59 0,5 GL 5
THROTTLE BODY

60 0,75 Noun 4
THROTTLE BODY
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir ABS CONTROL UNIT (FRONT) M050
cable bundle Color
See 12 BEFORE BLACK
See B001B
1 4 RG FUSES- AND 12
RELAY BOX (FRONT)
See M001D BODY

8 0,5 LN 12
COMPUTER (FRONT)
See D065 PLUG

11 0,35 V ELECTRIC 7
POWER STEERING
See M010A
12 0,35 V INJECTION RULE UNIT 69
(IN FRONT OF)
See M010A
13 0,35 M INJECTION RULE UNIT 70
(IN FRONT OF)
See D065 PLUG

14 0,35 M ELECTRIC 6
POWER STEERING
See C012 GROUND BEFORE

16 4 N -
FOR ABS
See B001B
32 2,5 RB FUSES- AND 16
RELAY BOX (FRONT)
See K071 ABS SENSOR

33 0,5 BN FROM JUDGE 1
FRONT WHEEL
See K071 ABS SENSOR

34 0,5 BG FROM JUDGE 2
FRONT WHEEL
See D006 PLUG

36 0,5 VR 15
FRONT / BACK
See D006 PLUG

37 0,5 VN 16
FRONT / BACK
See D006 PLUG

42 0,5 HN FRONT / BACK 14
See D006 PLUG

43 0,5 H 13
FRONT / BACK
See K070 ABS SENSOR

45 0,5 G FROM LEFT 2
FRONT WHEEL
See K070 ABS SENSOR

46 0,5 GN FROM LEFT 1
FRONT WHEEL
See C012 GROUND BEFORE

47 4 N -
FOR ABS
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir AIRBAGREGELEENHEID (DASHBOARD) M060A
cable bundle Color
See M001H BODY

1 0,35 I COMPUTER 27
(DASHBOARD)
See M001G BODY

2 0,5 LG COMPUTER 3
(DASHBOARD)
See M001H BODY

3 0,35 B COMPUTER 12
(DASHBOARD)
See C050A MASS

(DASHBOARD)
See D001 PLUG

8 0,35 M 3
FRONT / DASHBOARD
See D001 PLUG

9 0,35 MN 2
FRONT / DASHBOARD
See Q011B AIRBAG OP

DASHBOARD
17 0,5 BN 2
(PASSENGER SIDE)
(DASHBOARD)
See Q011B AIRBAG OP

DASHBOARD
18 0,5 BL 1
(PASSENGER SIDE)
(DASHBOARD)
See Q011A AIRBAG OP

DASHBOARD
19 0,5 CN 2
(PASSENGER SIDE)
(DASHBOARD)
See Q011A AIRBAG OP

DASHBOARD
20 0,5 V 1
(PASSENGER SIDE)
(DASHBOARD)
See D047 PLUG

21 0,5 VN IN FRONT OF 10
SPIRAL MECHANISM
See D047 PLUG

IN FRONT OF
22 0,5 VG 9
SPIRAL MECHANISM
See D047 PLUG

23 0,5 MH IN FRONT OF 12
SPIRAL MECHANISM
See D047 PLUG

24 0,5 MG IN FRONT OF 11
SPIRAL MECHANISM
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir AIRBAG CONTROL UNIT (REAR) M060B
cable bundle Color
See 25 BACK BLACK
See Q041 HEADBAG

1 0,5 B 1
PASSENGER SIDE
See Q041 HEADBAG

2 0,5 V 2
PASSENGER SIDE
See Q040 HEADBAG

3 0,5 I 1
DRIVER'S SIDE
See Q040 HEADBAG

4 0,5 M 2
DRIVER'S SIDE
See Q025
BELT TENSIONER
5 0,5 H 1
FIXING FOR,
PASSENGER SIDE
See Q025
BELT TENSIONER
6 0,5 HN 2
FIXING FOR,
PASSENGER SIDE
See Q021
BELT TENSIONER
7 0,5 BL 1
IN FRONT OF,
PASSENGER SIDE
See Q021
BELT TENSIONER
8 0,5 BN 2
IN FRONT OF,
PASSENGER SIDE
See Q020
BELT TENSIONER
9 0,5 LV 1
IN FRONT OF,
DRIVER'S SIDE
See Q020
BELT TENSIONER
10 0,5 LN 2
IN FRONT OF,
DRIVER'S SIDE
See Q024
BELT TENSIONER
11 0,5 G 1
FIXING FOR,
DRIVER'S SIDE
See Q024
12 0,5 GN 2
BELT TENSIONER
FIXING FOR,
DRIVER'S SIDE
See D070A PLUG

13 0,5 VG DRIVER'S SEAT 7
(BACK)
See D070A PLUG

14 0,5 VN DRIVER'S SEAT 8
(BACK)
See D071A PLUG

15 0,5 C PASSENGER SEAT 7
(BACK)
See D071A PLUG

16 0,5 CN PASSENGER SEAT 8
(BACK)
See K067 SENSOR

17 0,35 HG FOR SIDE -AIRBAG 1
PASSENGER SIDE
See K067 SENSOR

18 0,35 HB FOR SIDE -AIRBAG 2
PASSENGER SIDE
See K066 SENSOR

19 0,35 HM FOR SIDE -AIRBAG 1
DRIVER'S SIDE
See K066 SENSOR

20 0,35 HR FOR SIDE -AIRBAG 2
DRIVER'S SIDE
See D071A PLUG

21 0,35 VM X PASSENGER SEAT 12
(BACK)
See D070A PLUG

DRIVER'S SEAT 4
(BACK)
See D070A PLUG

22 0,35 BR DRIVER'S SEAT 3
(BACK)
See I145
SWITCH FOR
23 0,35 ML X LIGHT 1
SEAT BELT
REAR LEFT
See I147
SWITCH FOR
LIGHT
1
SEAT BELT
AT THE BACK
MIDDLE
See I146
SWITCH FOR
LIGHT 1
SEAT BELT
REAR RIGHT
See D071A PLUG

24 0,35 BG PASSENGER SEAT 3
(BACK)
See I147
SWITCH FOR
LIGHT 2
27 0,35 BZ
SEAT BELT
AT THE BACK
MIDDLE
See I145
SWITCH FOR
LIGHT
29 0,35 MC SAFETY BELT 2
REAR LEFT
See I146
SWITCH FOR
30 0,35 MB LIGHT 2
SEAT BELT
REAR RIGHT
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT (AIR CONDITIONING) M070 (Automatic air conditioning)
cable bundle Color
See N078 MIXING VALVE ACTUATOR

1 0,35 HR 3
LINKS
See N080 ACTUATOR FOR

2 0,35 GR 3
AIR DISTRIBUTION

3 0,50 LV X FRONT / AIR CONDITIONING - 15
HEATING (FRONT)
See J037 RELAY FOR EXTRA

86
HEATING -2

86
HEATING -1

4 0,75 N FRONT / AIR CONDITIONING - 11
HEATING (FRONT)

5 0,75 RV FRONT / AIR CONDITIONING - 5
HEATING (FRONT)

6 0,5 H FRONT / AIR CONDITIONING - 16
HEATING (FRONT)

7 0,35 LB 6
TO THE RIGHT

8 0,35 HM 5
LINKS

9 0,35 GN 5
AIR DISTRIBUTION
See N082 ACTUATOR FOR THE

10 0,35 VN AIR SUPPLY- 1
/RECIRCULATIEKLEP

11 0,35 LR 3
TO THE RIGHT
12 0,35 I See K086 ANTI-FRAME SENSOR 2


13 0,35 Teacher 1
AIR DISTRIBUTION

14 0,35 HV 1
LINKS

15 0,35 LV 1
TO THE RIGHT
See K113
16 0,35 H MENGLUCHTTEMPERATUURSENSOR 2
BOTTOM LEFT SIDE
See K110
17 0,35 V MENGLUCHTTEMPERATUURSENSOR 2
TOP RIGHT
See K111
18 0,35 G MENGLUCHTTEMPERATUURSENSOR 2
BOTTOM RIGHT
See K112
19 0,35 M MENGLUCHTTEMPERATUURSENSOR 2
TOP LEFT

20 0,35 GM 6
AIR DISTRIBUTION
See M072 SPEED CONTROLLER

21 0,35 BV 4
FROM BLOWER

22 0,35 G 2
AIR DISTRIBUTION
23 0,35 I See K086 ANTI-FRAME SENSOR 1
See K110
25 0,35 V MENGLUCHTTEMPERATUURSENSOR 1
TOP RIGHT
See K111
24 0,35 G MENGLUCHTTEMPERATUURSENSOR 1
BOTTOM RIGHT
See K112
26 0,35 M MENGLUCHTTEMPERATUURSENSOR 1
TOP LEFT
See K113
27 0,35 H MENGLUCHTTEMPERATUURSENSOR 1
BOTTOM LEFT SIDE
See N082 ACTUATOR FOR THE

28 0,35 VM AIR SUPPLY - 6
/RECIRCULATIEKLEP

29 0,35 HG 6
LINKS

30 0,35 LN 5
TO THE RIGHT

31 0,35 H 2
LINKS

32 0,35 I 2
TO THE RIGHT

33 0,35 HR FRONT / AIR CONDITIONING - 20
HEATING (FRONT)

34 0,35 VM FRONT / AIR CONDITIONING - 17

HEATING (FRONT)

35 0,50 BL FRONT / AIR CONDITIONING - 18
HEATING (FRONT)
See M072 SPEED CONTROLLER

36 0,35 BR 5
FROM BLOWER

HEATING (FRONT)

HEATING (FRONT)

39 0,5 LB 85
HEATING - 1

40 0,5 LR 85
HEATING - 2
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT (AIR CONDITIONING) M070 (Manual air conditioning)
cable bundle Color
See N081
1 0,35 HR 3
CLEPACTUATOR
See N080 ACTUATOR

2 0,35 GR IN FRONT OF 3
AIR DISTRIBUTION
See D008A PLUG

CABLES FOR /
3 0,50 LV X 15
AIR CONDITIONING -
HEATING (FRONT)
See J037 RELAY

FOR EXTRA 86
HEATING -2
See J036 RELAY

FOR EXTRA 86
HEATING -1
See D008A PLUG

CABLES FOR /
4 0,75 N 11
AIR CONDITIONING -
HEATING (FRONT)
See D008A PLUG

CABLES FOR /
5 0,75 RV 5
AIR CONDITIONING -
HEATING (FRONT)
See D008A PLUG

CABLES FOR /
6 0,5 H 16
AIR CONDITIONING -
HEATING (FRONT)
See N081
8 0,35 HM 5
CLEPACTUATOR
See N080 ACTUATOR

9 0,35 GN IN FRONT OF 5
AIR DISTRIBUTION
See N082 ACTUATOR

FOR THE
10 0,35 VN 1
AIR SUPPLY-
/RECIRCULATIEKLEP
See K086
12 0,35 I ANTIRIJPSENSOR 2
See N080 ACTUATOR

13 0,35 Teacher IN FRONT OF 1
AIR DISTRIBUTION
See N081
14 0,35 HV 1
CLEPACTUATOR
See N080 ACTUATOR

20 0,35 GM IN FRONT OF 6
AIR DISTRIBUTION
See M072
21 0,35 BV SPEED CONTROLLER 4
FROM BLOWER
See N080 ACTUATOR

22 0,35 G IN FRONT OF 2
AIR DISTRIBUTION
See K086
23 0,35 I 1
ANTIRIJPSENSOR
See N082 ACTUATOR

FOR THE
28 0,35 VM 6
AIR SUPPLY -
/RECIRCULATIEKLEP
See N081
29 0,35 HG 6
CLEPACTUATOR
See N081
31 0,35 H 2
CLEPACTUATOR
See M072
36 0,35 BR SPEED CONTROLLER 5
FROM BLOWER
See D008A PLUG

CABLES FOR /
37 0,35 B 6
AIR CONDITIONING -
HEATING (FRONT)
See D008A PLUG

CABLES FOR /
38 0,35 I 12
AIR CONDITIONING -
HEATING (FRONT)
See J036 RELAY

39 0,5 LB FOR EXTRA 85
HEATING - 1
See J037 RELAY

40 0,5 LR FOR EXTRA 85
HEATING - 2
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir CONTROL UNIT PARKING SENSORS (REAR) M084A
cable bundle Color
See 25 BACK BROWN
See M001E BODY

1 0,5 LC COMPUTER 11
(BACK)
See D071B PLUG

7 0,35 B X PASSENGER SEAT 8
(BACK)
See M001F BODY

COMPUTER 45
(BACK)
See D070B PLUG

DRIVER'S SEAT 8
(BACK)
See C031 MASS

RIGHT BEHIND
See D070B PLUG

14 0,35 I X DRIVER'S SEAT 9
(BACK)
See D071B PLUG

PASSENGER SEAT 9
(BACK)
See M001F BODY

COMPUTER 60
(BACK)
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir CONTROL UNIT PARKING SENSORS (REAR) M084B
cable bundle Color
See 25 BACK BLACK
See D089B PLUG

1 0,35 NZ PARKING SENSOR 6
(REAR BUMPER)
See D089B PLUG

2 0,35 MH PARKING SENSOR 3
(REAR BUMPER)
See D089B PLUG

3 0,35 ML PARKING SENSOR 2
(REAR BUMPER)
See D089B PLUG

4 0,35 MV PARKING SENSOR 4
(REAR BUMPER)
See D089B PLUG

5 0,35 MB PARKING SENSOR 1
(REAR BUMPER)
See D089B PLUG

12 0,35 CB PARKING SENSOR 5
(REAR BUMPER)
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir CONTROL UNIT ELECTRIC POWER STEERING (ELECTRIC POWER STEERING)
M086A
cable bundle Color
See C014 GROUND FOR FOR

1 10 N ELECTRIC. -
POWER STEERING
See B099D
MAIN FUSE HOLDER
2 10 R -
ON THE BATTERY (ELECTRIC

POWER STEERING)
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir CONTROL UNIT ELECTRIC POWER STEERING (POWER STEERING) M086B
cable bundle Color
See D065 PLUG

1 0,35 M X ELECTRIC 6
POWER STEERING
See D065 PLUG

ELECTRIC 3
POWER STEERING
See D065 PLUG

2 0,35 V X ELECTRIC 4
POWER STEERING
See D065 PLUG

ELECTRIC 7
POWER STEERING
See D065 PLUG

POWER STEERING
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir CONTROL UNIT FRONT PASSENGER SEAT HEATING (RIGHT SEAT) M110
cable bundle Color
See I066
SWITCH FOR
4 1 M X 5
HEATING
PASSENGER SEAT
See O041A
HEATING
4
PASSENGER SEAT
(RIGHT SEAT)
See O041B
HEATING
3
PASSENGER SEAT
(RIGHT SEAT)
See D071B PLUG

PASSENGER SEAT 12
(BACK)
See I066
SWITCH FOR
5 1 S X 2
HEATING
PASSENGER SEAT
See D071B PLUG

PASSENGER SEAT 1
(BACK)
See I066
SWITCH FOR
6 1 V X 3
HEATING
PASSENGER SEAT
See O041A
HEATING
3
PASSENGER SEAT
(RIGHT SEAT)
See O041A
HEATING
7 1 N 1
PASSENGER SEAT
(RIGHT SEAT)
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir BLUETOOTH CONTROL UNIT (DASHBOARD) M162 (Blue&Me, RadioNav)
APPLICABLE TO VERSIONS WITH: Blue&Me, RadioNav
cable bundle Color
3 0,35 V See P143 USB PORT 4
4 0,35 N See P143 USB PORT 5
See P020B
5 0,5 H RADIO 10
(DASHBOARD)
See D020A PLUG

CABLES
8 0,5 G 11
DASHBOARD/REAR
(DASHBOARD)
See P020A
14 0,35 B X RADIO 13
(DASHBOARD)
See M001H BODY

COMPUTER 10
(DASHBOARD)
See C038 GROUND ON

15 0,5 N -
TUNNELCONSOLE
See M001G BODY

(DASHBOARD)
19 0,35 B See P143 USB PORT 3
20 0,35 R See P143 USB PORT 2
See P020B
21 0,5 N RADIO 11
(DASHBOARD)
See P020B
22 0,5 V RADIO 4
(DASHBOARD)
See D020A PLUG

CABLES
24 0,5 N DASHBOARD/REAR 10
(DASHBOARD)
See P020A
30 0,35 I X RADIO 10
(DASHBOARD)
See M001H BODY

COMPUTER 25
(DASHBOARD)
See M001G BODY

(DASHBOARD)
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir BLUETOOTH CONTROL UNIT (DASHBOARD) M162 (Blue&Me)
APPLICABLE TO VERSIONS WITH: Blue&Me
cable bundle Color
3 0,35 V See P143 USB PORT 4
See P020C
5 0,5 H RADIO 1
(DASHBOARD)
See D020A PLUG

CABLES
8 0,5 G 11
DASHBOARD/REAR
(DASHBOARD)
See P020A
14 0,35 B X RADIO A3
(DASHBOARD)
See M001H BODY

COMPUTER 10
(DASHBOARD)
See C038 GROUND ON

15 0,5 N -
TUNNELCONSOLE
See M001G BODY

(DASHBOARD)
19 0,35 B See P143 USB PORT 3
20 0,35 R See P143 USB PORT 2
See P020C
21 0,5 N RADIO 3
(DASHBOARD)
See P020C
22 0,5 V RADIO 2
(DASHBOARD)
See D020A PLUG

CABLES
24 0,5 N DASHBOARD/REAR 10
(DASHBOARD)
See P020A
30 0,35 I X RADIO A1
(DASHBOARD)
See M001H BODY

COMPUTER 25
(DASHBOARD)
See M001G BODY

(DASHBOARD)
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir CONTROL UNIT DRIVER SEAT HEATING (LEFT SEAT) M170 (Electrically adjustable seat)
cable bundle Color
See I065 SWITCH

4 1 M X FOR HEATING 5
DRIVER'S SEAT
See O040A
HEATING RESISTANCE
4
LEFT SEAT (LEFT
CHAIR)
See O040B
HEATING RESISTANCE
3
LEFT SEAT (LEFT
CHAIR)
See D070B PLUG

DRIVER'S SEAT 12
(BACK)
See I065 SWITCH

5 1 S X FOR HEATING 2
DRIVER'S SEAT
See D070B PLUG

DRIVER'S SEAT 1
(BACK)
See I065 SWITCH

6 1 V X FOR HEATING 3
DRIVER'S SEAT
See O040A
HEATING RESISTANCE
3
LEFT SEAT (LEFT
CHAIR)
See O040A
HEATING RESISTANCE
7 1 N 1
LEFT SEAT (LEFT
CHAIR)
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir ALARM CONTROL UNIT (DASHBOARD) M192 (RadioNav, Bose Hi-Fi System, S&S)
APPLICABLE TO VERSIONS WITH: RadioNav, Bose Hi-Fi System, S&S
cable bundle Color
See P020A
1 2,5 RB X RADIO 12
(DASHBOARD)
See E065 DISPLAY

FROM 3
NAVIATION SYSTEM
See M001H BODY

3 0,35 VG COMPUTER 47
(DASHBOARD)
See D001 PLUG

4 1,5 MH 12
FRONT / DASHBOARD
See M001G BODY

6 0,35 LH COMPUTER 13
(DASHBOARD)
See D020B PLUG

CABLES
8 4 R 1
DASHBOARD/REAR
(DASHBOARD)
See D020B PLUG

CABLES 2
9 4 RN
DASHBOARD/REAR
(DASHBOARD)
See C038 GROUND ON

16 2,5 N -
TUNNELCONSOLE
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir ALARM CONTROL UNIT (DASHBOARD) M192 (Bose Hi-Fi System, S&S)
APPLICABLE TO VERSIONS WITH: Bose Hi-Fi System, S&S
cable bundle Color
See P020A
1 2,5 RB RADIO A4
(DASHBOARD)
See M001H BODY

3 0,35 VG COMPUTER 47
(DASHBOARD)
See D001 PLUG

4 1,5 MH 12
FRONT / DASHBOARD
See M001G BODY

(DASHBOARD)
See D020B PLUG

CABLES
8 4 R 1
DASHBOARD/REAR
(DASHBOARD)
See D020B PLUG

CABLES
9 4 RN 2
DASHBOARD/REAR
(DASHBOARD)
See C038 GROUND ON

16 2,5 N -
TUNNELCONSOLE
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir MULTI-PLUG FOR DIAGNOSIS (DASHBOARD) R010
cable bundle Color
See M001H BODY

1 0,35 I COMPUTER 24
(DASHBOARD)
See C038 GROUND ON

4 0,5 N -
TUNNELCONSOLE
See C038 GROUND ON

5 0,5 NZ -
TUNNELCONSOLE
See M001H BODY

6 0,35 V COMPUTER 28
(DASHBOARD)
See M001H BODY

9 0,35 B COMPUTER 9
(DASHBOARD)
See M001H BODY

14 0,35 M COMPUTER 29
(DASHBOARD)
See M001G BODY

(DASHBOARD)
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir RADIO (DASHBOARD) P020A (Bose Hi-Fi System, S&S)
APPLICABLE TO VERSIONS WITH: Bose Hi-Fi System, S&S
cable bundle Color
See M001H BODY

A1 0,35 I X COMPUTER 25
(DASHBOARD)
See M162
BLUETOOTH 30
CONTROL UNIT
See M001G BODY

A2 0,5 RV COMPUTER 20
(DASHBOARD)
See M001H BODY

A3 0,35 B X COMPUTER 10
(DASHBOARD)
See M162
BLUETOOTH 14
CONTROL UNIT
See M192
A4 2,5 RB 1
ALARM CONTROL UNIT
See D020A PLUG

CABLES
A5 0,35 RG 14
DASHBOARD/REAR
(DASHBOARD)
See M001H BODY

A6 0,35 G X COMPUTER 50
(DASHBOARD)
See P050
CIGAR LIGHTER / 1
12V POWER SUPPLY
See C038 GROUND ON

A8 1,5 N -
TUNNELCONSOLE
See D020A PLUG

CABLES
B1 0,35 VR 6
DASHBOARD/REAR
(DASHBOARD)
See D020A PLUG

CABLES
B2 0,35 U 7
DASHBOARD/REAR
(DASHBOARD)
See D020A PLUG

CABLES
B3 0,35 WITH 2
DASHBOARD/REAR
(DASHBOARD)
See D020A PLUG

CABLES
B4 0,35 ZLOTY 3
DASHBOARD/REAR
(DASHBOARD)
See D020A PLUG

CABLES
B5 0,35 GL 4
DASHBOARD/REAR
(DASHBOARD)
See D020A PLUG

CABLES
B6 0,35 Teacher 5
DASHBOARD/REAR
(DASHBOARD)
See D020A PLUG

CABLES
B7 0,35 CH 8
DASHBOARD/REAR
(DASHBOARD)
See D020A PLUG

CABLES
B8 0,35 CL 9
DASHBOARD/REAR
(DASHBOARD)
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir CAR RADIO (DASHBOARD) P020A (RadioNav, Bose Hifi System, S&S)
APPLICABLE TO VERSIONS WITH: RadioNav, Bose Hi-Fi System, S&S
cable bundle Color
See D020A PLUG

CABLES
1 0,35 VR 6
DASHBOARD/REAR
(DASHBOARD)
See D020A PLUG

CABLES
2 0,35 WITH 2
DASHBOARD/REAR
(DASHBOARD)
See D020A PLUG

CABLES
3 0,35 GL 4
DASHBOARD/REAR
(DASHBOARD)
See D020A PLUG

CABLES
4 0,35 CH 8
DASHBOARD/REAR
(DASHBOARD)
See D020A PLUG

CABLES
5 0,35 U 7
DASHBOARD/REAR
(DASHBOARD)
See D020A PLUG

CABLES
6 0,35 ZLOTY 3
DASHBOARD/REAR
(DASHBOARD)
See D020A PLUG

CABLES
7 0,35 Teacher 5
DASHBOARD/REAR
(DASHBOARD)
See D020A PLUG

CABLES
8 0,35 CL 9
DASHBOARD/REAR
(DASHBOARD)
See E065 DISPLAY

9 0,5 LR X FROM 1
NAVIATION SYSTEM
See E065 DISPLAY

FROM 8
NAVIATION SYSTEM
See M001H BODY

10 0,35 I X COMPUTER 25
(DASHBOARD)
See M162
BLUETOOTH - 30
CONTROL UNIT
See M192
12 2,5 RB X 1
ALARM CONTROL UNIT
See E065 DISPLAY

FROM 3
NAVIATION SYSTEM
See M001H BODY

(DASHBOARD)
See M162
BLUETOOTH - 14
CONTROL UNIT
See D020A PLUG

CABLES
14 0,35 RG 14
DASHBOARD/REAR
(DASHBOARD)
See E065 DISPLAY

15 0,5 NZ X FROM 6
NAVIATION SYSTEM
See E065 DISPLAY

FROM 12
NAVIATION SYSTEM
See C038 GROUND ON

16 2,5 N -
TUNNELCONSOLE
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir AUTORADIO (DASHBOARD) P020B (RadioNav)
cable bundle Color
See 20 DASHBOARD WHITE
See M162
4 0,5 V BLUETOOTH 22
CONTROL UNIT
See E065 DISPLAY

5 0,35 MC FROM 10
NAVIATION SYSTEM
See M162
10 0,5 H BLUETOOTH 5
CONTROL UNIT
See M162
11 0,5 N BLUETOOTH 21
CONTROL UNIT
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir AUTORADIO (DASHBOARD) P020C (RadioNav)
cable bundle Color
See E065 DISPLAY

1 0,35 HR FROM 9
NAVIATION SYSTEM
See E065 DISPLAY

2 0,35 BR FROM 4
NAVIATION SYSTEM
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir AUTORADIO (DASHBOARD) P020C
cable bundle Color
See 20 DASHBOARD YELLOW
See M162
1 0,5 H BLUETOOTH 5
CONTROL UNIT
See M162
CONTROL UNIT
See M162
CONTROL UNIT
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir HANDS-FREE MICROPHONE (REAR) P026
cable bundle Color
See 25 BACK BLACK
See D020A PLUG

CABLES
1 0,5 G 11
DASHBOARD/REAR
(DASHBOARD)
See D020A PLUG

CABLES
2 0,5 N 10
DASHBOARD/REAR
(DASHBOARD)
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir PASSENGER SIDE OUTDOOR MIRROR (PASSENGER FRONT DOOR) P061A
cable bundle Color
See D031 PLUG

1 0,5 MN 15
DOOR RIGHT FRONT
See D031 PLUG

3 0,35 HG 18
DOOR RIGHT FRONT
See D031 PLUG

4 0,5 N X 27
DOOR RIGHT FRONT
See N051 MOTOR UNIT

DOOR LOCK G
FRONT RIGHT
See H050 SWITCH

WINDOWS ON
1
FRONT DOOR
PASSENGER SIDE
See D031 PLUG

5 0,35 vice 21
DOOR RIGHT FRONT
See D031 PLUG

6 0,35 H 29
DOOR RIGHT FRONT
See D031 PLUG

7 0,35 HB 30
DOOR RIGHT FRONT
See D031 PLUG

8 0,35 NZ 22
DOOR RIGHT FRONT
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir PASSENGER SIDE OUTDOOR MIRROR (PASSENGER FRONT DOOR) P061B
cable bundle Color
See 31 FRONT DOOR PASSENGER SIDE GREY
See D031 PLUG

1 0,35 GR PORTER 32
FRONT RIGHT
See D031 PLUG

2 0,35 GL PORTER 33
FRONT RIGHT
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir ELECTRONIC DIMMABLE INTERIOR MIRROR (REAR) P065
cable bundle Color
See 25 BACK BLACK
See D006 PLUG

2 0,35 HR 2
FRONT / BACK
See K062
MOTION SENSORS 4
3 8 R X
IN FRONT OF
THEFT ALARM
See M001F BODY

14
COMPUTER (REAR)
See D006 PLUG

20
FRONT / BACK
See D006 PLUG

5 0,35 VM 7
FRONT / BACK
See F036 RIGHT

REAR LIGHT UNIT
6 0,75 HN X 3
(SHARE ON
TAILGATE)
See M001F BODY

1
COMPUTER (REAR)
See M001E BODY

7 0,35 LB 6
COMPUTER (REAR)
See C020 GROUND ON

8 0,5 N DASHBOARD -
PASSENGER SIDE
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir HIFI AMPLIFIER (REAR) P070A (Bose Hi-Fi System)
cable bundle Color
See 25 BACK BLACK
See D035 PLUG

1 1,5 CN PORTER 17
LEFT BEHIND
See D031 PLUG

2 1,5 ZN PORTER 8
FRONT RIGHT
See D030 PLUG

3 1,5 GN 8
FRONT LEFT DOOR
See D020B PLUG

CABLES
4 2,5 RN X 2
DASHBOARD/REAR
(DASHBOARD)
See P049 WOOFER

6
MIDDLE BACK
See D035 PLUG

5 1,5 C PORTER 18
LEFT BEHIND
See D031 PLUG

6 1,5 ZC PORTER 7
FRONT RIGHT
See D030 PLUG

7 1,5 G 7
FRONT LEFT DOOR
See C031 MASS

RIGHT BEHIND
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir HIFI AMPLIFIER (REAR) P070B (Bose Hi-Fi System)
cable bundle Color
See 25 BACK GREEN
See D020A PLUG

CABLES
1 1,5 M 13
DASHBOARD/REAR
(DASHBOARD)
See D020A PLUG

CABLES
2 1,5 MH 12
DASHBOARD/REAR
(DASHBOARD)
See D030 PLUG

3 0,75 BV 17
FRONT LEFT DOOR
See D030 PLUG

4 0,75 BL 16
FRONT LEFT DOOR
See D031 PLUG

5 0,75 MG PORTER 17
FRONT RIGHT
See D031 PLUG

6 0,75 MR PORTER 16
FRONT RIGHT
See D036 PLUG

7 0,75 VN PORTER 17
RIGHT BEHIND
See D036 PLUG

8 0,75 V PORTER 18
RIGHT BEHIND
See P049 WOOFER

15 0,35 BR 2
MIDDLE BACK
See P049 WOOFER

16 0,35 BN 1
MIDDLE BACK
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir HIFI AMPLIFIER (REAR) P070C (Bose Hi-Fi System)
cable bundle Color
See 25 BACK BLACK
See D020A PLUG

CABLES
4 0,35 U 7
DASHBOARD/REAR
(DASHBOARD)
See D020A PLUG

CABLES
5 0,35 CL 9
DASHBOARD/REAR
(DASHBOARD)
See D020A PLUG

CABLES 3
6 0,35 ZLOTY
DASHBOARD/REAR
(DASHBOARD)
See D020A PLUG

CABLES 5
7 0,35 Teacher
DASHBOARD/REAR
(DASHBOARD)
See D020A PLUG

CABLES
8 0,35 RG 14
DASHBOARD/REAR
(DASHBOARD)
See P049 WOOFER

10 0,35 RV 4
MIDDLE BACK
See D020A PLUG

CABLES 6
12 0,35 VR
DASHBOARD/REAR
(DASHBOARD)
See D020A PLUG

CABLES
13 0,35 CH 8
DASHBOARD/REAR
(DASHBOARD)
See D020A PLUG

CABLES 2
14 0,35 WITH
DASHBOARD/REAR
(DASHBOARD)
See D020A PLUG

CABLES
15 0,35 GL DASHBOARD/REAR 4
(DASHBOARD)
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir ALARM SIREN (FRONT) P090
cable bundle Color
See 12 BEFORE BLACK
See M001C BODY

1 0,5 RV 14
COMPUTER (FRONT)
See D006 PLUG

2 0,35 VH 20
FRONT / BACK
See C010A MASS

FRONT LEFT (FRONT)

191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir CODE START BLOCK ANTENNA (DASHBOARD) P091
cable bundle Color
See M001H BODY

(DASHBOARD)
See M001H BODY

2 0,35 NV COMPUTER 30
(DASHBOARD)
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir ANTENNA FOR ALARM AND RECEIVER DOOR LOCKING (REAR) P093
cable bundle Color
See 25 BACK -
See M001F BODY

1 0,35 COMPUTER 15
(BACK)
See M001F BODY

2 0,35 COMPUTER 30
(BACK)
191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir USB-POORT (DASHBOARD) P143 (Blue&Me)
APPLICABLE TO VERSIONS WITH: Blue&Me
cable bundle Color
See M162
2 0,35 R BLUETOOTH 20
CONTROL UNIT
See M162
3 0,35 B BLUETOOTH 19
CONTROL UNIT
See M162
CONTROL UNIT
See M162
CONTROL UNIT
See M162
CONTROL UNIT

Electrical Sys

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Electrical Sys

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Machine Translated by Google

191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir RADIATEUR 11

191 - Giulietta 2.0 JTDM FRONT 12 (TCT gearbox)

APPLICABLE TO VERSIONS WITH: TCT gearbox

191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir FRONT 12

191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir FRONT BUMPER 14

191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir DASHBOARD 20 (RadioNav)

APPLICABLE TO VERSIONS WITH: RadioNav

191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir DASHBOARD 20

191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir REAR 25

191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir REAR BUMPER 29

191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir FRONT PORT MANAGER PAGE 30

191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir FRONT DOOR PASSENGER 31

191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir DOOR LEFT REAR 34

191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir RIGHT RIGHT DOOR 35

191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir MIN VAN ACCU 40 (S&S)

APPLICABLE TO VERSIONS WITH: S&S

191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir PLUS VAN ACCU 41

191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir ENGINE 50

191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir CONNECTION CABLE COILS/INJECTION VALVES 55

APPLICABLE TO VERSIONS WITH: Manual air conditioning

APPLICABLE TO VERSIONS WITH: Automatic air conditioning

191 - Giulietta 1.4 Turbo MultiAir ELECTRIC POWER STEERING 66

APPLICABLE TO VERSIONS WITH: Electrically operated sunroof

The main security solutions are:

- all cables are very well protected against abrasion;

See E5010 START AND CHARGE SYSTEM

POWER SUPPLY - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION

- F01: power supply of the Body Computer M001 - connector A;

- F03: power supply start/ignition lock H001;

- in position AVV the starter motor is powered; (line "50")

See E5010 START AND CHARGE SYSTEM

POWER SUPPLY - ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM

A001 BATTERY edit. 5530B10 BATTERY - UI

edit. 5505A28 HOLDER FOR ADDITIONAL FUSES AND RELAY BOX IN

edit. 5530B22 BATTERY GEAR CABLE - UI

C038 GROUND ON TUNNEL CONSOLE

NUTRITION - ARRANGEMENT OF COMPONENTS

A001 BATTERY edit. 5530B10 BATTERY - UI

edit. 5505A28 HOLDER FOR ADDITIONAL FUSES AND RELAY BOX IN

edit. 5530B22 BATTERY GEAR CABLE - UI

C038 GROUND ON TUNNEL CONSOLE

The main security solutions are:

- all cables are very well protected against abrasion;

See E5010 START AND CHARGE SYSTEM

POWER SUPPLY - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION

- F01: power supply of the Body Computer M001 - connector A;

- F03: power supply start/ignition lock H001;

- in position AVV the starter motor is powered; (line "50")

See E5010 START AND CHARGE SYSTEM

POWER SUPPLY - ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM

A001 BATTERY edit. 5530B10 BATTERY - UI

edit. 5530B22 BATTERY GEAR CABLE

NUTRITION - ARRANGEMENT OF COMPONENTS

A001 BATTERY edit. 5530B10 BATTERY - UI

edit. 5530B22 BATTERY GEAR CABLE

GROUND CONNECTIONS - DESCRIPTION

GROUND CONNECTIONS - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION

The ground connections on the car, subdivided per cable bundle.

Cable bundle traverse:

- massa elektroventilateur C45

- ground on battery C001A

- ground connection front left C010A - C010B

- ground connection for ABS C012.